270
ACTUATORS 1 CYLINDER GRIPPERS ROTARY ACTUATORS GUIDE UNITS AND SLIDES

2b. MetalWork Pneumatiek, Cilinders

Embed Size (px)

DESCRIPTION

MetaL_Work_cilinders

Citation preview

ACTUATORS

1

CYLINDERGRIPPERS

ROTARY ACTUATORSGUIDE UNITS AND SLIDES

1.1/01

1GENERAL TECHNICAL DATA

MICRO-CYLINDER SERIES ISO 6432 Ø 8-25 mmAND ACCESSORIES

ROUND CYLINDER SERIES RNDC Ø 32-50 mmAND ACCESSORIES

CARTRIDGE MICRO-CYLINDER SERIES CRTC Ø 6-16 mm

SHORT-STROKE CYLINDERS SERIES SSCY Ø12-100 mmAND ACCESSORIES

COMPACT CYLINDER Ø 12-100 mmAND ACCESSORIES

COMPACT STOPPER CYLINDER Ø 20-30-50-80 mmAND ACCESSORIES

COMPACT CYLINDERS SERIES “CMPC” Ø 32÷80 TWO-FLAT

COMPACT CYLINDER ISO 21287 SERIES “LINER”, Ø 20÷100

CYLINDERS SERIES ISO 15552 (EX ISO 6431) Ø 32-125 mmAND ACCESSORIES

CYLINDERS SERIES ISO 15552 (EX ISO 6431) Ø 32-125 mm TYPE ARETRACTABLE SENSOR AND ACCESSORIES

CYLINDER SERIES “ISO 15552” SERIES 3 Ø 32÷100

CYLINDER SERIES ISO 15552 (EX ISO 6431) Ø 32-63 TWO-FLATAND ACCESSOIRES

CYLINDER SERIES ISO 15552 (EX ISO 6431) Ø 32-63 TYPE ARETRACTABLE SENSOR TWO FLAT AND ACCESSOIRES

CYLINDERS SERIES ISO 15552 (EX ISO 6431) Ø 160-200 mmAND ACCESSORIES

TWIN-ROD CYLINDER SERIES TWNC Ø 32-100 mmAND ACCESSORIES

RODLESS CYLINDER Ø 16-63 mmAND ACCESSORIES

RODLESS CYLINDER DOUBLE SERIES Ø 16-32AND ACCESSORIES

RODLESS CYLINDER Ø 16-40 WITH BALL CIRCULATION GUIDE

RODLESS CYLINDER WITH GUIDE “V” Ø 25-63AND ACCESSOIRES

RODLESS CYLINDER WITH MAGNETIC SLIDINGSERIES “MAGNETIC SLIDE” Ø 16-20-25

COMPACT GUIDED CYLINDER Ø 12-100 mmAND ACCESSORIES

STAINLESS STELL CYLINDERAND ACCESSOIRES

HYDRAULIC BRAKE SERIES BRK FOR ISO CYL. Ø 40-80 mmAND ACCESSORIES

INTEGRATED HYDRAULIC BRAKE

TESTER FOR MAGNETIC SENSORS

PNEUMATIC ACTUATORS CHAPTER 1.1

PAGE 1.1/02

PAGE 1.1/08

PAGE 1.1/19

PAGE 1.1/24

PAGE 1.1/26

PAGE 1.1/34

PAGE 1.1/54

CHAPTER NEWS PAGE 1

CHAPTER NEWS PAGE 116

PAGE 1.1/63

PAGE 1.1/72

CHAPTER NEWS PAGE 131

PAGE 1.1/89

PAGE 1.1/94

PAGE 1.1/103

PAGE 1.1/110

PAGE 1.1/117

PAGE 1.1/125

PAGE 1.1/127

PAGE 1.1/135

CHAPTER NEWS PAGE 111

PAGE 1.1/143

PAGE 1.1/149

PAGE 1.1/165

CHAPTER NEWS PAGE 11

PAGE 1.1/171

Compressed airThe cylinders have been designed for use with unlubricated air,in which case no maintenance is required. If lubricated air isused, lubrication must be continuous because the additionallubrication removes the lubricant applied at the factory.With reference to ISO/DIN 8573-1, the compressed air touse is class 3-4-3, i.e.:• solid particle classe 3: 10.000 particles/m3 with d<=1 micron and 500 particles/m3 with d<=5 micron.• humidity classe 4: Pressure dewpoint <= +3 °C• oil classe 3: Concentration total oil <=1 mg/m3.

Gasket materialPlease refer to page 6.1/08 of the technicaldocumentation for compatibility data.Some families of Metal Work cylinders are available withgaskets made of different materials.Polyurethane: the best in terms of long-life, resistance towear and reduced friction.Chemically compatible with:• Pure aliphatic hydrocarbons (butane, propane, gasoline).Any impurities (moisture, alcohol, acid or alkalinecompounds) can chemically attack polyurethane.• Mineral oil and grease (some additives can chemicallyattack the material)• Silicone oil and grease• Water up to +50°C• Resistance to ozone and ageingNot compatible with:• Ketones, esters, ethers• Alcohos, glycols• Hot water, steam, alkali, amines, acids.• Good elasticity down to –35°C (for low temperature PUversion only).NBR: These gaskets have a shorter life than polyurethanegaskets. However, they are recommended for use inenvironments causing the formation of water condensate,such as tropical climates, where polyurethane gaskets maytend to deteriorate quickly due to hydrolysis.Chemically compatible with:• Methane, butane, propane, oily acids• Aliphatic hydrocarbons• Lubrication oils• GasolineNot compatible with:• Ozone and exposure to sunlight.• Good elasticity down to –35°C (for low temperature NBRversion only).FKM/FPM: Can withstand temperatures as high as 150°C.This makes them ideal for use on rodless cylinders, high-speed applications, involving high temperatures at thesliding lips.Chemically compatible with:• Mineral oil and grease, slight swelling with oil gradeASTM no. 1 and 3.• Silicon oil and grease• Animal and vegetable oil and fat• Aliphatic hydrocarbons (gasoline, butane, propane,natural gas)• Aromatic hydrocarbons (benzol, toluene)• Chlorinated hydrocarbons (tetrachloroethylene)• Fuels• Ozone, atmospheric agents, ageingNot compatible with:• Polar solvents (acetone, methylethylchetone, diethyl ether,dioxane)• Glycol-based brake fluids• Ammonia gas, amines, alkali• Superheated water vapour• Low molecular organic acids (formic and acetic acid)

No-stick-slip cylinders:Standard cylinders are designed to ensure trouble-freeoperation under any conditions, particularly at high speed.Operation tends to be irregular and jerky at very low speedsin the presence of side loads. In this case, no-stick-slipcylinders are recommended as they allow smooth operation.These versions feature specific tribological properties andpolyurethane gaskets.

Radial oscillation of the piston rodThese cylinders have been designed to apply forces in thedirection of the axis and not to withstand side loads. If youintend to use the cylinder piston rod with side loads, theplay between the piston rod and guide bushing must betaken into account. Indicatively, each 100-mm strokecorresponds to 1-mm radial oscillation measured at theend of the piston rod.

Cylinder operating lifeThe life of cylinders depends on numerous factors includingaxial and radial loads, speed, frequency of use, temperature,shocks, air loss (limits). Below are a few factors that mustbe taken purely as a reference. They are not binding orguaranteed due to the variability of different factors.Without radial load:ISO 15552 cylinders and round cylinders with polyurethanegaskets: 15,000 km.ISO 15552 cylinders and round cylinders with NBR gaskets:8,000 km.ISO 6432 cylinders, SSC cylinders and compact cylinderswith polyurethane gaskets: 30 million cycles.ISO6432 cylinders and SSC cylinders with NRB gaskets:15 million cyclesRodless cylinders: 5,000 km

Stroke tolerancesThe actual cylinder stroke has a tolerance with respect tothe nominal stroke, in compliance with any applicable laws,within the following ranges:• ISO 15552 cylinders 32-50 -0 +2 mm

63-200 -0 +2.5 mm• ISO 6432 6432 8-25 -1 +1 mm• Round cylinders 32-50 -0,5 +1.5 mm• SSC cylinders 12-50 -1 +1 mm

63-100 -1 +1.5 mm• Compact cylinders 12-100 -0,5 +1.5 mm• Compact cylinders ISO 21287 20-100 -0,5 +1.5 mm• Rodless cylinders 16-40 -1 +2 mm

Strokes exceeding the maximum value specified inthe catalogueMetal Work can supply cylinders with strokes greater thanthose specified in the catalogue, considering the productiontechnological limits. The Metal Work Sales Department canprovide you will full details. However, it is up to the enduser to use these special cylinders properly, by guiding thepiston rod, avoiding peak loads, etc.

Magnetic sensorsThe magnetic field generated by permanent magnetshoused in the piston assembly changes in shape andintensity depending on the presence of magnetic metalmasses in the vicinity of the cylinder. These masses mayprevent the sensors from switching correctly, in which casenon-magnetic materials should be used. In particular, thetie rods of short-stroke and compact cylinders shouldpreferably be made of stainless steel.

1.1/02

GENERALE TECHNICAL DATA

1.1/03

1

25 32

During operation, the piston rod of thecylinder behaves like a rod subjectedto peak load (bending + compression).In the case of long strokes, it is neces-sary to make sure the diameter of thepiston rod is correct for the load appliedand the type of cylinder and piston rodmounting. The following formulae canbe used to do this.

A. Calculating the maximum force witha given stroke and piston rod diameter:

B. Calculating the minimum acceptablepiston rod diameter with a given strokeand force:

Where:F force applied [N]! diameter of the piston rod [mm]C stroke [mm]K free length coefficient depending

on the mounting – see diagrams

CALCULATING PEAK LOAD ON THE PISTON ROD

F ! ––––––––––20.350 !4

C2. K2

S " ––––––––––––F . C2. K2

20.350!""4

CHART OF SPEED / MAXIMUM ABSORBABLE LOAD

For the cylinder to reach the end-of-stroke position without sufferingdamaging impact due to intensity andrepetition, it is necessary to annul thekinetic energy of the moving mass andthe relative work generated. Themaximum absorbable load dependson the transference speed and theabsorption capacity of the standardpneumatic cushion in the variouscylinders. The chart gives the speedand absorbable mass in variousdiameters at a pressure of 6 bar.

CONSTRAINT K

2

0.7

0.5

2

1

1.5

1.1/04

FORCE OF SPRINGS IN SINGLE-ACTING CYLINDERS (THEORETICAL)

Boremm

Force with springcompressed N

Max. strokemm

Force with springextended N

32405063

6388

102102

250250250250

35516464

1216202532405063

67

121433457081

2525252550505050

1,53456

152025

ISO 15552 SINGLE-ACTING CYLINDERS SSC SINGLE-ACTING CYLINDERSBoremm

Force with springcompressed N

Max. strokemm

Force with springextended N

ISO 6432 SINGLE-ACTING CYLINDERSBoremm

Force with springcompressed N

Max. strokemm

Force with springextended N

81012162025

357

202228

505050505050

1135

1217

324050

8695

108

250250250

345062

Boremm

Force with springcompressed N

Max. strokemm

Force with springextended N

ROUND SINGLE-ACTING CYLINDERS

610166

10166

1016

3.7 7.8 7.2 3.9 9.613.3 3.9 9.113.3

5 5 5101010151515

–––––––––

Boremm

Force with springcompressed N

Max. strokemm

Force with springextended N

SINGLE-ACTING CARTRIDGE CYLINDERS

P = P1 +(P2 – P1)

Cmax––––––––––– • Cx

P1 = Force with spring extendedP2 = Force with spring compressedCx = Required strokeCmax = Max stroke

CONSUMPTION OF AIR IN THE CYLINDERS

Cylinderbore D

mm

Piston roddiameter

d mmMotion

1 bar 2 bar 3 bar 4 bar 5 bar 6 bar 7 bar 8 bar 9 bar 10 barAir consumption during thrust and traction in Nl/cm of stroke, depending on the working pressure P in bar at 20°C.Useful

areacm2

12

16

20

25

32

40

50

63

80

100

125

160

200

4

6

8

12

12

16

20

20

25

32

32

40

40

thrusttraction

thrusttraction

thrusttraction

thrusttraction

thrusttraction

thrusttraction

thrusttraction

thrusttraction

thrusttraction

thrusttraction

thrusttraction

thrusttraction

thrusttraction

1,131,00

2,011,73

3,142,64

4,913,78

8,046,91

12,5610,55

19,6316,49

31,1628,02

50,2445,36

78,5470,50

122,66114,67

201,06188,49

314,15301,59

0,00230,0020

0,00400,0035

0,00630,0053

0,00980,0076

0,0160,014

0,0250,021

0,0390,033

0,0620,056

0,1000,091

0,1570,141

0,2450,229

0,4020,377

0,6280,603

0,00340,0030

0,00600,0052

0,00940,0079

0,01470,0113

0,0240,021

0,0380,032

0,0590,050

0,0930,084

0,1500,138

0,2380,211

0,3680,344

0,6030,565

0,9420,905

0,00450,0040

0,00800,0069

0,01260,0106

0,01960,0151

0,0320,028

0,0500,042

0,0790,066

0,1250,112

0,2000,181

0,3140,282

0,4900,459

0,8040,754

1,2571,206

0,00570,0050

0,01000,0086

0,01570,0132

0,02450,0189

0,0400,035

0,0630,053

0,0980,082

0,1560,140

0,2500,227

0,3820,352

0,6130,573

1,0050,942

1,5711,508

0,00680,0060

0,01210,0104

0,01880,0158

0,02950,0227

0,0480,042

0,0760,063

0,1180,099

0,1870,168

0,3010,272

0,4710,423

0,7360,688

1,2061,130

1,8851,810

0,00790,0070

0,01410,0121

0,02200,0185

0,03440,0264

0,0560,049

0,0880,074

0,1370,115

0,2180,196

0,3510,318

0,5490,493

0,8590,803

1,4071,319

2,1992,111

0,00900,0080

0,01610,0138

0,02510,0211

0,03930,0302

0,0640,058

0,1000,088

0,1570,132

0,2490,224

0,4020,363

0,6280,564

0,9810,917

1,6081,508

2,5132,413

0,01020,0090

0,01810,0156

0,02830,0238

0,04420,0340

0,0720,063

0,1130,095

0,1770,149

0,2800,252

0,4520,408

0,7060,635

1,1041,032

1,8091,696

2,8272,714

0,01130,0100

0,02020,0173

0,03140,0264

0,04910,0378

0,0800,070

0,1260,106

0,1960,165

0,3120,280

0,5020,454

0,7850,705

1,2261,147

2,0101,884

3,1453,016

0,01240,0110

0,02210,0190

0,03460,0290

0,05400,0415

0,0880,076

0,1380,116

0,2160,181

0,3430,308

0,5520,500

0,8620,775

1,3491,262

2,2112,673

3,4563,318

1.1/05

1Cylinderbore D

mm

Piston roddiameter d

mmMotion

1 bar 2 bar 3 bar 4 bar 5 bar 6 bar 7 bar 8 bar 9 bar 10 barThrust and traction force in daN depending on the operating pressure in bar.Useful

areacm2

8

10

12

16

16

20

20

25

25

32

40

40

50

50

63

63

80

80

100

125

160

200

4

4

6

6

8

8

10

8

10

12

12

16

16

20

16

20

20

25

25

32

40

40

thrusttraction

thrusttraction

thrusttraction

thrusttraction

thrusttraction

thrusttraction

thrusttraction

thrusttraction

thrusttraction

thrusttraction

thrusttraction

thrusttraction

thrusttraction

thrusttraction

thrusttraction

thrusttraction

thrusttraction

thrusttraction

thrusttraction

thrusttraction

thrusttraction

thrusttraction

0.500.38

0.790.66

1.130.85

2.011.73

2.011.51

3.142.64

3.142.36

4.914.41

4.914.12

8.046.91

12.5711.44

12.5710.56

19.6317.62

19.6316.49

31.1729.16

31.1728.03

50.2747.12

50.2745.36

78.5473.63

122.72114.68

201.06188.50

314.16301.59

0.50.4

0.80.7

1.10.8

2.01.7

2.01.5

3.12.6

3.12.4

4.94.4

4.94.1

8.06.9

12.611.4

12.610.6

19.617.6

19.616.5

31.229.2

31.228.0

50.347.1

50.345.4

78.573.6

122.7114.7

201.1188.5

314.2301.6

1.00.8

1.61.3

2.31.7

4.03.5

4.03.0

6.35.3

6.34.7

9.88.8

9.88.2

16.113.8

25.122.9

25.121.1

39.335.2

39.333.0

62.358.3

62.356.1

100.594.2

100.590.7

157.1147.3

245.4229.4

402.1377,0

628.3603.2

1.51.1

2.42.0

3.42.5

6.05.2

6.04.5

9.47.9

9.47.1

14.713.2

14.712.4

24.120.7

37.734.3

37.731.7

58.952.9

58.949.5

93.587.5

93.584.1

150.8141.4

150.8136.1

235.6220.9

368.2344.0

603.2565.5

942.5904.8

2.01.5

3.12.6

4.53.4

8.06.9

8.06.0

12.610.6

12.69.4

19.617.6

19.616.5

32.227.6

50.345.7

50.342.2

78.570.5

78.566.0

124.7116.6

124.7112.1

201.1188.5

201.1181.4

314.2294.5

490.9458.7

804.2754.0

1256.61206.4

2.51.9

3.93.3

5.74.2

10.18.6

10.17.5

15.713.2

15.711.8

24.522.0

24.520.6

40.234.6

62.857.2

62.852.8

98.288.1

98.282.5

155.9145.8

155.9140.2

251.3235.6

251.3226.8

392.7368.2

613.6573.4

1005.3942.5

1570.81508.0

3.02.3

4.74.0

6.85.1

12.110.4

12.19.0

18.815.8

18.814.1

29.526.4

29.524.7

48.341.5

75.468.6

75.463.3

117.8105.7

117.899.0

187.0175.0

187.0168.2

301.6282.7

301.6272.1

471.2441.8

736.3688.1

1206.41131.0

1885.01809.6

3.52.6

5.54.6

7.95.9

14.112.1

14.110.6

22.018.5

22.016.5

34.430.8

34.428.9

56.348.4

88.080.0

88.073.9

137.4123.4

137.4115.5

218.2204.1

218.2196.2

351.9329.9

351.9317.5

549.8515.4

859.0802.7

1407.41319.5

2199.12111.1

4.03.0

6.35.3

9.06.8

16.113.8

16.112.1

25.121.1

25.118.8

39.335.2

39.333.0

64.355.3

100.591.5

100.584.4

157.1141.0

157.1131.9

249.4233.3

249.4224.2

402.1377.0

402.1362.9

628.3589.0

981.7917.4

1608.51508.0

2513.32412.7

4.53.4

7.15.9

10.27.6

18.115.6

18.113.6

28.323.8

28.321.2

44.239.7

44.237.1

72.462.2

113.1102.9

113.195.0

176.7158.6

176.7148.4

280.6262.5

280.6252.3

452.4424.1

452.4408.2

706.9662.7

1104.51032.1

1809.61696.5

2827.42714.3

5.03.8

7.96.6

11.38.5

20.117.3

20.115.1

31.426.4

31.423.6

49.144.1

49.141.2

80.469.1

125.7114.4

125.7105.6

196.3176.2

196.3164.9

311.7291.6

311.7280.3

502.7471.2

502.7453.6

785.4736.3

1227.21146.8

2010.61885.0

3141.63015.9

FORCES GENERATED DURING THRUST AND TRACTION (THEORETICAL)

NOTES

Weight [g]Stroke=0

1.1/06

WEIGHT OF CYLINDERS

Ø

81012162025

Micro-cylinder series “ISO 6432”Single-rod

40417793181241

Weight [g]each mm0.2340.2570.4190.4910.7321.100

Weight [g]Stroke=0

5559111133233334

Weight [g]each mm0.3340.3710.6350.7081.1211.722

Weight [g]Stroke=0

Through-rodØ

324050

Round cylinder series RNDCSingle-rod

4046601235

Weight [g]each mm1.441.583.59

Weight [g]Stroke=0

4558081507

Weight [g]each mm

2.043.146.03

Weight [g]Stroke=0

Through-rod

Short-stroke cylinder series “SSCY”

Weight [g]each mm

Weight [g]Stroke=0

Weight [g]each mm

Weight [g]Stroke=0

Weight [g]each mm

Weight [g]Stroke=0

Weight [g]each mm

Single-rod Through-rod Non-ratating OscillatingØ

121620253240506380100

456391144185275412587393673

1.241.652.143.044.145.057.099.3214.4121.94

527210416720029543762114852841

1.472.052.753.654.725.948.9

10.9116.925.9

648812618926037359285417402692

1.351.62.373.254.565.497.8910.5725.8730.77

272386620889

4.145.057.099.32

Weight [g]Stroke=0

Compact cylinder

Weight [g]each mm

Weight [g]Stroke=0

Weight [g]each mm

Weight [g]Stroke=0

Weight [g]each mm

Weight [g]Stroke=0

Weight [g]each mm

Single-rod Through-rod Non-ratating Through-rod non-rotatingØ

121620253240506380100

9610517120124637055277914682988

1.591.512.352.733.174.416.427.3412.5716.11

10412420423328240860565616243100

1.821.902.953.324.055.297.988.9015.0219.93

10510918122030645770997718513710

1.901.812.783.153.965.207.648.5614.3317.87

114129214252343495768105420273850

2.122.203.393.764.846.089.2110.1316.7821.70

Ø

3240506380100125160200

Cylinder series “ISO 15552”, “ISO 15552” TWO-FLATSingle-rod

433660108714432815389769881297917000

Weight [g]each mm

2.23.154.575.037.498.7913.4222.92

28

Weight [g]Stroke=0

494783134817183260442580401380018000

Weight [g]each mm

3.094.737.047.4410.1612.33

183039

Weight [g]Stroke=0

Through-rodØ

3240506380100125

Cylinder series “ISO 15552” type A, “ISO 15552” type A TWO-FLATSingle-rod

46071611551524288639657093

Weight [g]each mm

3.094.085.865.929.079.4814.11

Weight [g]Stroke=0

57691615131945352047798642

Weight [g]each mm

3.985.668.338.3311.7413.0218.69

Weight [g]Stroke=0

Through-rod

Weight [g]Stroke=0

Twin-rod cylinder series “TWNC”

Weight [g]each mm

Weight [g]Stroke=0

Weight [g]each mm

Standard Single through-rodØ

3240506380100

7259451499236043006270

2.572.813.965.729.5910.89

79010651737262847306775

3.794.035.728.8515.5216.8

NOTES

1.1/07

1

Hydraulic brake series “BRK”Speed adjustment

1290

Weight [g]Stroke=0

Adjustment + skip or stopWeight [g]each mm

Weight [g]Stroke=0

Weight [g]each mm

Weight [g]Stroke=0

Weight [g]each mm

Adjustment + skip and stop

4.2 1430 4.2 1570 4.2

Guide unit

Ø

121620253240506380

100

Type GDS

150150420420772

10001900230038007000

Weight [g]each mm

0.780.781.221.221.761.763.133.13

4.94.9

Weight [g]Stroke=0

Type GDH and GDM

374374759759

12002000330047508500

12000

0.780.781.221.221.763.13

4.94.9

7.267.26

Weight [g]each mm

Weight [g]Stroke=0

Weight [g]Stroke=0

Rodless cylinder

Weight [g]each mm

Weight [g]Stroke=0

Weight [g]each mm

Weight [g]Stroke=0

Weight [g]each mm

Weight [g]Stroke=0

Weight [g]each mm

Standard Series Double with Guide with Guide “V”Ø

1625324063 (Std)63 (Heavy)

244746

170729117280

0.861.793.845.559.22

56116073737

–––

1.723.587.68

–––

4601.4213.0254.434

10.86013.275

1.792.995.046.75

10.6514.02

- 9532.1503.2109.230

-

-1.983.214.679.27

-

Ø

1620253240506380

100

Compact guided cylinder Non-cushioned (approximate)

295486550942

10281355190039105710

Weight [g]each mm

4.776.38

10.0116.5118.0423.7632.5655.7773.48

Weight [g]Stroke=0

Cushioned (approximate)

414543735

1.3541.4791.9492.714

--

Weight [g]each mm

4.776.38

10.0116.5118.0423.7632.56

--

Weight [g]Stroke=0

Compact Stopper cylinder

Ø x Stroke

20x1532x2050x3080x3080x40

Trunnion version

210420

1.190--

Weight [g]

Roller version

220460

1.3004.5004.750

Weight [g]

1.1/08

MINI-CYLINDER SERIES “ISO 6432”Ø 8-25 mm AND ACCESSORIES

Mini-cylinders to ISO 6432 with a chamfered stainless steelbarrel.The cylinder head dimensions have been reduced for somesizes so that they can be used where there are spacerestrictions.Can be used with different types of sensors.

Available in various versions with a wide range of accessories:• with or without magnet• single and double acting – single or through rod• with pneumatic cushioning (ø16-20-25)• gaskets made of NBR, POLYURETHANE, and FKM/FPM

(for high temperatures), and low-temperature gaskets• special executions on request• fixing accessories, guide units and mechanical rod locking

TECHNICAL DATA

COMPONENTS

! PISTON ROD: C45 steel or stainless steel, thick chromed

" HEAD: anodised aluminium alloy# PISTON ROD GASKET: polyurethane,

NBR or FKM/FPM$ GUIDE BUSHING: steel strip with bronze

and PTFE insert% BARREL: AISI 304 steel& HALF-PISTON: acetal resin' PISTON ROD GASKET: polyurethane,

NBR or FKM/FPM( MAGNET: plastoneodymium) CUSHIONING GASKET: NBR or FKM/FPM* NEEDLE: OT 58 with needle out

movement safety system even when fullyopen

+ BUSHING (optional): self-lubricating bronze

Polyurethane NBR FKM/FPM Low temperature

max 10 bar (max 1 MPa)–10°C÷+80°C –10°C÷+80°C –10°C÷+150°C (non-magnetic cylinders) –35°C to +80°C

Unlubricated air. Lubrication, if used, must be continuousØ8; Ø10; Ø12; Ø16; Ø20, Ø25;

Chamfered barrelSingle-acting: for bores Ø8-25 strokes from 0 to 50 mmDouble-acting: for bores Ø8-10 strokes from 0 to 100 mm

for bores Ø12-16 strokes from 0 to 200 mmfor bores Ø20-25 strokes from 0 to 500 mm

Double-acting, cushioned: for bores Ø16 strokes from 0 to 300 mmfor bores Ø20-25 strokes from 0 to 500

! Maximum recommended strokes. Higher values can create operating problemsDouble-acting, Double-acting cushioned, Single-acting retracted piston rod,Through-rod, Through-rod cushioned, Version with piston rod block, no-stick slip*

All versions come complete with magnet. Supplied without magnet on request.Ø8 to Ø12: 0.8 bar - Ø16 to Ø25: 0.6 barSee GENERAL CATALOGUE PAGE 1.1/05See GENERAL CATALOGUE PAGE 1.1/06

*Using for speeds lower than 0.2m/s, to prevent surging.For no-stick-slip versions use no-lubricated air only

Operating pressureTemperature rangeFluidBoresDesignStandard strokes !

Versions

Magnet for sensorsInrush pressureForces generated at 6 bar thrust/retractionWeights

723 64 5

11

89 101

1.1/09

1

NA

SW

KVCH

EET.R.P

114

T.R.P

115

104

KWL4

WF+

øD1

L3

NB

K

G

L4

KK

AM WF

øDG

L5+

L3

AM

BE

LL++

SW

KVCH

EEMRT.R.P

102

109

106

110

111

112

113

101

NA

KWL3L4

øD1

L3

CD

NB

BE

K

L6+

G G

L4

EL5+

KK

AM WF L L2

L1+XC+

øD

EW

+ = ADD STROKE++ = ADD TWICE THE STROKE

+ = ADD STROKE

DIMENSIONS OF STANDARD VERSIONS

DIMENSIONS OF STANDARD VERSIONS WITH THROUGH-ROD

Ø81012162025

øD14466810

G666689

BEM12x1,25M12x1,25M16x1,5M16x1,5M22x1,5M22x1,5

øCD (H9)446688

AM (+0.0;-2.0)121216162022

EEM5M5M5M5G 1/8G 1/8

L6.56.5991212

KKM4M4M6M6M8M10x1,25

L41010101015.517.1

L5464649566873

KV191924243232

L3121217171720

NA151517202830

NB151517182430

SW7710101317

CH335578

K333,53,54,65

MR121216161821

KW778877

WF (±1,2)161622222428

L2101013131417

L18686104111129143

EW (d13)8812121616

øD16.716.71919.727.933

XC±1)6464758295104

EM5M5M51/81/81/8

L6464647536166.5

Ø81012162025

øD14466810

G666689

BEM12x1,25M12x1,25M16x1,5M16x1,5M22x1,5M22x1,5

øD16.716.71919.727.933

AM (+0.0;-2.0)121216162022

EEM5M5M5M5G 1/8G 1/8

LL102102125132156173

KKM4M4M6M6M8M10x1,25

L41010101015.517.1

L5464649566873

WF (±1,2)161622222428

KW778877

L3121217171720

NA151517202830

NB151517182430

SW7710101317

CH335578

K333,53,54,65

KV191924243232

1.1/10

FOOT MODEL A

ACCESSORIES: FIXINGS

FLANGE MODEL C Ø

81012162025

W (±1.4)

131318181923

FB (H13)

4.54.55.55.56.56.5

D

121216162222

TF (Js14)

303040405050

UF

404052526666

UR

222230304040

S

334455

Code

W0950080002W0950080002W0950120002W0950120002W0950200002W0950200002*ISO 6432 values

Note: Individually packed

Weight [g]

101026265252

Ø

81012162025

AO

556688

NH (±0.3)

161620202525

XS (±1.4)

242432323640

AU

111114141717

D

121216162222

TR (Js14)

252532324040

US

353542425454

AB (H13)

4.54.55.55.56.56.5

R

101013132020

S

334455

Code

W0950080001W0950080001W0950120001W0950120001W0950200001W0950200001*ISO 6432 values

Note: Individually packed

Weight [g]

222242429090

KEY TO CODES

DE: Double-acting (non-cushioned, not magnetic)DEM: Magnetic double-acting (non-cushioned)DEMA: Magnetic double-acting (cushioned)DEA: Cushioned double-acting (non-magnetic)SE: Single-acting (magnetic)

CYL 1 1 2

101 SE axialcoupling

102 DEM axialcoupling

104 SE through-rod! 106 SE cushioned! 109 DEA

110 DE111 SE112 DEM

! 113 DEMA!" 114 DEM

through-rod!"! 115 DEMA

through-rod# 116 DEM for

mechanical lock! 117 DEMA for

mechanical lock

0

0 StandardU Bronze rear

head bushingV Without

head nutS Non-

magnetic $ G No stick slip

1 6

" 08" 10" 12

162025

0 0 2 0

For the maximumsuppliable strokes,look at the technicaldata

C

A C45 chrome rod,aluminium piston rod

C C45 chrome rod,technopolymer

piston rodZ Stainless steel piston

rod and nutaluminium piston

X Stainless steel pistonrod and nut

technopolymer piston

P

P polyurethaneN NBR

% V FKM/FPM% B low

temperature

TYPE DIAMETER STROKE

% Only available for non-magnetic versions (S) and with aluminium piston (A or Z)$ For speeds lower than 0.2m/s, to prevent surging. Use no-lubricated air only" Stainless steel piston rod! Available from Ø16# Available from Ø12! For ø16÷25 aluminium piston, stainless stell piston rod

R

T.R.

P.

AU *

AO *

S

XS *

ø D

NH

*

ø AB *

US *

TR *

T.R.

P.

UR

*

ø D

TF *

UF *W *

S

ø FB *

1.1/11

1COUNTER-HINGE MODEL BC

NUT FOR HEADS MODEL D

NUT FOR PISTON RODS MODEL DA

FORK MODEL GK-M

B12

øM

F

L

B

A

C

DN

ROD EYE MODEL GA-M

H7

CH

-0.12

+0

B1

F

L

D

C

A

øM

B

øG øG1

Code

W0950080020W0950080020W0950120020W0950120020W0950200020W0950322020

Note: Individually packed

Ø

81012162025

ØM

5566810

B

88991214

Weight [g]

222228285078

Code

W0950080025W0950080025W0950120025W0950120025W0950200025W0950322025

Note: Individually packed

C

101011111315

B1

666.756.75910.5

A

181820202428

L

363640404857

F

272730303643

D

M4M4M6M6M8M10x1.25

øG

99101012.515

øG1

111113131619

CH

9911111417

Ø

81012162025

Ø M

4466810

C

8812121620

B

4466810

A

8812121620

L

212131314252

F

161624243240

D

M4M4M6M6M8M10x1.25

N

111116162226

Weight [g]

8820204892

Ø

81012162025

CH

7710101317

F

M4M4M6M6M8M10x1.25

H

334456

Weight [g]

0.60.61137

Code

095008001109500800110950120011095012001109502000110950322010

Note: Individually packed

Code

W0950080005W0950080005W0950120005W0950120005W0950200005W0950200005

Note: Supplied complete with 1 pin and 2 snap rings

Ø

81012162025

AO

2.52.52244

LG

222225253232

TR (Js13)

12.512.515152020

NH (±0.2)

242427273030

MO

181825253030

AB1

446688

AB (H13)

4.54.55.55.56.56.5

R

66771010

S

2.52.53344

Weight [g]

242440407878

Ø

81012162025

F

M12x1.25M12x1.25M16x1.5M16x1.5M22x1.5M22x1.5

H

778877

Weight [g]

121220204444

Code

095008001009500800100950120010095012001009502000100950200010

Note: Individually packed

CH

191924243232

H

F

CH

RT.R.P.

LG

AO

TR

NH

S

øAB

øAB

1

H

F

CH

1.1/12

SENSORS MOD. DSM

9.1

11.5

25.534

17

SENSOR CIRCLIP MOD. DXF

A B

ø

Code

W0950000108W0950000110W0950000112W0950000116W0950000120W0950000125

Bore

81012162025

Ø

121416202429

A

171819212328

B

101010101010

Model

FASCETTA DXF 12- 8FASCETTA DXF 14-10FASCETTA DXF 16-12FASCETTA DXF 20-16FASCETTA DXF 24-20FASCETTA DXF 29-25

FOR ALUMINIUM BARREL

W0950000508W0950000510W0950000512W0950000516W0950000520W0950000525

81012162025

9.311.313.317.321.326.3

1516.517.518.52123.5

101010101010

FASCETTA DXF - 09FASCETTA DXF - 11FASCETTA DXF - 13FASCETTA DXF - 17FASCETTA DXF - 21FASCETTA DXF - 26

FOR STAINLESS STEEL BARREL

Model

REED SENSOR ACC. DSM2 - C525 HSE. HALL PNP SENSOR ACC. DSM3-N225E. HALL NPN SENSOR ACC. DSM3-M225

Code

W0950000201W0950000222W0950000232

24V DC

blue

brown

24V AC

+

-

blue

brown ~

~

TECHNICAL DATA

Version NPN

Version PNP

brown

-

black

brown

black

+

+

-

blue

blue

AC

DC

Bore

8÷258÷258÷25

TypeContactMax AC/DC voltageMax current at 25°CPower with inductive loadPower with resistive loadSwitch-on timeSwitch-off timeSwitch-on pointSwitch-off pointOperating lifeContact resistanceCable lengthCable cross sectionCable materialCircuit

VmAVA

Wattm secm secGaussGauss

mmm2

REED+VARISTOR+LED 2 wiresREED+VARISTOR+LED NO3 to 48 (DC): 3 to 220 (AC)

50010501.20.111095

107 impulses0.12.5

0.35Soft PVC

HALL VERSION PNP/NPN 3 wiresHALL EFFECT NO PNP/NPN

6-24 V DC250

–6

0.83

158

109 impulses–

2.50.35

Soft PVC

A

B

CNote: Individually packed

Note: Individually packed

ACCESSORIES: MAGNETIC SENSORS

Note: Individually packed

1.1/13

1RETRACTING SENSOR Description

Hall sensor DSL, 3 wires, NO 2.5 mHall sensor DSL, 3 wires, NO 300 mm M8REED sensor DSL, 2 wires, NO 2.5 mREED sensor DSL, 2 wires, NO 300 mm M8

Code

W0950025390W0950029394W0950022180W0950028184

SENSOR PROFILE

WIRING DIAGRAM TECHNICAL DATA

Type of contactSwitchDC voltage range VAC voltage range VAbsorption ADC power WAC power VATemperature range °CActivation time sRisk time sLife impContact resistance !Degree of protection IPVoltage drop VNumber of wires

ReedN.O.

–3÷303÷300.166

0.5 s0.1 s

10 million0.1

32

Hall effectN.O.PNP

6÷30–

0.24–

0.8 s0.3 s

103 million–

13

-20÷ +85

65

black

HALL EFFECT+

+

brown

blue

PNP

blue

black

-

blue

brown

brown

34

1

REED EFFECT +

+-

brown

3blue 4

1

M8

M8

RETRACTABLE SENSOR WITHINSERTION FROM ABOVE Description

HALL N.O. SENSOR, VERTICAL INSERTION 2.5mHALL N.O. SENSOR, VERTICAL INSERTION 300 mm M8REED N.O. SENSOR, VERTICAL INSERTION 2.5mREED N.O. SENSOR, VERTICAL INSERTION 300 mm M8HALL N.O. SENSOR, VERTICAL INSERTION 2m ATEX

Code

W0952025390W0952029394W0952022180W0952028184W0952125556

36.5 4.3

5.1 max

29

31

Note: Individually packed

Note: Individually packed

D

E

black

HALL EFFECT+

+

brown

blue

PNP

blue

black

-

blue

brown

brown

34

1

REED EFFECT+

+-

brown

3blue 4

1

M8

M8

WIRING DIAGRAM TECHNICAL DATA

Type of contactSwitchSupply voltage (Ub) VPower WVoltage variationVoltage drop VInput current mAOutput current mASwitching frequency HzShort-circuit protectionOver-voltage suppressionPolarity inversion protectionEMCLED displayMagnetic sensitivityRepeatabilityDegree of protection (EN 60529)Vibration and shock resistanceTemperature range °CSensor capsule material2.5m/2m connecting cableConnecting cable with M8x1Wire NO.

Reed Effetto Hall Effetto HallN.O. N.O. N.O.

- PNP PNP10 ÷ 30 AC/DC 10 ÷ 30 DC 18 ÷ 30 DC3 (peak valve=6) 3 " 1.7

- " 10% di Ub " 10% di Ub- " 2 " 2.2- " 10 " 10

" 100 " 100 " 70" 400 " 5000 1000

- Yes Yes- Yes Yes- Yes Yes

EN 60 947-5-2 EN 60 947-5-2 EN 60 947-5-2Yellow Yellow Yellow

2,8 mT ±25% 2,8 mT ±25% 2.6" 0,1 mT " 0,1 mT ! 0,1 (Ub and ta fixed)

IP 67 IP 67 IP 68, IP 69K30 g, 11 ms, 10÷55 Hz, 1mm 30 g, 11 ms, 10÷55 Hz, 1mm 30 g, 11 ms, 10÷55 Hz, 1mm -25 ÷+75 -25 ÷ +75 -20 ÷ +45

PA66 + PA6I/6T PA66 + PA6I/6T PAPVC; 2 x 0,12 mm2 PVC; 3 x 0,14 mm2 PVC; 3 x 0,12 mm2

Polyurethane; 2 x 0,14 mm2 Polyurethane; 3 x 0,14 mm2 -2 3 3

ATEX

1.1/14

SENSOR CIRCLIP MOD. DSW

C

øB

E

øD

F

UNIVERSAL SENSOR CIRCLIP

Code

W0950000608W0950000610W0950000612W0950000616W0950000620W0950000625

Bore

81012162025

Ø

9.311.313.317.321.326.3

ØB

12.314.316.320.324.329.3

Model

CIRCLIP DSW - 08CIRCLIP DSW - 10CIRCLIP DSW - 12CIRCLIP DSW - 16CIRCLIP DSW - 20CIRCLIP DSW - 25

C

11121315.517.520

D

242628323641.5

E

12.312.312.312.31414

F

999999

9.5

15

35

13

1422

Note: Individually packed

MATERIALCirclip: stainless steelSensor holder: plastic

Bore

8÷25

Code

W0950001103

Model

SENSOR CIRCLIP

Note: Individually packed

USE SENSORS

F

G

OLD(aluminium barrel)

NEW(steel barrel)

A

B C

D E

F G

W0950001103

W0950022180.........

W0952022180.........

W0950000201.........

DXFW09500001_ _

DXFW09500005_ _

DSWW09500006_ _

1.1/15

1

E

I

L

M

D f9

B

H

C

N+

G

P

F A

A

B

ACCESSORIES FOR MECHANICALPISTON ROD LOCK

Fig.1 Fig. 2

TECHNICAL DATAOperating pressureTemperature rangeFluid temperatureInstallationMechanicsOperationFluidLocking forcePilot portBody materialShoe materialSpring materialPiston materialGasket material

3-6 bar (0.3-0.6 Mpa)Max 80°CMax 70°Cin any positiondouble shoe with mechanical lockingNC bidirectionallubricated or unlubricated compressed airØ 12-16: 180 N / Ø 20: 250 N / Ø 25: 400 NM5AluminiumBrassNBRSynthetic, with added teflonNBR

OPERATING PRINCIPLE

The mechanical piston rod lock is a normally-closed mechanism.In the absence of pneumatic piloting, the two shoes (A) lock thecylinder rod in both directions (Fig. 1). With pneumatic piloting,the piston rod guide forces the shoes to come right up to eachother and overcome the counter spring (B) force and the pistonrod can slide (Fig. 2). It is important to remember that themechanical piston rod lock is a static type, which means that itis necessary to stop the cylinder piston rod pneumatically beforelocking the part mechanically.

CodeW5010001099W5010001099W5010001100W5010001101

Ø12162025

A25252727

B25253838

C31.531.54040

D20202020

EM5M5M5M5

FM16x1.5M16x1.5M22x1.5M22x1,5

G12122323

H19192121

I23232424

L47475858

M50506568

N53607176

P(±1.2)55557276

+ = ADD STROKE

Weight [g]100100100100

DIMENSIONS

BLOCK WITH THREADLOCKER

1.1/16

GUIDE UNIT FOR ISO 6432 CYLINDERS

Guide units series DS-DH-DM ensure optimal alignmentand anti-rotation effect of the pneumatic cylinder connectedto it. The guide units can be used separately or combinedin order to get complete handling units: in which case theguide units can be coupled using the type A and Canchorage (foot and flange).The guide unit can be coupled to ISO 6432 cylinders (Ø12 - Ø 25). The following versions are available:U PROFILE*: for limited loads and speeds (GDS)H PROFILE*: for high loads (GDH)H PROFILE**: for high speeds (GDM)(For weights, see GENERAL CATALOGUE page 1.1/07)

**With bronze guide bushing**With ball guide bushing

S=PROJECTIONB=BARYCENTREP=USEFUL LOAD

300

50 100 150 200 250 300 600

200

100

350 400 450 500 550

120

50

160

80

30

10

S (mm)

P (N

) P

B

GD

H 20 • 25

GD

M 20 • 25

GDH 12 •16

GDS 20 • 25

GDM 12 • 16

GDS 12 • 16

S

GUIDE ELEMENTSSERIES GDS-GDH

SERIES GDM

Body:Guide bushing:Piston rod:Body:Guide bushing:Piston rod:

aluminium alloyself-lubricating syntered bronze and wiper ringschromed rolled steel aluminium alloylinear guide ball bearings and wiper ringstempered and chromed steel

GUIDE UNIT LOAD DIAGRAM

1.1/17

1

6

CHCH 1

*

1

U

P

øF 3

E7

L +

G

A

F 1

E2

A 1

E1

HøDH

7

B B1

E

E4 I

C 1

P 1

øS

øF 2

E 3

M

F

E 5

E øF5

N

L+

øF4

C

DIMENSIONS OF TYPE GDH-GDM

Note:Thanks to the dimensional features, it ispossible to extend the use of GDH/GDMguides to cylinders with strokes up to 25mm above the nominal guide stroke. Thetable here shows the stroke/cylinder rangethat can be used depending on the nominalstroke of the guide.

S881010

P5,55,56,56,5

Cylinder stroke to mm.75

125175225275345425525

from mm.0

75125175225275345425

Guide stroke50

100150200250320400500

+ = ADD THE STROKE! = CENTERING PINHOLES

U37375858

Bore12162025

TypeUNIT MW DH 012UNIT MW DH 016UNIT MW DH 020UNIT MW DH 025

CodeW0700122…W0700162…W0700202…W0700252…

Ordering codes GDM (ball guide bushing)TypeUNIT MW DM 012UNIT MW DM 016UNIT MW DM 020UNIT MW DM 025

CodeW0700123…W0700163…W0700203…W0700253…

Ordering codes GDH (bronze guide bushing)

Ø12162025

A1

27273232

A30303434

B65657979

B1

63637676

C7575108108

C1

10101212

D4466

E15152020

E1

32324040

E2

54546868

E3

6,56,58,58,5

E4

24243838

E5

32,532,532,532,5

E6

22222323

FM4M4M6M6

F1

M4M4M5M5

F2

8,58,510,510,5

F3

5,15,16,56,5

F4

7,57,599

F5

4,54,55,55,5

G12122217

H15152020

I46465858

L130130159159

L1

53607176

Ch881212

Ch1

19192727

M51516565

E7

11111515

N15151515

1.1/18

F

1

CHCH 1

*

L +

C

øF 3

øF5

øF4

E 5 P 1

L +

C 1

E4

E 3

øS

ME

B1B

øDH

7

HE1

A 1

E2

F 1

A

P

N

øF 2

G

E6

I

CHCH 1

*

1

F

L +

øF5

C

øF4

C 1

N

IE4

B1

E2

HøDH

7

E1B

E

A 1

E 7

A

E 3

M

L +

A2

P 1

F 1

G

P

øF 2

øF 3 E6

øS

E 5

Note:Thanks to the dimensional features, it ispossible to use the range of strokes -cylinders, as shown in the table here, withoutthe guide piston rods projecting beyondthe cylinder fixing value (L1 +).

Cylinder stroke to mm.50

100150200250

from mm.0

51101151201

Guide stroke50

100150200250

Ordering codes GDS (bronze guide bushing)Bore12162025

TypeUNIT MW DS 012UNIT MW DS 016UNIT MW DS 020UNIT MW DS 025

CodeW0700121…W0700161…W0700201…W0700251…

DIMENSIONS OF TYPE GDS

Ø1216

A1

2727

A3030

B6565

B1

6363

C3838

C1

1010

D44

E1515

E1

3232

E2

5454

E3

6,56,5

S1010

E4

2424

E5

2525

E6

2222

FM4M4

F1

M4M4

F2

8,58,5

F3

5,15,1

F4

7,57,5

F5

4,54,5

G1515

H1515

I4646

L7070

L1

5360

Ch 8 8

Ch1

1919

M5454

N1313

P5,55,5

+ = ADD THE STROKE! = CENTERING PINHOLES

Ø2025

A1

3838

A4040

B100100

B1

9090

C4848

C1

1212

D66

E1515

E1

7070

E2

5555

E3

8,58,5

S1212

E4

46,546,5

E5

3232

E6

1010

FM8M8

F1

M6M6

F2

1414

F3

99

F4

1111

F5

6,56,5

G2222

H2020

I7676

L7777

L1

7176

Ch1313

Ch1

2727

M6571

N1717

P99

+ = ADD THE STROKE! = CENTERING PINHOLES

A2

2424

E7

3030

P14.54.5

P16.56.5

1.1/19

1

ROUND CYLINDER SERIES RNDCØ 32 TO 50 mm AND ACCESSORIES

Clean profile cylinders available in different versions:• configuration with or without magnet• single- and double-acting - single or through-rod• pneumatic cushioning on request• range of gaskets available in NBR, POLYURETHANE and FKM/FPM (for high temperatures).

Polyurethane NBR FKM/FPM Low Temperature

max 10 bar (max 1 MPa - 145 psi)–20°C to +80°C –20°C to +80°C –10°C to +150°C –35°C to +80°C

(non-magnetic cylinders) (non-magnetic cylinders) (non-magnetic cylinders)–20°C to +70°C –20°C to +70°C

(magnetic cylinders) (magnetic cylinders)Unlubricated air. Lubrication, if used, must be continuous

Ø 32; Ø 40; Ø 50Screwed heads

Double-acting, Double-acting through-rod, Double-acting cushioned, Double-acting through-rod cushioned,Single-acting, Single-acting through-rod, no-stick slip*

All versions come complete with magnet. Supplied without magnet on requestSingle-acting: for bores Ø32-50 strokes from 0 to 250 mmDouble-acting: for bores Ø32-50 strokes from 25 to 500 mm

Ø32 to Ø40: 0.4 bar - Ø50: 0.3 barSee GENERAL TECHNICAL DATA PAGE 1.1/06See GENERAL TECHNICAL DATA PAGE 1.1/05

! Maximum recommended strokes. Higher values can create operating problems*Using for speeds lower than 0.2m/s, to prevent surging.

For no-stick-slip versions use no-lubricated air only

TECHNICAL DATAOperating pressureTemperature range

FluidBoresDesignVersions

Magnet for sensorsStandard strokes !

Inrush pressureForces generated at 6 bar thrust/retractionWeights

COMPONENTS

! PISTON ROD: C45 steel or stainless steel, thick chromed

" PISTON ROD GASKET: polyurethane, NBR or FKM/FPM

# GUIDE BUSHING: steel strip with bronzeand PTFE insert

$ BARREL: drawn anodised aluminium alloy

% HALF-PISTON: self-lubricating techno-polymer with integrated cushioning olives

& MAGNET: in plastoferrite' PISTON GASKET: polyurethane, NBR or

FKM/FPM( ) HEAD: anodised aluminium alloy

2 94 5 63 8 71

DIMENSIONS OF STANDARD VERSIONS

CH

SW

1

1

109

110

111

112

113

M S P

F W N

V

D G O D

E

CH

2

R +

T

L +

I +

R +

DIMENSIONS OF THROUGH-ROD VERSIONS

1

1

SW

CH

115

114

104

1

R +

T +

W +I +

T

D S

E

M

VF

R +

PG O

W

V

F

CH

2

L ++

+ = ADD STROKE

+ = ADD STROKE++= ADD TWICE THE STROKE

Ø324050

DM30x1.5M38x1.5M45x1.5

EM8x1M10x1M12x1.5

F222432

Ø G303845

CH1101317

I96113120

L172198220

MM10x1.25M12x1.25M16x1.5

N141618

OG1/8G1/4G1/4

Ø P384657

R788996

Ø S121620

SW171924

T495762

CH2364354

V303538

W404550

Lower limit050100150200

Stroke< C !< C !< C !< C !< C !

Upper limit50100150200250

Ø 3296125154183212

Ø 40113145.5178210.5243

Ø 50120155.5191226.5262

Ø 32172201230259288

Ø 40198230.5263295.5328

Ø 50220255.5291326.5362

Ø 32127156185214243

Ø 40146178.5211243.5276

Ø 50158193.5229264.5300

For all the other values, see previous table, except for T and R which are both replaced by R1.

DIMENSIONS OF STANDARD DOUBLE-ACTING AND THROUGH-ROD

DIMENSIONS OF STANDARD SINGLE-ACTING AND THROUGH-RODI L R1

L1220251284

Ø 32220249278307336

Ø 40251283.5316348.5381

Ø 50284319.5355390.5426

L1

1.1/20

1.1/21

1

NOTES

KEY TO CODES

CYL 1 1 2

!104 SE axial coupling109 DEA110 DE

!111 SE112 DEM113 DEMA114 DEM through-rod115 DEMA through-rod

0

0 Standard " G No stick

slipS Non-

magnetic

3 2

324050

0 0 2 5

For the maximumsuppliable strokes,look at the technicaldata

C

A C45 chrome rod,aluminium piston rod

C C45 chrome rod,technopolymer

piston rodZ Stainless steel piston

rod and nutaluminium piston

X Stainless steel pistonrod and nut

technopolymer piston

P

DE: Double-acting (non-cushioned, not magnetic)DEM: Magnetic double-acting (non-cushioned)DEMA: Magnetic double-acting (cushioned)DEA: Cushioned double-acting (non-magnetic)SE: Single-acting (magnetic)

TYPE BORE STROKE

P polyurethaneN NBR

# V FKM/FPM# B low

temperature

# Only available for non-magnetic versions (S) and with aluminium piston (A or Z)" For speeds lower than 0.2m/s, to prevent surging. Use no-lubricated air only! Only available for versions with aluminium piston (A or Z)

1.1/22

B12

øM

F

L

B

A

C

DN

B C

A

M

G

I

EOH

N

C

D

L +

A +

B

F

RG

SW

M

I

H

B

D

F

øE

A

L +

C

Code

W0950322020W0950402020W0950502020

Ø

324050

Ø M

101216

C

202432

B

101216

A

202432

L

526283

F

404864

D

M10x1,25M12x1,25M16x1,5

FORK MODEL GK-M

HEAD LOCK RING MODEL G Ø

324050

A

M30x1.5M38x1.5M45x1.5

B

455058

C

789

Code

W0950320010W0950400010W0950500010

ACCESSORIES: FIXINGS

FOOT MODEL AC

COUNTER-HINGE MODEL BC

+ = ADD STROKE

Code

W0950320002W0950400002W0950500002

Ø

324050

A

124153160

B

506064

C

71010

D

456

E

142020

F

526070

G

799

H

141820

I

283040

L

150178190

M

668090

N

495870

O

283340

Weight [g]

104190296

Code

W0950320005W0950400005W0950500005

Ø

324050

A

405054

B

354045

C

243034

D

456

E

799

F

81010

G

121314

H

46.156.169.1

I

202836

L

127146158

M

6072.589

R

121314

SW

131719

Weight [g]

152262401

Note: Supplied with 2 screws

Note: Individually packed

Weight [g]

4656126

Weight [g]

92148340

+ = ADD STROKE

Note: Individually packed

Note: Individually packed

N

263240

1.1/23

1

SENSOR CIRCLIP

SENSOR

Bore

324050

Ø

364555

A

29.534.538.5

B

101010

Code

W0950000132W0950000140W0950000150

Codes

W0950000201W0950000222W0950000232

N.B.: For technical data on sensors, see page 1.1/12

SW4SW5

SW3

SW1

SW2B

D

A A øF

C

øE

ARTICULATED JOINT MODEL GA-K Code

W0950322030W0950402030W0950502030

Ø

324050

A

M10x1,25M12x1,25M16x1,5

B

202432

C

202032

D

7175103

Ø F

222232

SW1

121220

SW2

303041

SW3

303041

SW4

191930

SW5

171924

H7

CH

-0.1

2+

0

B1

F

L

D

C

A

øM

B

øG øG1

Code

W0950322025W0950402025W0950502025

Ø

324050

C

151722

B1

10,51215

L

576685

F

435064

B

141621

A

283242

D

M10x1,25M12x1,25M16x1,5

Ø G

1517,522

CH

171922

SPHERICAL JOINT MODEL GA-M Ø M

101216

ACCESSORIES: MAGNETIC SENSORS

Model

CIRCLIP DXF 36- 32CIRCLIP DXF 45- 40CIRCLIP DXF 52- 50

Description

REED SENSOR ACC. DSM2 - C525 HSE. HALL PNP SENSOR ACC. DSM3-N225E. HALL NPN SENSOR ACC. DSM3-M225

Weight [g]

78116226

Weight [g]

216220620

Note: Individually packed

Note: Individually packed

Ø E

444

9.1

11.5

25.534

17

A B

ø

ØG1

1°30

'1°

30'

CH

P

B

B

øD1

F

øD

øG

S1 S

A

AC

FLEXIBLE COLLAR - MODEL GA Code

W0950326021W0950406021W0950506021

Note: Individually packed.

Ø

324050

A

495979

B

364258

C

303644

ØD

111417

ØD1

6.58.510.5

F

M10x1.25M12x.125M16x1.5

ØG

39.54459

ØG1

171926

P

6.58.510.5

S

121520

S1

1013.515

Weight [g]

172286628

CH

131522

1.1/24

CARTRIDGE MICROCYLINDERSERIES CRTC, Ø 6-16 mm

Single-acting micro-cylinders with threaded body for fixingin small space or directly inside the machine body, owingto the external O-ring which ensures perfect seal.

ATTENTION: in case of cycles with high frequences it'sadvisable that the piston doesn't reach the end of thestroke during the rod coming out stage

NBR2 to 6 bar (0.2 to 0.6 Mpa)–10 to +80Lubricated or unlubricated air. Lubrication, if used, must be continuous6 ; 10 ; 165 ; 10 ; 15M5Single-actingMechanically edged

TECHNICAL DATAGasketsOperating pressureTemperature range °CFluidBores mmStrokes mmPortVersionsDesignSeal OR on the body (not included in the supply)

Weight [g]

COMPONENTS

! Nickel-plated brass body" NBR rubber piston rod gasket# AISI 303 steel piston/piston rod(for Ø 6 - Ø 10)# Brass piston (for Ø 16)$ Steel spring% Zinc-plated steel nut& Brass bushing' AISI 303 steel piston rod (for Ø 16)( Zinc-plated steel nut

267 345

1

8

Ø

61016

5143076

10163584

15194090

STROKE

Ø61016

7x19.5x1.516x1.5

OR

1.1/25

1

CH1

SW

CHN

S

A

HM

E B C

GF

L 1

L 2

L 3

L

K+

0.12

+0.

05M1

CARTRIDGE CYLINDERDIMENSIONS, Ø 6, 10, 16

KEY TO CODES

ASSEMBLY SEAT DIMENSIONS

Ø

61016

5 10 15

19.5 26.5 33.523 29.5 36.527 32 37

5 10 15

14.5 21.5 28.516 22.5 29.521 26 31

C

576

CH

91420

E

810.513

F

M3M4M5

G

8.51219

H

M10x1M15x1.5M22x1.5

M

M5M5M5

S

345

SW

141927

Ø

61016

5 10 15

5 5 56 6 67 7 7

5 10 15

10 17 2411 17 2415 20 25

5 10 15

12 19 2613 19 2617 21 27

5 10 15

16 24 3120 26 3426 31 36

ORDERING CODESCodesW1000060005W1000060010W1000060015W1000100005W1000100010W1000100015W1000160005W1000160010W1000160015

DescriptionCYL. CRTC-006-0005-S000-00CYL. CRTC-006-0010-S000-00CYL. CRTC-006-0015-S000-00CYL. CRTC-010-0005-S000-00CYL. CRTC-010-0010-S000-00CYL. CRTC-010-0015-S000-00CYL. CRTC-016-0005-S000-00CYL. CRTC-016-0010-S000-00CYL. CRTC-016-0015-S000-00

CYL

FURTHER DESCRIPTIONSSPECIAL DESIGN

= NOT ENVISAGED

0 0 0 0C R T C

CARTRIDGEMICROCYLINDER

0 1 0

006 010 016

0 0 1 0

000500100015

S 0 0 0

Single-acting

retractedpiston

rod

TYPE DIAMETER STROKE TYPE FURTHERDESCRIPTION

SPECIALDESIGN

L Stroke L1 L2 L3

A Stroke B Stroke CH1

5.578

N

2.424

Stroke StrokeStroke K

8.51219

M1

M10x1M15x1.5M22x1.5

1.1/26

SHORT-STROKE CYLINDERSERIES SSCY, Ø 12-100 mmAND ACCESSORIES

Compact cylinders suitable for installation in limited spaces:• configuration with or without magnet• single or double-acting - single or through-rod• anti-rotation version and with built-in fixings• possible choice of NBR, POLYURETHANE or FKM/FPM gaskets• special design on request.

TECHNICAL DATAOperating pressureTemperature rangeFluidBoresDesignStandard strokes !

Versions

Magnet for sensorsInrush pressureForces generated at 6 bar thrust/retractionWeight

COMPONENTS

! PISTON ROD: C45 steel or stainless steel, thick chromed" HEAD: ! 12 to 25 nichel-plated brass

! 32 to 100 anodised aluminium# PISTON ROD GASKET:

! 12 to 63 SFR (PARKER PRADIFA) NBR or FKM/FPM! 80 to 100 polyurethane (PARKER PRADIFA), NBR or FKM/FPM

$ GUIDE BUSHING: steel strip with bronze and PTFE insert% BARREL: drawn anodised aluminium alloy& HALF-PISTON:

! 12 to 63 acetal resin! 80 to 100 in aluminium with PTFE guide pad

' PISTON GASKET:! 12 to 63 polyurethane (PARKER PRADIFA), NBR or FKM/FPM! 80 to 100 SFR (PARKER PRADIFA) NBR or FKM/FPM

( MAGNET: ! 12 to 25 in neodymium - ! 32 to 100 in plasto-ferrite

) Static O-rings: NBR or FKM/FPM

54 96 72 831

Polyurethane NBR FKM/FPM Low Temperature

max 10 bar (max 1 MPa - 145 psi)–10°C to +80°C –10°C to +80°C –10°C to +150°C (non-magnetic cylinders) –35°C to +80°C

Unlubricated air. Lubrication, if used, must be continuousØ 12 ; Ø 16 ; Ø 20 ; Ø 25 ; Ø 32 ; Ø 40 ; Ø 50 ; Ø 63 ; Ø 80 ; Ø 100

With profileDouble acting: Ø 12 to Ø 25, stroke 5 to 50 mm

Ø 32 to Ø 40, stroke 5 to 70 mmØ 50 to Ø 63, stroke 5 to 110 mmØ 80 to Ø 100, stroke 5 to 150 mm

Single-acting: Ø 12 to Ø 25, stroke 5 to 25 mmØ 32 to Ø 63, stroke 5 to 50 mm

Anti-rotation: Ø 12 to Ø 63, stroke 5 to 120 mmØ 80 to Ø 100, stroke 5 to 150 mm

Perforated through-rod: Ø 20 to Ø 40, stroke 5 to 100 mmØ 50 to Ø 63, stroke 5 to 130 mmØ 80 to Ø 100, stroke 5 to 165 mm

Double-acting, Double-acting through-rod, Single-acting retracted piston rod, Single acting extended piston rod, Single-acting through-rod, Perforated through-rod, Anti-rotation, Oscillating male, Oscillating female, no-stick slip*

All versions come complete with magnet. Supplied without magnet on requestØ 12 to Ø 32: 0.6 bar - Ø 40 to Ø 100: 0.4 barSee GENERAL TECHNICAL DATA PAGE 1.1/04See GENERAL TECHNICAL DATA PAGE 1.1/06

! Maximum recommended strokes. Higher values can create operating problems*Using for speeds lower than 0.2m/s, to prevent surging.

For no-stick-slip versions use no-lubricated air only

1.1/27

1

DIMENSIONS STANDARD VERSIONS

øO

CH

1210

212

213

208

HH 1

øSQQ

øS

N+G +G+

J

K V

øO

LL

TM

øC øC1

E

A

R

B

F

U

P

D

DIMENSIONS OF DOUBLE ACTING

DIMENSIONS OF SINGLE-ACTING, RETRACTED PISTON ROD

Ø121620253240506380100

A23.52832374554.56680100124

B132022263240506282103

øC681010121216162025

øC1

5.57.599111115151924

D28333747.55662.77388110134

E262832394854.56680100124

F11111118181818232626

G32.53332333739.539.5425764

G1

---

36.540.844.746.248.767.274.7

H6.56.76.58.5101011121415

H1

10.510.510.58.5101011121415

J3.73.74.64.65.55.56.69911

K667.57.5101011151518

L3.73.74.64.65.75.76.89911

M7101010151518181820

N3837.536.542.548.353.253.257.775.284.3

øO---

20253035354456

PM3M5M5M5M6M6M8M8M10M12

QM5M5M5G1/8G1/8G1/8G1/8G1/8G1/4G1/4

R -2022283640506282103

øS88815151515151919

CH5788101013131722

T22222.52.53.53.545

U9.5101114182025314151.5

V16.51921283235.540486072

Ø1216202532

40

50

63

stroke5÷255÷255÷255÷255÷25>25÷505÷25>25÷505÷25>25÷505÷25>25÷50

A23.528323745

54.5

66

80

B1320222632

40

50

62

øC68101012

12

16

16

øC1

5.57.59911

11

15

15

D28333747.556

62.7

73

88

E2628323948

54.5

66

80

F1111111818

18

18

23

G32.5333233374539.547.539.547.54250

G1

---

36.540.848.844.752.746.254.248.756.7

H6.56.76.58.510

10

11

12

H1

10.510.510.58.510

10

11

12

J3.73.74.64.65.5

5.5

6.6

9

K667.57.510

10

11

15

L3.73.74.64.65.7

5.7

6.8

9

M710101015

15

18

18

N3837.536.542.548.356.353.261.253.261.257.765.7

øO---

2025

30

35

35

PM3M5M5M5M6

M6

M8

M8

QM5M5M5G1/8G1/8

G1/8

G1/8

G1/8

R-

20222836

40

50

62

øS8881515

15

15

15

CH578810

10

13

13

T22222.5

2.5

3.5

3.5

U9.510111418

20

25

31

V16.519212832

35.5

40

48

+ = ADD THE STROKE

FIXING METHOD FOR SSC CYLINDERS

Fix directly from above using long through-screws or tie rods. Non-magnetic stainlesssteel must be used (e.g. AISI 304).

1.1/28

DIMENSIONS OF SINGLE-ACTING EXTENDED PISTON ROD

øO

1

211

CH

209

G+

G +

N++

HH 1

øSøS

QQ

L L

U

øC1

MT

øO

øC

P ED

R

A

V

J

K

B

F

DIMENSIONS OF Ø 12 ANTI-ROTATION

215

217

CH

øCC

GG

H H1

øC1

øC

ED

F

B

A

V

øS

U

J

øDD

BB

N+AA

L

G+

Q

Z2

FF

Z1

+ = ADD THE STROKE++= ADD TWICE THE STROKE

Ø12

A23.5

B13

øC6

ØC1

5.5D28

E26

F11

G32.5

H6.5

H1

10.5JM6

L12

N38

Z1

16Z2

11QM5

øS8

U9.5

V16.5

AA8

BB3.5

øCC6

øDD3.5

FFM3

øGG4

+ = ADD THE STROKE

Ø1216202532

40

50

63

stroke5÷255÷255÷255÷255÷25>25÷505÷25>25÷505÷25>25÷505÷25>25÷50

A23.528323745

54.5

66

80

B1320222632

40

50

62

øC68101012

12

16

16

øC1

5.57.59911

11

15

15

D28333747.556

62.7

73

88

E2628323948

54.5

66

80

F1111111818

18

18

23

G32.5333233374539.547.539.547.54250

G1

---

36.540.848.844.752.746.254.248.756.7

H6.56.76.58.510

10

11

12

H1

10.510.510.58.510

10

11

12

J3.73.74.64.65.5

5.5

6.6

9

K667.57.510

10

11

15

L3.73.74.64.65.7

5.7

6.8

9

M710101015

15

18

18

N3837.536.542.548.356.353.261.253.261.257.765.7

øO---

2025

30

35

35

PM3M5M5M5M6

M6

M8

M8

QM5M5M5G1/8G1/8

G1/8

G1/8

G1/8

R-

20222836

40

50

62

øS8881515

15

15

15

CH578810

10

13

13

T22222.5

2.5

3.5

3.5

U9.510111418

20

25

31

V16.519212832

35.5

40

48

1.1/29

1

CH

1

215

217

G+G +

FF øGG

AA

BB

øDD

øCC

øCøC1

øEE

øJøK

Q

L

E

D

R

Z 1

ABZ2

V

L

U

F

øS

H 1H

øON

+

DIMENSIONS OF Ø 16 TO Ø 100 ANTI-ROTATION

+ = ADD THE STROKE

Ø1620253240506380100

A2832374554.56680100124

B2022263240506282103

øC81010121216162025

øC1

7.599111115151924

D333747.55662.77388110134

E2832394854.56680100124

F111118181818232626

G3332333739.539.5425764

G1

--

36.540.844.746.248.767.274.7

H6.76.58.5101011121415

H1

10.510.58.5101011121415

J3.74.64.65.55.56.69911

K67.57.5101011151518

L3.74.64.65.75.76.89911

N37.536.542.548.353.253.257.775.284.3

Z1

202222263443557094

Z2

151822263443557094

QM5M5G1/8G1/8G1/8G1/8G1/8G1/4G1/4

R2022283640506282103

øS8815151515151919

CH788101013131722

U101114182025314151.5

Ø1620253240506380100

V1921283235.540486072

AA888101012121417

BB3.555667999

øCC67.57.5101011141414

øDD3.54.54.55.55.56.5999

øEE67.58101011151518

FFM3M4M4M5M5M6M6M8M8

øGG4668810101212

øO--

20253035354456

1.1/30

1

2

CH

3

218

223

214

XG +

U

VK

ED

R

J

B

F

A

øO P

T

X+N ++

øC

L L

HøS

H 1

QQøS

øC1

=

M

G +

ød

=

DIMENSIONS OF THROUGH-ROD

+ = ADD THE STROKE++= ADD TWICE THE STROKE

Ø121620253240506380100

A23.52832374554.56680100124

B132022263240506282103

øC681010121216162025

øC1

5.57.599111115151924

D28333747.55662.77388110134

E262832394854.56680100124

F11111118181818232626

G2

36.736.83635.73739.539.5425764

G3

---

42.744.549.952.955.477.485.4

H10.510.510.58.5101011121415

H1

10.510.510.58.5101011121415

J3.73.74.64.65.55.56.69911

K667.57.5101011151518

L3.73.74.64.65.75.76.89911

N1

47.745.845.054.759.566.966.973.493.4104.6

øO---

20253035354456

PM3M5M5M5M6M6M8M8M10M12

QM5M5M5G1/8G1/8G1/8G1/8G1/8G1/4G1/4

R -2022283640506282103

øS88815151515151919

CH5788101013131722

U9.5101114182025314151.5

ød** - -1.51.52.52.52.5456

M7101010151518181820

T22222.52.53.53.545

V16.51921283235.540486072

X*5.54.54.567.58.57989.6

DIMENSION OF DOUBLE ACTING THROUGH-ROD AND PERFORATED THROUGH-ROD

Ø1216202532

40

50

63

stroke5÷255÷255÷255÷255÷25>25÷505÷25>25÷505÷25>25÷505÷25>25÷50

A23.528323745

54.5

66

80

B1320222632

40

50

62

øC68101012

12

16

16

øC1

5.57.59911

11

15

15

D28333747.556

62.7

73

88

E2628323948

54.5

66

80

F1111111818

18

18

23

G2

36.736.83635.7374539.547.539.547.54250

G3

---

42.744.552.549.957.952.960.955.463.4

H10.510.510.58.510

10

11

12

H1

10.510.510.58.510

10

11

12

J3.73.74.64.65.5

5.5

6.6

9

K667.57.510

10

11

15

L3.73.74.64.65.7

5.7

6.8

9

M710101015

15

18

18

N1

47.745.845.057.759.567.566.974.966.974.973.481.4

øO---

2025

30

35

35

PM3M5M5M5M6

M6

M8

M8

QM5M5M5G1/8G1/8

G1/8

G1/8

G1/8

R-

20222836

40

50

62

øS8881515

15

15

15

CH578810

10

13

13

T22222.5

2.5

3.5

3.5

U9.510111418

20

25

31

V16.519212832

35.5

40

48

DIMENSION OF SINGLE-ACTING THROUGH-RODX*5.54.54.567.57.58.58.57799

*for Ø12, Ø16, Ø20: (N1++) = (G2+) + (X) + (X+)**column for perforated through-rod only

*for Ø12, Ø16, Ø20: (N1++) = (G2+) + (X) + (X+)

1.1/31

1

R

1

G +

G +

N +

H 8

H 6

D2

S 1

S 2

R

1

G +

G +

N +

H 8

H 6

D2

S 1

DIMENSIONS: SAME AS 221 VERSION(MALE HINGE MOD. BA) Ø

32405063

stroke

5÷705÷705÷1105÷110

D2

10121216

G

5964.566.574

G1

62.869.773.280.7

H6

22252732

H8

10101212

N

70.378.280.289.7

R

11131317

S1

26283240

+= ADD THE STROKE

+= ADD THE STROKE

DIMENSIONS: SAME AS 222 VERSION(FEMALE HINGE MOD. B) Ø

32405063

stroke

5÷705÷705÷1105÷110

D2

10121216

G

5964.566.574

G1

62.869.773.280.7

H6

22252732

H8

10101212

N

70.378.280.289.7

R

11131317

S1

26283240

S2

45526070

Note: For other dimensions, refer to the standard version.

Note: For other dimensions, refer to the standard version.

KEY TO CODES

CYL 2 1 2

! 208 Single-acting retracted rod,non-magnetic

! 209 Single-acting extended rod,non-magnetic

! 210 Single-acting, retracted rod! 211 Single acting, extended rod

212 Double acting, magnetic213 Double acting, non-magnetic214 Double acting, through-rod

! 215 Single-acting,retracted, anti-rotation

217 Double acting, anti-rotation" 218 Double acting,

perforated through-rod221 Oscillating male hinge

(up to Ø 63 only)222 Oscillating female hinge

(up to Ø 63 only)! 223 Single-acting, through-rod

4 0

121620253240506380

# 100

0 0 1 0

For the maximumsuppliablestrokes, look atthe technical data

C

BORE STROKE

0

0 MagneticS Non-

magnetic$ G No stick slip

P

P polyurethaneN NBR

% V FKM/FPM% B low

temperature

# In the code of cylinder with letter in fourth position Ø 100 becomes A1! Available up to Ø63" Available from Ø20% Only available for non-magnetic versions (S) and with aluminium piston (A or Z)$ For speeds lower than 0.2m/s, to prevent surging. Use no-lubricated air only

A C45 chrome rod,aluminium piston rod

Ø 12÷63 mmC C45 chrome rod,

technopolymerpiston rod

(standard Ø 80÷100 mm)Z Stainless steel piston

rod and nutaluminium piston

Ø 12÷63 mmX Stainless steel piston

rod and nuttechnopolymer piston

(standard Ø 80÷100 mm)

TYPE

1.1/32

9

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

1011 12 13

141516

CH

øD

B Cød

Ø

121620253240506380100

Ø D

M6M8M8M10x1.25M10x1.25M12x1.25M16x1.5M16x1.5M20x1.5M20x1.5

Ø d

M3M5M5M5M6M6M8M8M10M12

B

16202022222432324040

C

6999121215151518

CH

466771013131717

Code

219001200219001600219001600219002500219003200219004000219005000219005000219008000219010000

Weight [g]

388121414202096102

TypeComplete polyurethane front head kitComplete NBR front head kitComplete NBR rear head kitComplete polyurethane piston kitComplete NBR piston kitComplete set of polyurethane gasketsComplete set of NBR gasketsComplete polyurethane front+rear head kit + pistonComplete NBR front+rear head kit + pistonMagnet

Parts1-2-3-4-5-61-2-3-4-5-67-8-9-1011-12-13-14-1511-12-13-14-152-4-5-8-10-13-152-4-5-8-10-13-151-2-3-4-5-6-7-8-9-10-11-12-13-14-151-2-3-4-5-6-7-8-9-10-11-12-13-14-1516

BoresØ 12÷100Ø 12÷100Ø 12÷100Ø 12÷100Ø 12÷100Ø 12÷100Ø 12÷100Ø 12÷100Ø 12÷100Ø 12÷100

Code009 . . . 0010009 . . . 0011009 . . . 0015009 . . . 0021009 . . . 0023009 . . . 0005009 . . . 0006009 . . . 0031009 . . . 0033009 . . . 0001

DIMENSIONS OF MALE NIPPLE FOR PISTON ROD

SPARES FOR SSCY

1.1/33

1

24V DC

blue

brown

24V AC

+

-

blue

brown ~

~

brown

-

black

brown

black

+

+

-

blue

blue

Version NPN

Version PNP

26

11

23

10

28

DC

AC

PROXIMITY SENSORS – TECHNICAL DATA

TypeContactMax AC/DC voltageMax current at 25°CPower with inductive loadPower with resistive loadSwitch-on timeSwitch-off timeSwitch-on pointSwitch-off pointOperating lifeContact resistanceCable lengthCable cross sectionCable materialCircuit

VmAVA

Wattm secm secGaussGauss

mmm2

REED+VARISTOR+LED 2 wiresREED+VARISTOR+LED NO3 to 48 (DC): 3 to 110 (AC)

3008

150.50.111060

107 impulses0.12.5

0.35Soft PVC

HALL VERSION PNP/NPN 3 wiresHALL EFFECT NO PNP/NPN

6-24 V DC250

–6

0.83

158

109 impulses–

2.50.35

Soft PVC

ACCESSORIES: MAGNETIC SENSORS

Version

Reed connector+ bracket - CBHall PNP connector+ bracket - CB

Bore

12-100

12-100

Model

REED SENSOR DCB 2C-425

SENSOR AND HALL PNP DCB3-N225

Code

W0950000252

W0950000253

1.1/34

COMPACT CYLINDERSSERIES “CMPC” Ø 12÷100

Compact cylinder series CMPC available in numerousversions to meet a full range of requirements:• With or without magnet• Single-acting extended rod, retracted or through-rod• Dual-acting non-rotating and dual-acting through-rodversions• Tandem with two, three or four stages• Multi-position with two and three stages• Fixing centre distances to ISO 15552 from Ø 32 toØ 100 and from Ø 20 to Ø 100 complying with Frenchstandard NFE 49-004-1 and 2 (UNITOP). Ø 12 and Ø 16have centre distances compatible with trade cylinders.The special profile and outer heads locked onto the jacketby screws ensure optimal guiding of the cylinder andmultiple fixing options with a wide range of mountings.To determine the position in the relevant cylinder slots, itis possible to mount retracting magnetic limit switches.Available also in a version having FKM/FPM gaskets (forhigh temperature) from Ø20 to Ø100.

POLYURETHANE FKM/FPM

max 10 bar (max 1 MPa-145 psi)–10°C ÷ +60°C (ø20÷63) –10°C ÷ +150° (non-magnetic cylinders)

–10°C ÷ +80°C (ø80÷100)Unlubricated air. Lubrication, if used, must be continuous.

Ø12, Ø16; interchangeable with similar productsØ 30, Ø 40, Ø 50, Ø 63, Ø 80 and Ø 100 with ISO 15552 fixing centre distances.

Ø 20, Ø 25, Ø 32, Ø 40, Ø 50, Ø 63, Ø 80 and Ø 100 with NFE 49-004-1 and 2 fixing centre distances.With profile, heads with screws

Double-acting, Single-acting extended or retracted rod, Through-rod, Through-rod perforated, Single-acting through-rod,Through-rod non-rotating, no-stick slip*

All versions are available with male or female piston rod.All versions come complete with magnet. Supplied without magnet on request.

As requiredFor correct operation, it is advisable to use 50 m filtered air

Ø 12 to Ø 32: 0.6 bar - Ø 40 to Ø 100: 0.4 barSee GENERAL TECHNICAL DATA PAGE 1.1/05See GENERAL TECHNICAL DATA PAGE 1.1/06

*Using for speeds lower than 0.2m/s, to prevent surging.For no-stick-slip versions use no-lubricated air only

TECHNICAL DATAOperating pressureTemperature rangeFluidBores mm

mmmm

DesignVersions

Magnet for sensorsInrush pressureNotesInrush pressureForces generated at 6 bar thrust/retractionWeights

COMPONENTS Ø 12÷25

! PISTON ROD: stainless steel, thick chromed" HEAD: extruded anodised aluminium alloy# BARREL: drawn anodised and calibrated aluminium alloy$ PISTON GASKET: polyurethane or FKM/FPM% MAGNET: neodymium-plastic& PISTON ROD GASKET: polyurethane or FKM/FPM' GUIDE BUSHING: steel strip with bronze and PTFE insert.( STATIC O-RINGS: NBR or FKM/FPM) SECURING SCREWS: zinc-plated steel

2 3 4 56 7 8

9

1

1.1/35

1

6 5 87 2 3 4

9

1

3

3

4

5

6

5

1

7

2

COMPONENTS Ø 32÷100

! PISTON ROD: C45 steel or stainless steel, thick chromed" HEAD: extruded anodised aluminium alloy# JACKET: drawn anodised and calibrated aluminium alloy$ PISTON GASKET: polyurethane or FKM/FPM% MAGNET: Ø 12÷32 neodymium-plastic

Ø 40÷100 plastoferrite& PISTON ROD GASKET: polyurethane or FKM/FPM' GUIDE BUSHING: steel strip with bronze and PTFE insert.( STATIC O-rings: NBR or FKM/FPM) SECURING SCREWS: zinc-plated steel

TECHNICAL DATA

! Compact cylinder available with two separate fixing centre distances• Ø 32÷100 to ISO 15552• Ø 20÷100 to NFE 49-004-1 and 2

" Pre-wired retracting sensor with or without connector# Plastic strip to keep out dirt and/or protect the sensor wire cod. W0950000160$ Ball-and-socket joint code W095… 2030% Example of cylinder mounting with feet code W095… 6001

All mountings come complete with cylinder assembly screws& Sensor slot' Piston rod with male or female thread as required

1.1/36

FORCE OF SPRINGS IN SINGLE-ACTING CYLINDERS (THEORETICAL)

BoreMin. load (N)Max. load (N)

Ø 124.409.80

Ø 164.9014.20

Ø 208.4020.90

Ø 2513.9033.20

Ø 3219.0035.90

Ø 4024.8053.70

Ø 5036.3062.20

Ø 6350.2082.30

Ø 8077.60118.90

Ø 100131.80183.30

STROKES FOR COMPACT CYLINDERS

Standard stroke for single-acting cylindersØ 12 ! 10 mmØ 16; Ø 100 ! 25 mm

Standard stroke for other typesØ 12; Ø 16 ! from 5 to 40 mmØ 20; Ø 25 ! from 5 to 50 mmØ 32÷Ø 100 ! from 5 to 80 mm

Max. recommended strokes for other typesØ 12÷Ø 25 ! 200 mmØ 32; Ø 40 ! 300 mmØ 50; Ø 63 ! 400 mmØ 80; Ø 100 ! 500 mm

Max. recommended strokes for non-rotating cylindersØ 12÷Ø 63 ! 120 mmØ 80; Ø 100 ! 150 mm

B

C D E

A

Max recommended strokes for through-rod perforatedØ 20÷Ø 40 ! from 5 to 80 mmØ 50; Ø 63 ! from 5 to 100 mmØ 80; Ø 100 ! from 5 to 160 mm

COMPACT CYLINDER FIXING OPTIONS

Fixing to structural work with a through screw, using the thread in the heads (Fig. A)Direct fixing from above using long through screws or tie rods (Fig. B). Non-magnetic stainless steel must be used (e.g. AISI 304)Fixing with feet; the ordering code covers the supply of one foot and two screws for fixing to the cylinder (Fig. C).Fixing with a flange mounted on the front or rear head; the ordering code covers the supply of a flange and four screws for fixingto the cylinder (Fig. D).Fixing with articulated hinge to compensate for slight system misalignment and turn freely (Fig. E).The ordering code covers the supply of a hinge and four screws for fixing to the cylinder.

1.1/37

1VALVE ASSEMBLY ON CYLINDER

D

AC

B

With this type of cylinder, thevalves (D) can be mounteddirectly using the retractingsensor slot, without requiringthe use of intermediate brackets.This can be done using thespecial plates (A) which comewith both M3 and M4 threads,and screws (B) of the size, typeand quantity shown in the tablebelow.The plates are suppliedcomplete with 2 stud pins, oneM3 and one M4 (C).After the valve centre distanceand the position of the valvehave been determined, theplates can be secured to thecylinder. A “position memory”will be created to facilitatesubsequent maintenance on thevalve.

Type of valveto mount (D)

MACH 11SERIE 70 1/8SERIE 70 1/4

Fixingplate (A)

cod. 0950003000n. 2n. 2n. 2

Position memory:grub screw (C)

to be usedM4M3M3

Screw (B) forconnection to the cylinder

(one per plate)M3x16 UNI 5931 (DIN 912)M4x25 UNI 5931 (DIN 912)M4x30 UNI 5931 (DIN 912)

Washer (B)(one per screw)

A3.2 UNI 1751 (DIN 127A)—

A4.3 UNI 1751 (DIN 127A)

MAXIMUM LOADS FOR NON-ROTATING VERSION

TRANSVERSAL FORCEFOR NON-ROTATING

TRANSVERSAL FORCE FORNON-ROTATING THROUGH-ROD

TORQUE DEPENDINGON STROKE

ø32

ø12-16

ø50-63

ø80ø100

ø40

ø20-25

1008020 40 60 12000

L (mm)

240

220

180

100

120

140

160

200

20

40

60

80

F (N

)

FL M

t

ø63

ø100

ø80

ø32

ø12-16

ø50

ø40

ø20ø25

Mt (

Nm

)

Corsa (mm)

00 1401201008020 40 60

2

4

6

8

10

12

14

16

18

20

ø20-25

ø40

ø50-63

ø32

ø80-100

L (mm)0 8020 40 60 120100

F (N

)

180

100

120

140

160

200

20

40

60

80

0

ø12-16

FL

Stroke (mm)

1.1/38

CH1

R

S

S1+

CH1

R

S S1+

Ø 12Ø 16Ø 20Ø 25

A292936.540.5

B18182226

ØC681010

CH5788

CH110131717

D303037.541.5

ØE H96666

F4444

G38383839.5

H8888

H130303031.5

L18.518.518.519

M8101212

N42.542.542.545

OM4M4M5M5

ØO13.23.24.24.2

PM3M4M5M5

QM5M5M5M5

RM6M8M10x1.25M10x1.25

S16202222

S14.54.54.55.5

Ø 32Ø 40Ø 50Ø 63Ø 80Ø 100

A47566780102123

BB2–––131721

ØC121216162025

CH101013131722

CH1171719192430

D48.557.56982105126

ØE H9666888

F444444

G44.545.545.5505666.5

H7.57.57.57.58.510.5

H137383842.547.556

L44.54.55.55.55.5

M141416162024

N50.5525357.56476.5

ISOM6M6M8M8M10M10

UNITOPM6M6M8M10M10M10

ISO5.25.26.26.28.58.5

UNITOP5.25.26.28.58.58.5

PM6M6M8M8M10M12

QG1/8G1/8G1/8G1/8G1/8G1/4

RM10x1.25M10x1.25M12x1.25M12x1.25M16x1.5M20x1.5

S222224243240

S166.57.57.5810

ISO32.53846.556.57289

+0.1 –0.4

UNITOP3242506282103

+0.4 –0.1

O ØO1

CH1

S1+S

R

NORMA

UNITOPUNITOP

1

CH

233-243

230-240

234-244

P

Q

O

L

øO1

G+H1+

H

øEøC

N+

F

B

B

A

A D

M

1

1

7

8

234-244254-264

230-240250-260

233-243253-263

øO1

Q

B A D

H

G+

H1+ B

A

O

N+

PøC

F

øE

CH

M

L

B2

+ = ADD THE STROKE1 = SENSOR SLOT7 = ONLY FOR Ø63÷1008 = SEAT FOR DIN 7984 SCREWS

+ = ADD THE STROKE1 = SENSOR SLOT

S1+

CH1

S

RDIMENSIONS OF DOUBLE-ACTING Ø 32÷100 AND SINGLE-ACTING Ø 32÷100

DIMENSIONS OF DOUBLE-ACTING Ø 12÷25 AND SINGLE-ACTING Ø 12÷25

SE-DE MALE PISTON ROD

SE EXTENDED PISTON ROD

SE MALE EXTENDED PISTON ROD

SE-DE MALE PISTON ROD

SE EXTENDED PISTON ROD

SE MALE EXTENDED PISTON ROD

1.1/39

1

1

CH

VZ

*

247

øO1

O

L

G+

H1+

H

øC1

T

øC

N+

N1+

DBUB1 A

B

Q

B1

FøE

A

24A

N2++

M1CH1

23A

N2++ S

R

DIMENSIONS OF NON-ROTATING Ø 12÷25

NON-ROTATING FEMALE THROUGH-ROD NON-ROTATING MALE THROUGH-ROD

Ø 12Ø 16Ø 20Ø 25

A292936.540.5

M1 x strokesB18182226

B19.99.91215.6

ØC681010

ØC15566

CH5788

CH110131717

D303037.541.5

ØE H96666

F4444

G38383839.5

H8888

H130303031.5

L18.518.518.519

<55577

!58101212

N42.542.542.545

N148.548.550.553

N253535558.5

OM4M4M5M5

ØO13.23.24.24.2

PM3M4M5M5

QM5M5M5M5

RM6M8M10x1.25M10x1.25

S16202222

T223.54

ØU H9681014

ØV H83345

ZM3M3M4M5

Ø 12Ø 16Ø 20Ø 25

+ = ADD THE STROKE* = SECTION WITH TOLERANCE1 = SENSOR SLOT

STANDARD

UNITOPUNITOP

++ = ADD TWICE THE STROKE ++ = ADD TWICE THE STROKE

1.1/40

17

1

7

8

247267

V

Z

CH

*

B2

B1

B1

A

Q

B3

B3

B

U

B3

B A D

T

G+

H

O

L

H1+

N1+

N+

øC øE

øC1

F

øO1

B

B

24A

N2++

M1CH1

23A

N2++ S

R

DIMENSIONS OF NON-ROTATING Ø 32÷100

NON-ROTATING FEMALE THROUGH-ROD NON-ROTATING MALE THROUGH-ROD

Ø 32Ø 40Ø 50Ø 63Ø 80Ø100

A47566780102123

M1 x strokes

N50.5525357.56476.5

Ø 32Ø 40Ø 50Ø 63Ø 80Ø100

+ = ADD THE STROKE* = SECTION WITH TOLERANCE1 = SENSOR SLOT7 = ONLY FOR Ø 63 TO Ø 1008 = SLOT FOR DIN 7984 SCREWS

ISO32.53846.556.57289

+0.1 –0.4

UNITOP3242506282103

+0.4 –0.1

B119.823.329.735.44656.6

B2–––131721

ØC121216162025

ØC18810101212

CH101013131722

CH1171719192430

D48.557.56982105126

ØE H9666888

F444444

G44.545.545.5505666.5

H7.57.57.57.58.510.5

H137383842.547.556

L44.54.55.55.55.5

!5141416162024

<59911111519

B

N160.5626569.57890.5

N266.568.572.57786100.5

ISOM6M6M8M8M10M10

UNITOPM6M6M8M10M10M10

ISO5.25.26.26.28.58.5

UNITOP5.25.26.28.58.58.5

PM6M6M8M8M10M12

QG1/8G1/8G1/8G1/8G1/8G1/4

RM10x1.25M10x1.25M12x1.25M12x1.25M16x1.5M20x1.5

S222224243240

T4.54.56689

ØU H9171722222830

ØV H85566810

ZM5M5M6M6M8M10

O ØO1

++ = ADD TWICE THE STROKE ++ = ADD TWICE THE STROKE

24A26A

23A25A

B316.120243038.548

1.1/41

1

S1+

DIMENSIONS OF THROUGH-ROD Ø 32÷100

17

1

8232-242252-262

231-241251-261

235-245255-265

236-246256-266

CH1

P1

S N2++

R

N2++

øO1

L

B2

M1

H1+

CH

øC P

A

B

DAB

Q

M

G+

O

P2M

IN

N+

H

DIMENSIONS OF THROUGH-ROD Ø 12÷25

1C

H

232-242

231-241

235-245

236-246

CH1

N2++

G+H1+

H

M1

PøC

A

B

Q

B

O øO1

L

A D

N+

MS N2++

R

P2M

IN

P1

Ø 12Ø 16Ø 20*Ø 25**Built to UNITOP

A292936.540.5

B18182226

ØC681010

CH5788

CH110131717

D303037.541.5

G38383839.5

H8888

H130303031.5

L18.518.518.519

M8101212

Ø 32Ø 40Ø 50Ø 63Ø 80Ø 100

A47566780102123

BB2–––131721

ØC121216162025

CH101013131722

CH1171719192430

D48.557.56982105126

G44.545.545.5505666.5

H7.57.57.57.58.510.5

H13738384247.556

L44.54.55.55.55.5

M141416162024

ISOM6M6M8M8M10M10

UNITOPM6M6M8M10M10M10

ISO5.25.26.26.28.58.5

UNITOP5.25.26.28.58.58.5

PM6M6M8M8M10M12

QG1/8G1/8G1/8G1/8G1/8G1/4

RM10x1.25M10x1.25M12x1.25M12x1.25M16x1.5M20x1.5

S222224243240

ISO32.53846.556.57289

+0.1 –0.4

UNITOP3242506282103

+0.4 –0.1

O ØO1

<55577

!58101212

N42.542.542.545

N247474750.5

OM4M4M5M5

ØO13.23.24.24.2

PM3M4M5M5

QM5M5M5M5

RM6M8M10x1.25M10x1.25

S16202222

M1xstrokes

! 5141416162024

"59911111519

N50.5525357.56476.5

N256.558.560.5657286.5

M1xstrokes

+ = ADD THE STROKE++ = ADD TWICE THE STROKE

+ = ADD THE STROKE++ = ADD TWICE THE STROKE1 = SENSOR SLOT

P1––––1/81/4

P22.52.54456

P1––––

P2––1.51.5

SE-DE MALE PERFORATED THROUGH-ROD

1= SENSOR SLOT7 = ONLY FOR Ø 63 TO Ø 1008 = SLOT FOR DIN 7984 SCREWS

SE-DE MALE PERFORATED THROUGH-ROD

1.1/42

1

5 2

CH

CH1

230-240

Q

BA

øE

F

G++++

H1 H

PøC

M L

N++++O

DAB

S

R

230-240

G1+++

N1+++

230-240

G2++

N2++

DIMENSIONS OF TANDEM Ø 20÷25 - 4-STAGES

TANDEM 3 STAGES TANDEM 2 STAGES

Ø 20Ø 25

A36.540.5

B2226

++++ = ADD FOUR TIMES THE STROKE

ØC1010

CH88

CH11717

D37.541.5

ØE H966

F44

G114.5118

G18992

G263.566

H88

H188

L1010

M1212

N119123.5

N193.597.5

1 = SENSOR SLOT2 = CYLINDERS OUT5 = CYLINDERS IN

++ = ADD TWICE THE STROKE+++ = ADD THREE TIMES THE STROKE

StandardUNITOPUNITOP

N26871.5

OM5M5

PM5M5

QM5M5

RM10x1.25M10x1.25

S2222

1.1/43

1

8

5

1

7

1

29

6

K

CH1

230-240250-260

øE

H1

M

F

øC

G++++

K1

BQ A

B

CH

A

H

B2

N++++

L

O øO1

R

S

F

D

5

9

62

230-240250-260

N1+++

G1+++

9265

230-240250-260

G2++

N2++

DIMENSIONS OF TANDEM Ø 32÷100 - 4-STAGES

++++ = ADD FOUR TIMES THE STROKE

2 = CYLINDERS OUT FOR Ø 32÷635 = CYLINDERS IN FOR Ø 32÷636 = CYLINDERS IN FOR Ø 80; 1009 = CYLINDERS OUT FOR Ø 80; 1001 = SENSOR SLOT7 = ONLY FOR Ø 63÷1008 = SLOT FOR DIN 7984 SCREWS

TANDEM 3-STAGES TANDEM 2-STAGES

Ø 32Ø 40Ø 50Ø 63Ø 80Ø100

A47566780102123

L44.54.55.55.55.5

Ø 32Ø 40Ø 50Ø 63Ø 80Ø100

ISO32.53846.556.57289

+0.1 –0.4

UNITOP3242506282103

+0.4 –0.1

B2–––131721

ØC121216162025

CH101013131722

CH1171719192430

D48.557.56982105126

ØE H9666888

F444444

G154162.5163.5182204.5243

G1117.5123.5124138155184

G28184.58594105.5125.5

H7.57.57.57.58.510.5

H17.57.57.57.5––

K––––10.514.5

B

M141416162024

N160169171189.5212.5253

ISOM6M6M8M8M10M10

UNITOPM6M6M8M10M10M10

ISO5.25.26.26.28.58.5

UNITOP5.25.26.28.58.58.5

O ØO1

K1––––10.514.5

N1123.5130131.5145.5163194

N2879192.5101.5113.5135.5

PM6M6M8M8M10M12

QG1/8G1/8G1/8G1/8G1/8G1/4

RM10x1.25M10x1.25M12x1.25M12x1.25M16x1.5M20x1.5

S222224243240

++ = ADD TWICE THE STROKE+++ = ADD THREE TIMES THE STROKE

1.1/44

235

230-240

H2+X1

N1+X2+X1

G1+X2+X1

23

1

45

CH

CH1

230-240

A

Q

F

DAB

B

G+X3+X2+X1

H3+X2+X1

H2+X1

H

øC P

H1

øE

L

O

M

N+X3+X2+X1

S

R

DIMENSIONS OF MULTI-POSITION Ø 12÷25 - 3-STAGES

MULTI-POSITION 2-STAGES

2 = CYLINDER 1 OUT3 = CYLINDER 2 OUT5 = CULINDERS 1-2 IN

X1 = CYLINDER 1 STROKEX2 = CYLINDER 2 STROKE

Ø 12Ø 16Ø 20*Ø 25**Standard UNITOP

A292936.540.5

B18182226

ØC681010

CH5788

CH110131717

D303037.541.5

ØE H96666

F4444

G89898992

G163.563.563.566

H8888

H18888

H233.533.533.534

H359595960

L10101010

M8101212

N93.593.593.597.5

N168686871.5

OM4M4M5M5

PM3M4M5M5

QM5M5M5M5

RM6M8M10x1.25M10x1.25

S16202222

1 = SENSOR SLOT2 = CYLINDER 1 OUT3 = CYLINDER 2 OUT4 = CYLINDER 3 OUT5 = CULINDERS 1-2-3 IN

X1 = CYLINDER 1 STROKEX2 = CYLINDER 2 STROKEX3 = CYLINDER 3 STROKE

1.1/45

1

25

9

1

34

7

1

6

8K

CH1

230-240250-260

Q

A

CH B

D

B

S

R

øC

M

P

G+X3+X2+X1

K1

F

E A

L

O øO1

B2

H1 H

N+X3+X2+X1

H2+X1

H3+X2+X1

DIMENSIONS OF MULTI-POSITION Ø 32÷100 - 3-STAGES

5 329

6

230-240250-260

H2+X1

G1+X2+X1

N1+X2+X1

Ø 32Ø 40Ø 50Ø 63Ø 80Ø100

A47566780102123

K––––10.514.5

Ø 32Ø 40Ø 50Ø 63Ø 80Ø100

ISO32.53846.556.57289

+0.1 –0.4

UNITOP3242506282103

+0.4 –0.1

B2–––131721

ØC121216162025

CH101013131722

CH1171719192430

D48.557.56982105126

ØE H9666888

F444444

G117.5123.5124138155184

G18184.58594105.5125.5

H7.57.57.57.58.510.5

H17.57.57.57.5––

H24446.54751.55869.3

B

K1––––10.514.5

L44.54.55.55.55.5

ISOM6M6M8M8M10M10

UNITOPM6M6M8M10M10M10

ISO5.25.26.26.28.58.5

UNITOP5.25.26.28.58.58.5

O ØO1

H380.585.58695.5107.5128

M141416162024

N1879192.5101.5113.5135.5

PM6M6M8M8M10M12

QG1/8G1/8G1/8G1/8G1/8G1/4

RM10x1.25M10x1.25M12x1.25M12x1.25M16x1.5M20x1.5

S222224243240

MULTI-POSITION 2-STAGES

N123.5130131.5145.5163194

2 = CYLINDER 1 OUT FOR Ø 32÷633 = CYLINDER 2 OUT FOR Ø 32÷1005 = CYLINDER 1-2 IN FOR Ø 32÷636 = CYLINDER 1-2 IN FOR Ø 80÷1009 = CYLINDER 1 OUT FOR Ø 80÷100

X1 = CYLINDER 1 STROKEX2 = CYLINDER 2 STROKE

1 = SENSOR SLOT2 = CYLINDER 1 OUT FOR Ø 32÷633 = CYLINDER 2 OUT FOR Ø 32÷1004 = CYLINDER 3 OUT FOR Ø 32÷1005 = CYLINDER 1-2-3 IN FOR Ø 32÷636 = CYLINDER 1-2-3 IN FOR Ø 80÷1007 = ONLY FOR Ø 63÷1008 = SLOT FOR DIN 7984 SCREWS9 = CYLINDER 1 OUT FOR Ø 80÷100

X1 = CYLINDER 1 STROKEX2 = CYLINDER 2 STROKEX3 = CYLINDER 3 STROKE

1.1/46

FUNCTIONAL DIAGRAMS LEGENDA

1 2 3

TR

P

F5

Fd

Fd

Fd

F5

F5

F2

F2F1 F3

F2F1 F3

Fc

F1

F4

Fa

Fb

MULTI-POSITION TANDEM

1 = STAGE 12 = STAGE 23 = STAGE 3

P = Stage 1 strokeR = Stage 2 strokeT = Stage 3 stroke

Fa = F1+F2 [N]Fb = F1+F2+F3 [N]Fc = F1+F2+F3+F4 [N]Fd = F5 [N]

! In the code of cylinder with letter in fourth position Ø 100 becomes A1" Codes only for cylinders Ø 32÷100# Can also be used as double-acting with spring return$ For versions 24 and 26 only (female piston rod)! Available from Ø 20% For Ø12÷25 the standard version (0 or S) it’s already no stick slip For speeds lower than 0.2m/s, to prevent surging. Use no-lubricated air only& Only for standard double acting and standard through rod double acting version' Compulsory for Ø12 and Ø25 version Z" Only for Ø32÷63 P version (Polyurethane gaskets)! Only for Ø12÷63 P version (Polyurethane gaskets)" Only for Ø32÷100 V version (FKM/FPM gaskets) and for Ø80 and 100 P version (Polyurethane gaskets)( Only for Ø12÷100 V version (FKM/FPM gaskets) and for Ø80 and 100 P version (Polyurethane gaskets)

The ordering codes for a Multi-position cylinder is a combination of several codes, each describing a stage.Coding example for a UNITOP multiposition cylinder 2 stages Ø20 strokes 40 + 10 (total stroke 50 mm) male rod:1° STADIO (P) : 230020P040XP +2° STADIO (R): 230020R050XPCoding example for a UNITOP multiposition cylinder 3 stages Ø20 strokes 15 + 30 + 40 (total stroke 85 mm) smale rod:1° STADIO (P): 230025P015XP +2° STADIO (R): 230025R045XP +3° STADIO (T): 230025T085XP

KEY TO CODE

CYL 2 3

23 Compactcylinder

centre distancesto UNITOP

male piston rod24 Compact

cylindercentre distances

to UNITOPfemale piston rod

25 " Compactcylinder

centre distancesto ISO male

piston rod26 " Compact

cylindercentre distances

to ISO femalepiston rod

1

0 Double-acting1 Double-acting

through-rod2 ! Double-acting

through-rodperforated

3 ) Single-actingretracting piston rod

4 ) Single-actingextended piston rod

5 ) Single-actingthrough-rod

6 ) ! Single-actingthrough

piston rodperforated

7 $ Double-actingnon-rotating

A Double-actingthrough-rodnon-rotating

2 5

121620253240506380

!100

0 5 0

TYPE STROKE ""

0

0 Standard! A 2-stage

tandem! B 3-stage

tandem! C 4-stage

tandem

## P Stage 1## R Stage 2## T Stage 3

0

0 Magnetic' S Non-

magnetic% G No stick

slip

CONFIGURATIONBORE

" C C45 piston rodChromium-plated

! X Stainless steelpiston rod, and nut

" A C45 chromed rod,taluminium piston

( Z Stainless steel pistonrod and nut

aluminium piston

P

P Polyurethanegaskets

& ! V FKM/FPMgaskets

X

"" For the maximum suppliabe stroke,see page 1.1/36

)) See example below

1.1/47

1

ACCESSORIES

C

A

H

N+

N1+

B

øE

DS

R

UNITOP

ISO

H14

H14

H9

B1

B

B1

B

M1

M

S

D

N+

R

H9

h14 D

N+

S

M

B

FOOT - MODEL A

Ø121620253240506380100

UNITOP CodesW0950126001W0950126001W0950206001W0950256001W0950322001W0950406001W0950506001W0950636001W0950806001W0951006001

A3030364045606884102123

B17.517.52222352832394245

C181822263242506282103

D13131616242024273033

ØE5.55.56.66.6799111113.5

H2222273031.942.54759.565.578

N55.555.558.558.574.5727784.594109.5

N16464707092.585.593.5104116132.5

S3344456688

Ø3240506380100

ISO CodesW0950322001W0950402001W0950502001W0950632001W0950802001W0951002001

A4552657595115

B354347476165

C323645506375

D242832324141

ØE79991214

H31.93645506371

N74.5808589.5105117.5

N192.5101.5109.5114138148.5

S444666

FEMALE HINGE-MODEL B

Ø3240506380100

UNITOP CodesW0950322003W0950406003W0950506003W0950636003W0950806003W0951006003

B4552607090110

B1262832405060

D222527323641

M101212161620

N72.5778089.5100117.5

R1112.512.5151520

S10911111315

Ø3240506380100

ISO CodesW0950322003W0950402003W0950502003W0950632003W0950802003W0951002003

B4552607090110

B1262832405060

D222527323641

M101212161620

N72.5778089.5100117.5

R111313171721

S101012121616

MALE HINGE-MODEL BA

Ø12162025

UNITOP CodesW0950126004W0950126004W0950206004W0950256004

B12121616

D16162020

M6688

N58.558.562.562.5

R6688

S6666

Ø3240506380100

ISO CodesW0950322004W0950402004W0950502004W0950632004W0950802004W0951002004

B262832405060

D222527323641

M101212161620

N72.5778089.5100117.5

R111313171721

S101012121616

Weight [g]262646527688176276392558

Weight [g]76100162266456572

Weight [g]1161842664706701110

Weight [g]74116176468536925

Weight [g]24244448

Weight [g]94124220316578850

Note: Supplied with 4 screws, 4 washers, 2 snap-rings and 1 pin.

Note: Supplied with 4 screws, 4 washers

!!

! Non UNITOP norm fixing distanceNote: Individually packed with 2 screws.

!!

! Non UNITOP norm fixing distance

+ = ADD THE STROKE

+ = ADD THE STROKE

+ = ADD THE STROKE

M1141418-2328

1.1/48

E

AN+ N+

S S

C B

N+

S S

N+A

D

C B

E

R

M

B

S

N+

D

FLANGE Ø 12÷25 - MODEL C (FRONT AND REAR)

Ø12162025

CodesW0950126002W0950126002W0950206002W0950256002

A29293640

B55557076

C43435560

E5.55.56.66.6

N48484849.5

S10101010

Weight [g]112112184226

Note: Supplied with 4 screws.

FLANGE Ø 32÷100 - MODEL C (FRONT AND REAR)

Ø3240506380100

UNITOP CodesW0950322002W0950406002W0950506002W0950636002W0950806002W0951006002

A50606887107128

B80102110130160190

C648290110135163

D323645506375

E79991214

N54.555.557.5657181.5

S101012151515

Ø3240506380100

ISO CodesW0950322002W0950402002W0950502002W0950632002W0950802002W0951002002

A5055657595115

B8090110120153178

C647290100126150

D323645506375

E79991214

N54.555.557.5627282.5

S101012121616

ARTICULATED MALE HINGE - MODEL BAS

Ø3240506380100

ISO CodesW0950322006W0950402006W0950502006W0950632006W0950802006W0951002006

B141616212125

D222527323641

M101212161620

N72.5778089.5100117.5

R161919242430

S101012121616

Weight [g]246454655125519002700

Weight [g]24629052267014202040

Weight [g]106142236336572840

Note: Supplied with 4 screws.

Note: Supplied with 4 screws, 4 washers.

!!

! Non UNITOP norm fixing distance

+ = ADD THE STROKE

+ = ADD THE STROKE

+ = ADD THE STROKE

1.1/49

1

M

B12

øM

F

L

B

A

C

DN

FLANGE FOR OPPOSITE CYLINDERS

Ø121620253240506380100

UNITOP Codes0950123060095012306009502030600950253060095032306009504030600950503060095063306009508030600951003060

M12.512.512.51314.514.514.514.516.519.5

ISO Codes––––095032306009504030610950503061095063306109508030610951003061

ASSEMBLING OPPOSING CYLINDERS

FORK - MODEL GK-M

Ø121620253240506380100

UNITOP-ISO CodesW0950120020W0950200020W0950322020W0950322020W0950322020W0950322020W0950402020W0950402020W0950502020W0950802020

A12162020202024243240

B681010101012121620

C12162020202024243240

DM6M8M10x1.25M10x1.25M10x1.25M10x1.25M12x1.25M12x1.25M16x1.5M20x1.5

F24324040404048486480

L314252525252626283105

ØM681010101012121620

N16222626262632324048

Weight [g]204892929292148148340690

UNITOP2929455788106172274470826

ISO––––88106158258452801

Weight [g]

Note: Supplied complete with 1 pin, 4 screws.

!!

! Non UNITOP norm fixing distance

Note: Individually packed.

1.1/50

H7

CH

-0.1

2+

0

B1

F

L

D

C

A

øM

B

øG øG1

ROD EYE - MODEL GA-M

Ø121620253240506380100

UNITOP-ISO codesW0950120025W0950200025W0950322025W0950322025W0950322025W0950322025W0950402025W0950402025W0950502025W0950802025

ØG1

1°30

'1°

30'

CH

P

B

B

øD1

F

øD

øG

S1 S

A

AC

COMPENSATION JOINT - MODEL GA

A20242828282832324250

B9121414141416162125

B16.75910.510.510.510.512121518

C11131515151517172327

CH11141717171719192230

DM6M8M10x1.25M10x1.25M10x1.25M10x1.25M12x1.25M12x1.25M16x1.5M20x1.5

F30364343434350506477

ØG1012.51515151517.517.52227.5

ØG113161919191922222734

L404857575757666685102

ØM681010101012121620

UNITOP-ISO CodesW0950326021W0950326021W0950326021W0950326021W0950406021W0950406021W0950506021W0950806021

Weight [g]285078787878116116226404

I

LF

C

A

E

G

N

B

M

H

D

COUNTER-HINGE CETOP Ø 32÷100

Ø3240506380100

UNITOP-ISO CodesW0950322008W0950402008W0950502008W0950632008W0950802008W0951002008

A262832405060

B192626333344

C799111114

D101212161620

E253232404050

F203232505070

G324545636390

H3754547575103

I415252636380

L182525323240

M81010121216

N101212151522

Weight [g]96216212440464985

Note: Supplied complete with 4 screws, 4 washers.

Note: Individually packed.

Note: Individually packed.

Ø20253240506380100

A4949494959597989

B3636363642425865

C3030303036364451

ØD1111111114141719

ØD16.56.56.56.58.58.510.512.5

FM10x1.25M10x1.25M10x1.25M10x1.25M12x.125M12x1.25M16x1.5M20x1.5

ØG39.539.539.539.544445969

ØG11717171719192631

P6.56.56.56.58.58.510.512.5

S1212121215152020

S11010101013.513.51520

Weight [g]1721721721722862866281200

CH1313131315152227

1.1/51

1R

S

F

A

C

øD

øMB

E

COUNTER-HINGE Ø 16÷25 - MODEL BC

Ø12162025

UNITOP CodesW0950120005W0950120005W0950200005W0950200005

A25253232

B25253030

C15152020

ØD5.55.56.56.5

E2244

F27273030

ØM6688

R771010

S3344

SW4SW5

SW3

SW1

SW2B

D

A A øF

C

øE

SELF ALIGNING ROD COUPLER - MODEL GA-K

Ø121620253240506380100

UNITOP-ISO CodesW0950120030W0950200030W0950322030W0950322030W0950322030W0950322030W0950402030W0950402030W0950502030W0950802030

AM6M8M10x1.25M10x1.25M10x1.25M10x1.25M12x1.25M12x1.25M16x1.5M20x1.5

B10202020202024243240

C10202020202020203240

D3557717171717575103119

ØF8.512.52222222222223232

SW1571212121212122020

SW213173030303030304141

SW313173030303030304141

SW47111919191919193030

SW510131717171719192430

Weight [g]40407878

Weight [g]2456216216216216220220620680

4

1

6.6

M35 M4

3

10

2.5

SLOTTED FIXINGPLATE

DescriptionFIXING BLOCK

Code0950003000

Note: Supplied complete with 1 M3 grub screw and 1 M4 grub screw.

Note: Supplied complete with 1 pin and and 2 snap rings

Note: Individually packed.

ØE2444444444

Weight [g]2

1.1/52

5.8 500

4.9

BAR FOR GROOVING

DescriptionBAR FOR GROOVING L=500 mm

CodeW0950000160

RETRACTABLE SENSOR WITH INSERTION FROM ABOVE

DescriptionHALL N.O. SENSOR, VERTICAL INSERTION 2.5mHALL N.O. SENSOR, VERTICAL INSERTION 300 mm M8REED N.O. SENSOR, VERTICAL INSERTION 2.5mREED N.O. SENSOR, VERTICAL INSERTION 300 mm M8HALL N.O. SENSOR, VERTICAL INSERTION 2m ATEX

CodeW0952025390W0952029394W0952022180W0952028184W0952125556

Note: The code corresponds to 1 piece.

This type of sensor can be inserted in the slot of the sensor from above. This means thecylinder heads do not require a through opening.

black

HALL EFFECT+

+

brown

blue

PNP

blue

black

-

blue

brown

brown

34

1

REED EFFECT+

+-

brown

3blue 4

1

M8

M8

WIRING DIAGRAM TECHNICAL DATA

Type of contactSwitchSupply voltage (Ub) VPower WVoltage variationVoltage drop VInput current mAOutput current mASwitching frequency HzShort-circuit protectionOver-voltage suppressionPolarity inversion protectionEMCLED displayMagnetic sensitivityRepeatabilityDegree of protection (EN 60529)Vibration and shock resistanceTemperature range °CSensor capsule material2.5m/2m connecting cableConnecting cable with M8x1Wire NO.

Reed Effetto Hall Effetto HallN.O. N.O. N.O.

- PNP PNP10 ÷ 30 AC/DC 10 ÷ 30 DC 18 ÷ 30 DC3 (peak valve=6) 3 ! 1.7

- ! 10% di Ub ! 10% di Ub- ! 2 ! 2.2- ! 10 ! 10

! 100 ! 100 ! 70! 400 ! 5000 1000

- Yes Yes- Yes Yes- Yes Yes

EN 60 947-5-2 EN 60 947-5-2 EN 60 947-5-2Yellow Yellow Yellow

2,8 mT ±25% 2,8 mT ±25% 2.6! 0,1 mT ! 0,1 mT ! 0,1 (Ub and ta fixed)

IP 67 IP 67 IP 68, IP 69K30 g, 11 ms, 10÷55 Hz, 1mm 30 g, 11 ms, 10÷55 Hz, 1mm 30 g, 11 ms, 10÷55 Hz, 1mm -25 ÷+75 -25 ÷ +75 -20 ÷ +45

PA66 + PA6I/6T PA66 + PA6I/6T PAPVC; 2 x 0,12 mm2 PVC; 3 x 0,14 mm2 PVC; 3 x 0,12 mm2

Polyurethane; 2 x 0,14 mm2 Polyurethane; 3 x 0,14 mm2 -2 3 3

ATEX

1.1/53

1

12

10

11

6 5 87 2 4

913

COMPACT CYLINDERS, SERIES CMPC

SPARE PARTS

TypeComplete set of gaskets polyurethaneFront cylinder head kit for UNITOP polyurethaneFront cylinder head kit for ISO Ø 32 polyurethaneFront cylinder head kit for ISO polyurethaneRear cylinder head kit for UNITOP polyurethaneRear cylinder head kit for ISO Ø 32 polyurethaneRear cylinder head kit for ISO polyurethanePiston kit polyurethaneMagnetFront + rear cylinder head + piston kit for UNITOP polyurethane

Front + rear cylinder head + piston kit for ISO Ø 32 polyurethane

Front + rear cylinder head + piston kit for ISO polyurethane

Parts! " #

$ % " # &$ % " # &$ % " # &

# & '# & '# & '

! ( ) * +(

$ ! ( " % #& ' ) * +

$ ! ( " % #& ' ) * +

$ ! ( " % #& ' ) * +

BoresØ 12÷100Ø 12÷100

Ø 32Ø 40÷100Ø 12÷100

Ø 32Ø 40÷100Ø 12÷100Ø 12÷100Ø 12÷100

Ø 32

Ø 40÷100

Codes009 . . . 7001009 . . . 71010090327101009 . . . 8101009 . . . 72010090327201009 . . . 8201009 . . . 7401009 . . . 7501009 . . . 7901

0090327901

009 . . . 8901

1.1/54

COMPACT STOPPER CYLINDERØ 20, Ø 32, Ø50, Ø 80

Compact stopper cylinders designed for stopping movingparts or chucks.• With or without magnet execution• Single-acting, oversize extended piston rod• Can be also used as double-acting whith spring return• Fixing centre distances to ISO 15552 for Ø 32, Ø50,

Ø80 and French standard NFE 49-004-1 and 2 (UNITOP).In the relevant cylinder slots, it is possible to mount retracting magnetic sensor.

max 10 bar (max 1 MPa-145 psi) –10°C÷+80°C

Unlubricated air. Lubrication, if used, must be continuous. Ø 20 x15; Ø 32 x 20; Ø50 x 30; Ø 80 x 30; Ø 80 x 40 awith NFE 49-004-1 and 2 fixing centre distances (UNITOP)

Ø 32 x 20; Ø 50 x 30; Ø 80 x 30; Ø 80 x 40 with ISO 15552 fixing centre distances.With profile, heads with screws

Single-acting extended rod, Can be also used as double-acting whith spring returnAll versions come complete with magnet. Supplied without magnet on request.

For correct operation, it is advisable to use 50 m filtered airØ 20: 1,2 bar; Ø 32 e Ø 50: 1 bar; Ø 80: 0,5 bar

See GENERAL TECHNICAL DATA PAGE 1.1/07

TECHNICAL DATAOperating pressureTemperature rangeFluidStroke bore mm

mmDesignVersionsMagnet for sensorsNotesInrush pressureWeight

COMPONENTS Ø 20

! PISTON ROD: Stainless steel, thick chromed" HEAD: extruded anodised aluminium alloy# BARREL: drawn anodised and calibrated aluminium alloy$ PISTON GASKET: polyurethane% MAGNET: neodymium-plastic& PISTON ROD GASKET: polyurethane' GUIDE BUSHING: steel strip with bronze and PTFE insert( STATIC O-RINGS: NBR) SECURING SCREWS: zinc-plated steel* RETURN SPRING: spring stainless steel+ WHEEL: zinc-plated steel

453 10 821 67

11

9

Chuck impact direction

1.1/55

1COMPONENTS Ø 32, Ø 50, Ø 80

! PISTON ROD: Stainless steel, thick chromed" HEAD: extruded anodised aluminium alloy# JACKET: drawn anodised and calibrated aluminium alloy$ PISTON GASKET: polyurethane% MAGNET: Ø32 neodymium-plastic - Ø 50÷80 plastoferrite& PISTON ROD GASKET: polyurethane' GUIDE BUSHING: steel strip with bronze and PTFE insert.( STATIC O-rings: NBR) SECURING SCREWS: zinc-plated steel* RETURN SPRING: spring stainless steel+ WHEEL: zinc-plated steel

7 6

11

3

9

54 10 821

C DA B

• Fixing with screws, using the thread in the rear heads (Fig. A).• Direct fixing from above using long through screws or tie rods (Fig. B). Non-magnetic stainless steel must be used

(e.g. AISI 304)• Fixing with screws, using the thread in the front heads (Fig. C).• Fixing using flange fixed onto the cylinder (Fig. D)

FORCE OF SPRINGS IN COMPACT STOPPER CYLINDERS (THEORETICAL)

Stroke boreMin. load (N)Max. load (N)

Ø 20 x 1513,721,2

Ø 32 x 2022,436,0

Ø 50 x 3050,2115,9

Ø 80 x 3097,9178,5

Ø 80 x 4071,0178,5

COMPACT STOPPER CYLINDER FIXING OPTIONS

1.1/56

VALVE ASSEMBLY ON CYLINDER

TRUNNION VERSION

A

D

C

BE

With this type of cylinder, thevalves (D) can be mounteddirectly using the retractingsensor slot, without requiringthe use of intermediate brackets.This can be done using thespecial plates (A) which comewith both M3 and M4 threads,and screws (B) of the size, typeand quantity shown in the tablebelow.The plates are suppliedcomplete with 2 stud pins, oneM3 and one M4 (C).After the valve centre distanceand the position of the valvehave been determined, theplates can be secured to thecylinder. A “position memory”will be created to facilitatesubsequent maintenance on thevalve.

LOAD GRAPH

With stopper cylinders it is important to keep to the values shown in the graph to prevent early breakage of the mechanical parts.The values shown are only valid with about 1 mm plastic deformation (stopper on chuck).

ROLLER VERSION

ø32

ø20

100

40

150

ø50

15100

0 5 30 3520 25

ø80

50

100

ø20

40

ø32

150

15100

0 5 30 3520 25

ø50

50

Type of valveto mount (D)

MACH 11SERIE 70 1/8SERIE 70 1/4

Fixingplate (A)

cod. 0950003000n. 2n. 2n. 2

Position memory:grub screw (C)

to be usedM4M3M3

Screw (B) forconnection to the cylinder

(one per plate)M3x16 UNI 5931 (DIN 912)M4x25 UNI 5931 (DIN 912)M4x30 UNI 5931 (DIN 912)

Washer (B)(one per screw)

A3.2 UNI 1751 (DIN 127A)—

A4.3 UNI 1751 (DIN 127A)

Impa

ct m

ass

[kg]

Impa

ct m

ass

[kg]

Impact velocity [m/min] Impact velocity [m/min]

1.1/57

1

ORDERING CODESDescriptionCompact stopper cylinder, trunnion Ø32, stroke 20 UNITOPCompact stopper cylinder, trunnion Ø32, stroke 20 ISO 15552Compact stopper cylinder, trunnion Ø32, stroke 20 UNITOP (non-magnetic version)Compact stopper cylinder, trunnion Ø32, stroke 20 ISO 15552 (non-magnetic version)Compact stopper cylinder, trunnion Ø50, stroke 30 UNITOPCompact stopper cylinder, trunnion Ø50, stroke 30 ISO 15552Compact stopper cylinder, trunnion Ø50, stroke 30 UNITOP (non-magnetic version)Compact stopper cylinder, trunnion Ø50, stroke 30 ISO 15552 (non-magnetic version)

Code23B0320020XP25B0320020XP23BS320020XP25BS320020XP23B0500030XP25B0500030XP23BS500030XP25BS500030XP

1

23B

4553

4

M5

22

22

36.5

36.5

8

64.5

ø12

ø26

15

18.5

ø4.2

M5

37.5ø6

H9

1 = SENSOR SLOT

Ø20 STROKE 15 mm TRUNNION VERSION

ORDERING CODES

1

823B25B

øC

Q

N1

A

H1

H

B

N

L

øD1 øE B DAG

øO1

O

F

1 = SENSOR SLOT8 = SEAT FOR DIN 7984 SCREWS

Ø 32 STROKE 20 mm; Ø 50 STROKE 30 mm TRUNNION VERSION

A4767

Ø 32x20Ø 50x30

ØC2032

QG1/8G1/8

D48.569

ØE H966

F44

H7.57.5

L44.5

N80.599.5

N12030

ISO5.26.2

UNITOP5.26.2

ØO1ISOM6M8

UNITOPM6M8

OD13853

ISO32.546.5

UNITOP3250

B

+0.1 –0.4

+0.4 –0.1

G64.575.5

H15768

Code23B0200015XP23BS200015XP

DescriptionCompact stopper cylinder, trunnion ø20, stroke 15Compact stopper cylinder, trunnion ø20, stroke 15 (non-magnetic version)

1.1/58

1

R5

23C

4553

4

22

22

2

37.5

ø12

ø26

36.5

18.5

2

3

ø4.2

M5

4.5

424

36.5

8 M5

64.5

ø6H

9

1 = SENSOR SLOT

Ø20 STROKE 15 mm ROLLER VERSION

ORDERING CODES

Code23C0200015XP23CS200015XP

DescriptionCompact stopper cylinder, roller Ø20, stroke 15Compact stopper cylinder, roller Ø20, stroke 15 (non-magnetic version)

A4767102102

Ø 32x20Ø 50x30Ø 80x30Ø 80x40

ØC20325050

D48.569105105

ØE H96688

F4444

H7.57.58.58.5

L44.55.55.5

ISO5.26.28.58.5

UNITOP5.26.28.58.5

ØO1ISOM6M8M10M10

UNITOPM6M8M10M10

OD138537676

ISO32.546.57272

UNITOP32508282

B

+0.1 –0.4

+0.4 –0.1

H15768117.5127.5

G64.575.5126136

Ø 32x20Ø 50x30Ø 80x30Ø 80x40

H23488

H3661010

H43.571111

H57.5121818

QG1/8G1/8G1/8G1/8

N80.599.5141151

N13850.56373

R912.51818

L18101818

1

81

7

R

23C25C

Q

A

BB DA

L1

øC

H5

H4

H3

H1

H

L

øE

H2

NN1

G

øO1

O B2

F

øD1

1 = SENSOR SLOT7 = ONLY FOR Ø808 = SEAT FOR DIN 7984 SCREWS

Ø 32 STROKE 20 mm; Ø 50 STROKE 30 mm; Ø80 STROKE 30 AND 40 mm ROLLER VERSION

B2--1717

1.1/59

1ORDERING CODESDescriptionCompact stopper cylinder, roller Ø32, stroke 20 UNITOPCompact stopper cylinder, roller Ø32, stroke 20 ISO 15552Compact stopper cylinder, roller Ø32, stroke 20 UNITOP (non-magnetic version)Compact stopper cylinder, roller Ø32, stroke 20 ISO 15552 (non-magnetic version)Compact stopper cylinder, roller Ø50, stroke 30 UNITOPCompact stopper cylinder, roller Ø50, stroke 30 ISO 15552Compact stopper cylinder, roller Ø50, stroke 30 UNITOP (non-magnetic version)Compact stopper cylinder, roller Ø50, stroke 30 ISO 15552 (non-magnetic version)Compact stopper cylinder, roller Ø80, stroke 30 UNITOPCompact stopper cylinder, roller Ø80, stroke 30 ISO 15552Compact stopper cylinder, roller Ø80, stroke 30 UNITOP (non-magnetic version)Compact stopper cylinder, roller Ø80, stroke 30 ISO 15552 (non-magnetic version)Compact stopper cylinder, roller Ø80, stroke 40 UNITOPCompact stopper cylinder, roller Ø80, stroke 40 ISO 15552Compact stopper cylinder, roller Ø80, stroke 40 UNITOP (non-magnetic version)Compact stopper cylinder, roller Ø80, stroke 40 ISO 15552 (non-magnetic version)

Code23C0320020XP25C0320020XP23CS320020XP25CS320020XP23C0500030XP25C0500030XP23CS500030XP25CS500030XP23C0800030XP25C0800030XP23CS800030XP25CS800030XP23C0800040XP25C0800040XP23CS800040XP25CS800040XP

ACCESSORIES

NOTES

AD

C B

E

S

N+

FLANGE Ø 32, Ø 50, Ø 80

Ø325080

UNITOP codesW0950326302W0950506302W0950806302

A5068107

B80110160

C6490135

E7912

N54.557.5111

S101215

Weight [g]2105021575

Note: Supplied with 4 screws.

ISO codesW0950326302W0950506312W0950806312

Ø325080

A506595

B80110153

C6490126

E7912

N54.557.5112

S101216

Weight [g]2104471190

D324563

D324563

+ = ADD THE STROKE

1.1/60

5.8 500

4.9

STRIP

SLIM SENSOR

DescriptionHALL N.O. SENSOR, VERTICAL INSERTION 2.5mHALL N.O. SENSOR, VERTICAL INSERTION 300 mm M8REED N.O. SENSOR, VERTICAL INSERTION 2.5mREED N.O. SENSOR, VERTICAL INSERTION 300 mm M8HALL N.O. SENSOR, VERTICAL INSERTION 2m ATEX

CodeW0952025390W0952029394W0952022180W0952028184W0952125556

DescriptionSLOT STRIP 500 mm

CodeW0950000160

Note: The code corresponds to 1 piece.

This type of sensor can be inserted in the slot of the sensor from above. This means thecylinder heads do not require a through opening.

black

HALL EFFECT+

+

brown

blue

PNP

blue

black

-

blue

brown

brown

34

1

REED EFFECT+

+-

brown

3blue 4

1

M8

M8

WIRING DIAGRAM TECHNICAL DATA

Type of contactSwitchSupply voltage (Ub) VPower WVoltage variationVoltage drop VInput current mAOutput current mASwitching frequency HzShort-circuit protectionOver-voltage suppressionPolarity inversion protectionEMCLED displayMagnetic sensitivityRepeatabilityDegree of protection (EN 60529)Vibration and shock resistanceTemperature range °CSensor capsule material2.5m/2m connecting cableConnecting cable with M8x1Wire NO.

Reed Effetto Hall Effetto HallN.O. N.O. N.O.

- PNP PNP10 ÷ 30 AC/DC 10 ÷ 30 DC 18 ÷ 30 DC3 (peak valve=6) 3 ! 1.7

- ! 10% di Ub ! 10% di Ub- ! 2 ! 2.2- ! 10 ! 10

! 100 ! 100 ! 70! 400 ! 5000 1000

- Yes Yes- Yes Yes- Yes Yes

EN 60 947-5-2 EN 60 947-5-2 EN 60 947-5-2Yellow Yellow Yellow

2,8 mT ±25% 2,8 mT ±25% 2.6! 0,1 mT ! 0,1 mT ! 0,1 (Ub and ta fixed)

IP 67 IP 67 IP 68, IP 69K30 g, 11 ms, 10÷55 Hz, 1mm 30 g, 11 ms, 10÷55 Hz, 1mm 30 g, 11 ms, 10÷55 Hz, 1mm -25 ÷+75 -25 ÷ +75 -20 ÷ +45

PA66 + PA6I/6T PA66 + PA6I/6T PAPVC; 2 x 0,12 mm2 PVC; 3 x 0,14 mm2 PVC; 3 x 0,12 mm2

Polyurethane; 2 x 0,14 mm2 Polyurethane; 3 x 0,14 mm2 -2 3 3

ATEX

1.1/61

1OPERATING DIAGRAMS

1 - Deceleration of the chuck as it comes into contact with the piston rod, with plastic deformation of about 1 mm.2 - The cylinder is pressurized to release the chuck.3 - The pressure in the front chamber is maintained until the chuck has passed the stopper cylinder. The piston rod

extends due to the effect of the spring and any pressure in the opposite chamber. The system is now ready to stopthe next chuck.

1 - Deceleration of the chuck as it comes into contact with the piston rod, with plastic deformation of about 1 mm.2 - The cylinder is pressurized to release the chuck.3 - When the pressure in the front chamber drops, the piston rod extends due to the effect of the spring or any pressure

until the wheel reaches the chuck and moves it on.4 - After the chuck has passed, the cylinder extends the piston rod fully. The system is now ready to stop the next chuck.

TRUNNION VERSION

ROLLER VERSION

! " #

! " # $

Direction ofmovement

Direction ofmovement

1.1/62

COMPACT STOPPER CYLINDERS

12 911

136 54 107 2 8

TypeComplete set of gasketsFront cylinder head kit for UNITOPFront cylinder head kit for ISO Ø 32Front cylinder head kit for ISORear cylinder head kit for UNITOP Ø20 - Ø32Rear cylinder head kit for UNITOPRear cylinder head kit for ISO Ø 32Rear cylinder head kit for ISOPiston kit Ø20Piston kitMagnetFront + rear cylinder head + piston kit for UNITOP

Front + rear cylinder head + piston kit for ISO Ø 32

Front + rear cylinder head + piston kit for ISO

Parts! " #

$ % " # &$ % " # &$ % " # &

# & '# & '# & '# & '! ( )

! ( ) * +(

$ ! ( " % #& ' ) * +

$ ! ( " % #& ' ) * +

$ ! ( " % #& ' ) * +

BoresØ 20, Ø 32, Ø 50, Ø 80Ø 20, Ø 32, Ø 50, Ø 80

Ø 32Ø 50, Ø 80Ø 20, Ø32Ø 50, Ø 80

Ø 32Ø 50, Ø 80

Ø 20Ø 32, Ø 50, Ø 80

Ø 20, Ø 32, Ø 50, Ø 80Ø 20, Ø 32, Ø 50, Ø 80

Ø 32

Ø 50, Ø 80

Codes009 . . . 7060009 . . . 71600090327160009 . . . 8160009 . . . 7201009 . . . 72600090327201009 . . . 82600090207401009 . . . 7460009 . . . 7501009 . . . 7960

0090327960

009. . . 8960

SPARE PARTS

1.1/63

1

CYLINDER SERIES “ISO 15552”(EX ISO 6431) Ø 32÷125 mm

COMPONENTS

710 11 123 4 2 86 91 5

Cylinders made to ISO 15552 VDMA available in variousversions and with a wide range of accessories:• Configuration with or without magnet• Single- or double-acting – single- or through-rod• Wide choice of NBR, POLYURETHANE and FKM/FPM

gaskets (for high temperatures)• Special versions on request• Fixing accessories, guide units and mechanical piston

rod lock.

TECHNICAL DATA Polyurethane NBR FKM/FPM Low Temperature

max 10 bar (max 1 MPa - 145 psi)–20°C to +80°C (non-magnetic cyl.) –10°C to +80°C (non-magnetic cyl.) –10°C to +150° (non-magnetic cyl.) –35°C to + 80°C

–20°C to +70°C (magnetic cyl.) –10°C to +70°C (magnetic cyl.)–10°C to +80°C (non-magnetic cyl.) –10°C to +80°C (non-magnetic cyl.) –10°C to +150° (non-magnetic cyl.) –35°C to + 80°C

–10°C to +70°C (magnetic cyl.) –10°C to +70°C (magnetic cyl.)Unlubricated air. Lubrication, if used, must be continuous

Ø 32 ; Ø 40 ; Ø 50 ; Ø 63 ; Ø 80 ; Ø 100 ; Ø 125Heads with Tap Tite screws

Single-acting: for bores Ø 32-63, strokes 0-250 mmDouble-acting: for bores Ø 32-80, strokes 25-2800 mm

for bores Ø 100-125, strokes 25-2600 mmDouble-acting cushioned, Single-acting retracted piston rod cushioned, Through-rod cushioned, Long cushioning,

High-temperature, Piston rod lock, Oil seal, Through-rod oil seal, Low friction, Non-stick-slip*.All versions come complete with magnet. Supplied without magnet on request.

Ø 32; 40: 0.4 barØ 50;63 strokes < 1500 mm: 0.3 bar; strokes ! 1500 mm: 0.4 bar

Ø 80;100;125 strokes < 1500 mm: 0.2 bar; strokes ! 1500 mm: 0.4 barSee GENERAL TECHNICAL DATA PAGE 1.1/05See GENERAL TECHNICAL DATA PAGE 1.1/06

*Using for speeds lower than 0.2m/s, to prevent surging.For no-stick-slip versions use no-lubricated air only

Operating pressureTemperature range Ø 32 ÷ 63

Ø 80 ÷ 125

FluidBoreDesignStandard stroke

Versions

Sensor magnetInrush pressure

Forces generated at 6 bar thrust/retractionWeights

! PISTON ROD: C45 steel or stainless steel, thick chromed

" HEAD: die cast aluminium# PISTON ROD GASKET: polyurethane, NBR or

FKM/FPM$ GUIDE BUSHING: steel strip with bronze and

PTFE insert% BARREL: drawn anodised calibrated aluminium& HALF-PISTON: self-lubricating technopolymer with

built-in cushioning olives (aluminium with PTFE pad for diameters 80-100-125)

' PISTON GASKET: polyurethane, NBR or FKM/FPM( MAGNET: plastoferrite) BUFFER + Static O-rings: NBR or FKM/FPM* CUSHIONING GASKET: polyurethane, NBR or

FKM/FPM+ CUSHIONING NEEDLE: OT 58 with needle out

movement safety system even when fully open, SCREWS: Tap Tite for assembly

1.1/64

DIMENSIONS OF STANDARD VERSION

CH1

CH3 RT

126

121

124

CH2D

TG

TG

N

BG

WH

VD

E PL

EE

E

PL

C1

VA

AKKB1

L0+

L+

Q

B

P

B

F

Ø3240506380100125

+ = ADD THE STROKE

PL10121416182025

VD6.581314121420

A10101010121210

B30354045455560

B1

28333840434954

WH26303737465165

C1

16202525333845

CH1

10131717222227

CH2

17192424303041

CH3

6688101012

KKM10x1.25M12x1.25M16x1.5M16x1.5M20x1.5M20x1.5M27x2

D12162020252532

TG32.53846.556.57289110

VA4444446

F22243232404054

EEG1/8G1/4G1/4G3/8G3/8G1/2G1/2

RTM6M6M8M8M10M10M12

E465464.575.594111135

L120135143158174189225

L0

94105106121128138160

ZM146165180195220240290

BG14.514.517.517.521.521.525..5

N4.54.55.55.55.55.56.5

P6666101012

Q4466778

DIMENSIONS OF THROUGH-ROD VERSION

122

CH3 RT

CH2CH1

VD

C1

ZM++

EE

B1

TGTGKK D

WH

EE

PLPL

WH+

N

BG

L0+ F

B

P

Q

A

ISOISONON ISONON ISONON ISONON ISONON ISONON ISONON ISONON ISO

Upper limit0255075100125150175200225

Stroke< C !< C !< C !< C !< C !< C !< C !< C !< C !< C !

Lower limit255075100125150175200225250

L0- Ø 329494115136157178199220241262

L0 - Ø 40105105129.5154178.5203227.5252276.5301

L0 - Ø 50106106130.5155179.5204228.5253277.5302

L - Ø 32120120141162183204225246267288

L - Ø 40135135159.5184208.5233257.5282306.5331

L - Ø 50143143167.5192216.5241265.5290314.5339

L - Ø 63158158182.5207231.5256280.5305329.5354

+ = ADD THE STROKE++= ADD TWICE THE STROKE

VERSION 126 (SINGLE-ACTING)L0 - Ø 63121121145.5170194.5219243.5268292.5317

1.1/65

1DIMENSIONS OF 100 mm CUSHIONING VERSION

CH3

CH1 CH4CH4

RT

CH2

131

L1+D BKK

A

VD

E

BG

E TG

PLPL

EETG

N

WH1 VA1

C2

B B1

F

P

Q

L0+

+ = ADD THE STROKE

Ø32405063

PL10121416

VD6.581314

A10101010

B30354045

B1

29343838

WH1

106107113.5113.5

C2

9697101.5101.5

CH1

10131717

CH2

17192424

CH3

6688

CH4

27303535

KKM10x1.25M12x1.25M16x1.5M16x1.5

D12162020

TG32.53846.556.5

VA1

7976.576.576.5

F22243232

EEG1/8G1/4G1/4G3/8

RTM6M6M8M8

E465464.575.5

L1200212219.5234.5

L094105106121

BG14.514.517.517.5

N4.54.55.55.5

P6666

Q4466

DIMENSIONS OF 150 mm CUSHIONING VERSION

Ø32405063

WH1

156157162.5162.5

C2

146147150.5150.5

VA1

129121.5119.5123.5

L1

250262268.5283.5

Ø32405063

WH1

206207213.5213.5

C2

196197201.5201.5

VA1

179176.5176.5176.5

L1

300312319.5334.5

DIMENSIONS OF 200 mm CUSHIONING VERSION

1.1/66

127

VAWH

R

L1++

L++

DIMENSIONS OF TANDEM VERSION

125

WH WH

R

L1 + X1 + X2

L + X1 + X2

DIMENSIONS OF OPPOSED VERSION

Ø3240506380100125

WH26303737465165

R555568689292120

L243265280310348368440

L1

295325354384440470570 Refer to standard cylinders for other values.

++= ADD TWICE THE STROKE

Ø3240506380100125

WH26303737465165

VA4444446

R555568689292120

L243265280310348368440

L1

273299321351398423511 Refer to standard cylinders for other values.

X1 = STROKE CYLINDER 1X2 = STROKE CYLINDER 2

1 2

1.1/67

1

5 4 3

2 1

! Rear chamber piston gasket made of polyurethane (Ø 32-125);

" Front chamber piston gasket made of polyurethane (Ø 32-125);

# Rear chamber cushioning gasket made of polyurethane;

$ Front chamber cushioning gasket made of polyurethane;

% Piston rod gasket made of polyurethane.

The low-friction cylinder is typically used as a dandy or tensioning cylinder since it is a single-acting cylinder without a return spring.The configurations are shown below:

1) The best type is A as it involves less friction.2) Type B should be used when the cylinder is working under normal conditions outside the pneumatic cushioning area. Cushioning

is only for emergency use. It acts as a shock absorber in the case of malfunction.3) Type C differs from type A due to the presence of a piston rod gasket that prevents dirt getting in when operating in dirty

environments.4) Type D differs from type B due to the presence of a piston rod gasket that prevents dirt getting in when operating in dirty

environments.5) Type E should be used when the pressurized chamber is the front one.6) For type F, see point 2.

NB. THE CYLINDER IS ALWAYS SINGLE-ACTING WITHOUT A RETURN SPRING.

LOW-FRICTION VERSION – CODE 123

Rear chamber pressureRear chamber pressure and cushioning in case of impactRear chamber pressure and piston rod gasketRear chamber pressure, cushioning in case of impact and piston rod gasketFront chamber pressureFront chamber pressure and cushioning in case of impact

TypeABCDEF

Gaskets1

1+31+5

1+3+52+5

2+5+4

NOTES

1.1/68

KEY TO CODES

ISO 15552 LOW-FRICTION CYLINDER

ISO 15552 LONG-CUSHIONING CYLINDER

CYL 1 2 3 3 2

3240506380A1=Ø100A2=Ø125

0 0 5 0

Ø32÷Ø80stroke 25÷2800 mmØ100÷Ø125stroke 25÷2600 mm

C

A C45 chromed rod,aluminium piston rod:

standard for all cylinderswith ! 1000 mm-stroke

cylinders and for cylinderwith Ø 80 mm and over

C C45 chromed rod,technopolymer piston:

standard for cylinders ofØ 32 to Ø 63 mm with

< 1000 mm strokesZ Stainless steel pistonrod and nut aluminium piston

X Stainless steel pistonrod and nut

technopolymer piston

TYPE DIAMETER STROKE

P

N NBR gasketsP Polyurethane gasketsV FKM/FPM gaskets

A

A Low friction, type AB Low friction, type BC Low friction, type CD Low friction, type DE Low friction, type EF Low friction, type F

CYL 1 3 1 3 2

32405063

0 0 5 0

25÷2600 mm

C

A C45 chromed rod,aluminium piston rod

for all sizesZ Stainless steel pistonrod and nut aluminium piston

TYPE DIAMETER STROKE

P

N NBRgaskets

P polyurethanegaskets

V FKM/FPMgaskets

A

A 200 mm front/rear cushioning cone – 200mm ext.B 150 mm front/rear cushioning cone – 150mm ext.C 100 mm front/rear cushioning cone – 100mm ext.D 150 mm front/rear cushioning cone – 200mm ext.E 100 mm front/rear cushioning cone – 200mm ext.F 50 mm front/rear cushioning cone – 100mm ext.G 100 mm front/rear cushioning cone – 150mm ext.

H 200 mm front cushioning cone – 200 mm ext.I 150 mm front cushioning cone – 150 mm ext.L 100 mm front cushioning cone – 100 mm ext.M 150 mm front cushioning cone – 200 mm ext.N 100 mm front cushioning cone – 150 mm ext.O 50 mm front cushioning cone – 100 mm ext.

Q 200 mm rear cushioning cone – 200 mm ext.R 150 mm rear cushioning cone – 150 mm ext.S 100 mm rear cushioning cone – 100 mm ext.T 150 mm rear cushioning cone – 200 mm ext.U 100 mm rear cushioning cone – 200 mm ext.V 50 mm rear cushioning cone – 100 mm ext.

! In the code of cylinder with letter in fourth position Ø 100 becomes A1; Ø 125 becomes A2" Only available for versions with aluminium piston (A or Z)! Available until Ø63 and only the versions with piston in aluminum (A or Z)# For speeds lower than 0.2m/s, to prevent surging. Use no-lubricated air only$ Available up to Ø 100

ISO 15552 STD CYLINDER

CYL 1 2 1

120 Double-acting,cuschioned,

non-magnetic121 Double-acting,

cushioned122 Through-rod124 Double-acting,

non-cuschioned125 Opposed

! 126 Single-acting127 Tandem134 Rod lock version136 Version with

piston rod lock$137 Piston rod lock +

guide unit

0

0 DiameterS Non-

magnetic# G No stick slip

3 2

32 40 50 63 80

! 100! 125

0 0 5 0

For the maximumsuppliable strokes,look at the technicaldata

C

A C45 chromed rod,aluminium piston rod:

standard for all cylinderswith ! 1000 mm-stroke

cylinders and for cylinderwith Ø 80 mm and over

C C45 chromed rod,technopolymer piston:

standard for cylinders ofØ 32 to Ø 63 mm with

< 1000 mm strokesZ Stainless steel pistonrod and nut aluminium pistonX Stainless steel piston

rod and nuttechnopolymer piston

TYPE BORE STROKE

P

N NBRgaskets

P polyurethanegaskets

V FKM/FPMgaskets

" B lowtemperature

1.1/69

1INTERMEDIATE HINGE - MODEL EN

TLX MIN

XV+1/2

X+ MAX

TK

TD

UWTL

TM

Code

0950322007095040200709505020070950632007095080200709510020070951252007

Ø

3240506380100125

X (min)

63728386.5104113.5135

XV

7382.59097.5110120145

X (max)

839397108.5116126.5155

TM

50637590110132160

TL

12161620202525

TD e 9

12161620202525

TK

22283235404550

UW

657595105130145175

+ = ADD THE STROKE+ 1/2 = ADD HALF THE STROKE

Weight [g]

2825828801230203026003900

Note: Supplied complete with 4 grub screws, 2 pins

COUNTER-HINGE FOR MODEL EN - MODEL EL

A

HB

A1 ±0.2

øL

E

C

0.1

D1 D H7

D2

Code

W0950322009W0950402009W0950402009W0950632009W0950632009W0951002009W0951002009

Ø

3240506380100125

A

46555565657575

A1

32363642425050

B

182121232328.528.5

C

30363640405050

C1

15181820202525

D2

79911111313

D

12161620202525

D1

11151518182020

E

6.58.58.510.510.512.512.5

Note: Supplied with 4 securing screws

H

10.5121213131616

ØL

22282835354040

Weight [g]

162278278414414715715

ACCESSORIES: FIXINGS

Code0950322090095040209009505020900950632090095080209009510020900951252090

ØØ 32Ø 40Ø 50Ø 63Ø 80Ø 100Ø 125

A5459.571.581.599119.5148

B40404040606060

C29.532.2374253.563.576.5

D110110110110110110110

E64.567.2727788.598.5111.5

D124124124124124124124

E70.573.2788394.5104.5117.9

Applicable valvesMACH 16 Series 70 1/8-1/4 ISO 1 - ISO 2MACH 16 Series 70 1/8-1/4 ISO 1 - ISO 2MACH 16 Series 70 1/8-1/4 ISO 1 - ISO 2MACH 16 Series 70 1/8-1/4 ISO 1 - ISO 2Series 70 1/8-1/4-1/2 ISO 1 - ISO 2Series 70 1/8-1/4-1/2 ISO 1 - ISO 2Series 70 1/8-1/4-1/2 ISO 1 - ISO 2

FIXING BRACKET SERIES KCV

B

A

C

D E

VALVE FIXING BRACKET - CYLINDER (Fig. A)

ISO 1 ISO 2

A B

Weight [g]808693101222258298

1.1/70

KIT FOR FIXING VALVES TO BRACKETSCode09500020030950002004095000200609500020010950002002

Valve kitMACH 16Series 70 1/8-1/4Series 70 1/2ISO 1ISO 2

Composition2 HEX. SCREWS M3x25 with WASHER2 HEX. SCREWS M4x50 with WASHER2 HEX. SCREWS M5x50 with WASHERADAPTOR + ISO1 BASE SIDE + SCREWS + WASHERS (Fig. B)ADAPTOR + ISO 2 BASE SIDE + SCREWS + WASHERS (Fig. B)

Weight [g]4820230350

ACCESSORIES: MAGNETIC SENSORS

VALVE ASSEMBLY ON CYLINDER

FOR Ø 32-40-50-63 FOR Ø 80-100-125

9.1

11.5

25.534

17

ORDERING CODESCodeW0950000201W0950000222W0950000232

DescriptionREED SENSOR ACC. DSM2-C525 HSE.HALL PNP SENSOR ACC. DSM3-N225E. HALL NPN SENSOR ACC. DSM3-M225

13.2

2.7

18.5

M5

5.9

19.2

14

29.5

SENSOR SUPPORT BRACKETS

Code DescriptionW0950000711 BRACKET ACC. D.32 DST 80

Code DescriptionW0950000712 BRACKET ACC. D.50 DST 81

Code DescriptionW0950000713 BRACKET ACC. D.80-100-125 DST 82

Ø 32÷40 Ø 50÷63 Ø 80÷100÷125

29.8

14.8 1.8

20.9

14

M5

20.4

1.6

26

20.6

1.7

7.5

25.9

47.8

M5

14

1.1/71

1TECHNICAL DATATypeContactMax AC/DC voltageMax current at 25°CPower with inductive loadPower with resistive loadSwitch-on timeSwitch-off timeSwitch-on pointSwitch-off pointOperating lifeContact resistanceCable lengthCable cross sectionCable materialCircuit

VmAVA

Wattm secm secGaussGauss

mmm2

REED + VARISTORE + LED 2 filiREED + VARISTORE + LED N.O.

3÷48 V(DC); 3÷220 (AC)50010501.20.111095

107 impulsi0.12.5

0.35PVC Morbido

HALL VERSION PNP/NPN 3 wiresHALL EFFECT NO PNP/NPN

6-24 V DC250

–6

0.83

158

109 impulses–

2.50.35

Soft PVC

Version NPN

Version PNP

brown

-

black

brown

black

+

+

-

blue

blue

24V DC

blue

brown

24V AC

+

-

blue

brown ~

~

AC

DC

ADAPTOR FOR RETRACTABLE SENSOR

DescriptionAdaptor DSS005 for DST/ST brackets

CodeW0950001001

ASSEMBLY DIAGRAM

45

3

2 1

! ISO 15552 cylinder with traditional barrel" Sensor bracket mod. DST (Ø32÷125)# Adaptor$ Retractable sensor with insertion from above% Retractable sensor

1.1/72

CYLINDERS SERIES “ISO 15552”(EX ISO 6431) ø32÷125 mmTYPE “A” RETRACTABLE SENSOR

The sensor can be inserted from the side thanks to the newshape of the heads. The profiles of the liners have beenredesigned and the new shape means that dedicatedintermediate hinges can be applied. Cylinders available invarious versions and a wide range of accessories:• Configuration with or without magnet• Single- or double-acting – single- or through-rod• Wide choice of NBR, POLYURETHANE and FKM/FPM

gaskets (for high temperatures)• Special versions on request• Fixing accessories, guide units and mechanical piston

rod lock.

JACKET CROSS SECTION

Polyurethane NBR FKM/FPM Low Temperature

max 10 bar (max 1 MPa - 145 psi)–20°C to +80°C (non-magnetic cyl.) –10°C to +80°C (non-magnetic cyl.) –10°C to +150° (non-magnetic cyl.) –35°C÷+80°C

–20°C to +70°C (magnetic cyl.) –10°C to +70°C (magnetic cyl.)–10°C to +80°C (non-magnetic cyl.) –10°C to +80°C (non-magnetic cyl.) –10°C to +150° (non-magnetic cyl.) –35°C÷+80°C

–10°C to +70°C (magnetic cyl.) –10°C to +70°C (magnetic cyl.)Unlubricated air. Lubrication, if used, must be continuous

Ø 32 ; Ø 40 ; Ø 50 ; Ø 63 ; Ø 80 ; Ø 100 ; Ø 125Heads with Tap Tite screws

Single-acting: for bores Ø 32-63, strokes 0-250 mmDouble-acting: for bores Ø 32-80, strokes 25-2800 mm

for bores Ø 100-125, strokes 25-2600 mmDouble-acting cushioned, Single-acting retracted piston rod cushioned, Through-rod cushioned, Long cushioning,

High-temperature, Piston rod lock, Oil seal, Through-rod oil seal, Low friction, Non-stick-slip*.All versions come complete with magnet. Supplied without magnet on request.

Ø 32; 40: 0.4 barØ 50;63 strokes < 1500 mm: 0.3 bar; strokes ! 1500 mm: 0.4 bar

Ø 80;100;125 strokes < 1500 mm: 0.2 bar; strokes ! 1500 mm: 0.4 barSee GENERAL TECHNICAL DATA PAGE 1.1/05See GENERAL TECHNICAL DATA PAGE 1.1/06

*Using for speeds lower than 0.2m/s, to prevent surging.For no-stick-slip versions use no-lubricated air only

TECHNICAL DATAOperating pressureTemperature range Ø 32 ÷ 63

Ø 80 ÷ 125

FluidBoreDesignStandard stroke

Versions

Sensor magnetInrush pressure

Forces generated at 6 bar thrust/retractionWeights

Ø100Ø125

Ø32 Ø40

1

Ø80Ø63

1

1

11

11

Ø50

31.9

74

31.9

74

63.3

23.5

23.5

63.344

89

4489

108

52.6

52.6

108 13

4

57.6

134

57.6

44.5

13.3

44.5

6.6

53 18.4

53

18.4

! SLOTS FOR RETRACTABLE SENSOR

1.1/73

1DIMENSIONS OF STANDARD VERSION

CH1

CH3 RT

126

121

124

CH2D

TG

TG

N

BG

WH

VD

E PL

EE

E

PL

C1

VA

AKKB1

L0+

L+

Q

B

P

B

F

+ = ADD THE STROKE

DIMENSIONS OF THROUGH-ROD VERSION

CH3 RT

CH2CH1

122

VD

C1

ZM++

EE

B1

TGTGKK D

WH

A EE

PLPL

WH+

N

BG

L0+ F

B

P

Q

+ = ADD THE STROKE++= ADD TWICE THE STROKE

Ø.3240506380100125

PL10121416182025

VD6.581314121420

A10101010121210

B30354045455560

B1

28333840434954

WH26303737465165

C1

16202525333845

CH1

10131717222227

CH2

17192424303041

CH3

6688101012

KKM10x1.25M12x1.25M16x1.5M16x1.5M20x1.5M20x1.5M27x2

D12162020252532

TG32.53846.556.57289110

VA4444446

F22243232404054

EEG1/8G1/4G1/4G3/8G3/8G1/2G1/2

RTM6M6M8M8M10M10M12

E465464.575.594111135

L120135143158174189225

L094105106121128138160

ZM146165180195220240290

BG14.514.517.517.521.521.525..5

N4.54.55.55.55.55.56.5

P6666101012

Q4466778

ISOISONON ISONON ISONON ISONON ISONON ISONON ISONON ISONON ISO

Upper limit0255075100125150175200225

Stroke< C !< C !< C !< C !< C !< C !< C !< C !< C !< C !

Lower limit255075100125150175200225250

L0 - Ø 329494115136157178199220241262

L0 - Ø 40105105129.5154178.5203227.5252276.5301

L0 - Ø 50106106130.5155179.5204228.5253277.5302

L - Ø 32120120141162183204225246267288

L - Ø 40135135159.5184208.5233257.5282306.5331

L - Ø 50143143167.5192216.5241265.5290314.5339

L - Ø 63158158182.5207231.5256280.5305329.5354

VERSION 126 (SINGLE-ACTING)L0- Ø 63121121145.5170194.5219243.5268292.5317

1.1/74

DIMENSIONS OF 100 mm CUSHIONING VERSION

130

CH3

CH1 CH4CH4

RT

CH2

L1+D BKK

A

VD

E

BG

E TG

PLPL

EETG

N

WH1 VA1

C2

B B1

F

P

Q

L0+

+ = ADD THE STROKE

Ø32405063

PL10121416

VD6.581314

A10101010

B30354045

B1

29343838

WH1

106107113.5113.5

C2

9697101.5101.5

CH1

10131717

CH2

17192424

CH3

6688

CH4

27303535

KKM10x1.25M12x1.25M16x1.5M16x1.5

D12162020

TG32.53846.556.5

VA1

7976.576.576.5

F22243232

EEG1/8G1/4G1/4G3/8

RTM6M6M8M8

E465464.575.5

L1

200212219.5234.5

L0

94105106121

BG14.514.517.517.5

N4.54.55.55.5

P6666

Q4466

DIMENSIONS OF 150 mm CUSHIONING VERSION

Ø32405063

WH1

156157162.5162.5

C2

146147150.5150.5

VA1

129121.5119.5123.5

L1

250262268.5283.5

Ø32405063

WH1

206207213.5213.5

C2

196197201.5201.5

VA1

179176.5176.5176.5

L1

300312319.5334.5

DIMENSIONS OF 200 mm CUSHIONING VERSION

1.1/75

1

127

VAWH

R

L1++

L++

DIMENSIONS OF TANDEM VERSION

125

WH WH

R

L1 + X1 + X2

L + X1 + X2

DIMENSIONS OF OPPOSED VERSION

++= ADD TWICE THE STROKE

Ø3240506380100125

WH26303737465165

R555568689292120

L243265280310348368440

L1

295325354384440470570 Refer to standard cylinders for other values.

Ø3240506380100125

WH26303737465165

VA4444446

R555568689292120

L243265280310348368440

L1

273299321351398423511 Refer to standard cylinders for other values.

X1 = STROKE CYLINDER 1X2 = STROKE CYLINDER 2

1 2

1.1/76

LOW-FRICTION VERSION – CODE 129

The low-friction cylinder is typically used as a dandy or tensioning cylinder since it is a single-acting cylinder without a return spring.The configurations are shown below:

1) The best type is A as it involves less friction.2) Type B should be used when the cylinder is working under normal conditions outside the pneumatic cushioning area. Cushioning

is only for emergency use. It acts as a shock absorber in the case of malfunction.3) Type C differs from type A due to the presence of a piston rod gasket that prevents dirt getting in when operating in dirty

environments.4) Type D differs from type B due to the presence of a piston rod gasket that prevents dirt getting in when operating in dirty

environments.5) Type E should be used when the pressurized chamber is the front one.6) For type F, see point 2.

NB. THE CYLINDER IS ALWAYS SINGLE-ACTING WITHOUT A RETURN SPRING.

Rear chamber pressureRear chamber pressure and cushioning in case of impactRear chamber pressure and piston rod gasketRear chamber pressure, cushioning in case of impact and piston rod gasketFront chamber pressureFront chamber pressure and cushioning in case of impact

TypeABCDEF

Gaskets1

1+31+5

1+3+52+5

2+5+4

NOTES

5 4 3

2 1

! Rear chamber piston gasket made of polyurethane (Ø 32-125);

" Front chamber piston gasket made of polyurethane (Ø 32-125);

# Rear chamber cushioning gasket madeof polyurethane;

$ Front chamber cushioning gasket madeof polyurethane;

% Piston rod gasket made of polyurethane.

1.1/77

1CYLINDER ISO 15552 TYPE “A”, RETRACTABLE SENSOR

CYLINDER ISO 15552 LOW-FRICTION TYPE “A”, RETRACTABLE SENSOR

CYLINDER ISO 15552 LONG-CUSHIONING TYPE “A”, RETRACTABLE SENSOR

CYL 1 2 9 3 2

3240506380A1=Ø100A2=Ø125

0 0 5 0

Ø32÷Ø80stroke 25÷2800 mmØ100÷Ø125stroke 25÷2600 mm

C

A C45 chromed rod,aluminium piston rod:

standard for all cylinderswith ! 1000 mm-stroke

cylinders and for cylinderwith Ø 80 mm and over

C C45 chromed rod,technopolymer piston:

standard for cylinders ofØ 32 to Ø 63 mm with

< 1000 mm strokesZ Stainless steel pistonrod and nut aluminium pistonX Stainless steel piston

rod and nuttechnopolymer piston

TYPE DIAMETER STROKE

P

N NBR gasketsP Polyurethane gasketsV FKM/FPM gaskets

A

A Low friction, type AB Low friction, type BC Low friction, type CD Low friction, type DE Low friction, type EF Low friction, type F

CYL 1 3 0 3 2

32405063

0 0 5 0

25÷2600 mm

C

A C45 chromed rod,aluminium piston rod

for all sizesZ Stainless steel pistonrod and nut aluminium piston

TYPE DIAMETER STROKE

P

N NBRgaskets

P polyurethanegaskets

V FKM/FPMgaskets

A

A 200 mm front/rear cushioning cone – 200mm ext.B 150 mm front/rear cushioning cone – 150mm ext.C 100 mm front/rear cushioning cone – 100mm ext.D 150 mm front/rear cushioning cone – 200mm ext.E 100 mm front/rear cushioning cone – 200mm ext.F 50 mm front/rear cushioning cone – 100mm ext.G 100 mm front/rear cushioning cone – 150mm ext.

H 200 mm front cushioning cone – 200 mm ext.I 150 mm front cushioning cone – 150 mm ext.L 100 mm front cushioning cone – 100 mm ext.M 150 mm front cushioning cone – 200 mm ext.N 100 mm front cushioning cone – 150 mm ext.O 50 mm front cushioning cone – 100 mm ext.

Q 200 mm rear cushioning cone – 200 mm ext.R 150 mm rear cushioning cone – 150 mm ext.S 100 mm rear cushioning cone – 100 mm ext.T 150 mm rear cushioning cone – 200 mm ext.U 100 mm rear cushioning cone – 200 mm ext.V 50 mm rear cushioning cone – 100 mm ext.

CYL 0 0 5 0

For the maximumsuppliable strokes,look at the technicaldata

TYPE STROKE

P

N NBRgaskets

P polyurethanegaskets

V FKM/FPMgaskets

! B lowtemperature

1 2 1

121 Double-acting,cushioned

122 Through-rod124 Double-acting,

non-cuschioned125 Opposed

! 126 Single-acting127 Tandem134 Rod lock version136 Version with piston

rod lock"137 Piston rod lock +

guide unit

A

A Standard# B No stick slip

C Non-magnetic

C

A C45 chromed rod,aluminium piston rod:

standard for all cylinderswith ! 1000 mm-stroke

cylinders and for cylinderwith Ø 80 mm and over

C C45 chromed rod,technopolymer piston:

standard for cylinders ofØ 32 to Ø 63mm with

< 1000 mm strokesZ Stainless steel pistonrod and nut aluminium pistonX Stainless steel piston

rod and nuttechnopolymer piston

3 2

32 40 50 63 80A1=100A2=125

DIAMETER

! Only available for versions with aluminium piston (A or Z)! Available until Ø63 and only the versions with piston in aluminum (A or Z)# For speeds lower than 0.2m/s, to prevent surging. Use no-lubricated air only" Available up to Ø 100

KEY TO CODES

1.1/78

INTERMEDIATE HINGE - MODEL EN

UW

X+ MAX

TMTL

TL

TK TD

X MIN

XV+1/2

Code

0950322107095040210709505021070950632107095080210709510021070951252107

Ø

3240506380100125

X (min)

63728386.5104113.5135

XV

7382.59097.5110120145

X (max)

839397108.5116126.5155

TM

50637590110132160

TL

12161620202525

COUNTER-HINGE FOR MODEL EN - MODEL EL

A

HB

A1 ±0.2

øL

E

C

0.1

D1 D H7

D2

Code

W0950322009W0950402009W0950402009W0950632009W0950632009W0951002009W0951002009

Ø

3240506380100125

A

46555565657575

TD e 9

12161620202525

TK

22282836364550

UW

657595105130145175

A1

32363642425050

B

182121232328.528.5

C

30363640405050

C1

15181820202525

D2

79911111313

D

12161620202525

D1

11151518182020

E

6.58.58.510.510.512.512.5

+ = ADD THE STROKE+ 1/2 = ADD HALF THE STROKE

Note: Supplied with 4 securing screws

H

10.5121213131616

ØL

22282835354040

Weight [g]

170360580950148021402950

Note: Supplied complete with 4 grub screws, 2 pins

Weight [g]

162278278414414715715

ACCESSORIES: FIXINGS

VALVE ASSEMBLY ON CYLINDER

A D B

With this type of cylinder, the valves (D) canbe mounted directly using the retractingsensor slot, without requiring the use ofintermediate brackets.This can be done using the special plates(A), which come with both the M3 and M4threads, and screws (B) of the size, typeand quantity shown in the table below.For ISO 1 and ISO 2 valves, the kit onwhich the valve is to be mounted (codesshown in the tables) will be fitted to thecylinder using the special plates (A) andthe screws (B) listed in the table.

Type of valveto mount (D)

MACH 11SERIE 70 1/8SERIE 70 1/4SERIE 70 1/2ISO 1ISO 2

M3 fixingplate (A)

code 0950003002n° 2

–––––

M4 fixingplate (A)

code 0950003001–

n° 2n° 2n° 2n° 2n° 2

Screw (B)for connection to cylinder

(one per plate)M3x16 UNI 5931 (DIN 912)M4x25 UNI 5931 (DIN 912)M4x30 UNI 5931 (DIN 912)M4x45 UNI 5931 (DIN 912)M4x8 UNI 7688 (DIN 965A)M4x8 UNI 7688 (DIN 965A)

Washer (B)(one per screw)

A3.2 UNI 1751 (DIN 127A)–

A4.3 UNI 1751 (DIN 127A)A4.3 UNI 1751 (DIN 127A)

––

Valveassembly

kit––––

09500020010950002002

1.1/79

1

ACCESSORIES: MAGNETIC SENSORS

5.8 500

4.9

BAR FOR GROOVING Description

BAR FOR GROOVING L=500 mm

Code

W0950000160

RETRACTABLE SENSOR WITHINSERTION FROM ABOVE Description

HALL N.O. SENSOR, VERTICAL INSERTION 2.5mHALL N.O. SENSOR, VERTICAL INSERTION 300 mm M8REED N.O. SENSOR, VERTICAL INSERTION 2.5mREED N.O. SENSOR, VERTICAL INSERTION 300 mm M8HALL N.O. SENSOR VETICAL INSERTION 2m ATEX

Code

W0952025390W0952029394W0952022180W0952028184W0952125556

Note: The code corresponds to 1 piece.

This type of sensor can be inserted in the slot of the sensor from above. This means thecylinder heads do not require a through opening.

black

HALL EFFECT+

+

brown

blue

PNP

blue

black

-

blue

brown

brown

34

1

REED EFFECT+

+-

brown

3blue 4

1

M8

M8

WIRING DIAGRAM TECHNICAL DATA

Type of contactSwitchSupply voltage (Ub) VPower WVoltage variationVoltage drop VInput current mAOutput current mASwitching frequency HzShort-circuit protectionOver-voltage suppressionPolarity inversion protectionEMCLED displayMagnetic sensitivityRepeatabilityDegree of protection (EN 60529)Vibration and shock resistanceTemperature range °CSensor capsule material2.5m/2m connecting cableConnecting cable with M8x1Wire NO.

Reed Effetto Hall Effetto HallN.O. N.O. N.O.

- PNP PNP10 ÷ 30 AC/DC 10 ÷ 30 DC 18 ÷ 30 DC3 (peak valve=6) 3 ! 1.7

- ! 10% di Ub ! 10% di Ub- ! 2 ! 2.2- ! 10 ! 10

! 100 ! 100 ! 70! 400 ! 5000 1000

- Yes Yes- Yes Yes- Yes Yes

EN 60 947-5-2 EN 60 947-5-2 EN 60 947-5-2Yellow Yellow Yellow

2,8 mT ±25% 2,8 mT ±25% 2.6! 0,1 mT ! 0,1 mT ! 0,1 (Ub and ta fixed)

IP 67 IP 67 IP 68, IP 69K30 g, 11 ms, 10÷55 Hz, 1mm 30 g, 11 ms, 10÷55 Hz, 1mm 30 g, 11 ms, 10÷55 Hz, 1mm -25 ÷+75 -25 ÷ +75 -20 ÷ +45

PA66 + PA6I/6T PA66 + PA6I/6T PAPVC; 2 x 0,12 mm2 PVC; 3 x 0,14 mm2 PVC; 3 x 0,12 mm2

Polyurethane; 2 x 0,14 mm2 Polyurethane; 3 x 0,14 mm2 -2 3 3

SLOTTED FIXING PLATE Description

ACC M4 T-SLOTTED FIXING PLATEACC M3 T-SLOTTED FIXING PLATE

Code

09500030010950003002

Note: Individually packed

Weight [g]

11

ATEX

1.1/80

ACCESSORIES ISO 15552 STD AND TYPE “A”RETRACTABLE SENSOR:MECHANICAL ROD BLOCK

Pilot pressureAmbient temperatureFluid temperatureOperationMechanicsLocking force

Body materialShoe materialSpring materialPiston materialGasket materialPilot port

4-8 bar (0.4-0.8 Mpa)Max 80°C (176°F)Max 70°C (154°F)NC - bidirectionalDouble shoe with mechanical lockØ32 Ø40 Ø50 Ø63 Ø80 Ø100 Ø125650 1100 1600 2500 4000 6300 8700AluminiumBrassNBRSynthetic material with added teflonNBR1/8’’

PpTetg

F(N)

OPERATING PRINCIPLE

The mechanical piston rod lock is a normally-closed mechanism.In the absence of pneumatic piloting, the two shoes (A) lock thecylinder rod in both directions (Fig. 1). With pneumatic piloting,the piston rod guide forces the shoes to come right up to eachother and overcome the counter spring (B) force and the pistonrod can slide (Fig. 2). It is important to remember that themechanical piston rod lock is a static type, which means that itis necessary to stop the cylinder piston rod pneumatically beforelocking the part mechanically.

DIMENSIONS

Q Z

L4T1

L0+

D

L1

L2

D1

L8

M

D2

L7

L7

A

H

D3

f8A

L+

CodeW5010001102W5010001103W5010001104W5010001109W5010001106W5010001107W5010001108

Ø3240506380100125

L1

58658282110115167

L2

4855707090100122

L4

881515181822

L7

4550607090105140

L8

34384849.5616886.5

D12162020252532

D1

30354045455560

D2

3540506080100130

D3

25283538485865

H46.553647595110.5150

A32.53846.556.57289110

T1

13131616202030

MM6M6M8M8M10M10M12

ZM6x20M6x20M8x30M8x30M10x35M10x35M12x40

QM5G1/8G1/8G1/8G1/8G1/8G1/8

L0

94105106121128138160

L162180200215251266347

+ = ADD THE STROKE

A

B

Fig. 1 Fig. 2

Weight [g]150200500700170027005600

1.1/81

1

ACCESSORIES ISO 15552 STD AND TYPE “A”RETRACTABLE SENSOR: FIXINGS

TR

E

ATAH

SA+

A0

AB

XA+

AUM

R

FL

CB

UB

L

øCD

H9

XD+

+= ADD THE STROKE

MR

EW

XD+

øCD

H9

L

FL

+= ADD THE STROKE

+= ADD THE STROKE

MS

EX L øCX

H9

DL

XN+

+= ADD THE STROKE

FOOT - MODEL A Code

W0950322001W0950402001W0950502001W0950632001W0950802001W0951002001W0951252001

Ø

3240506380100125

Ø AB

7999121416

AH

32364550637190

AO

11151515202515

AT

4446667

AU

24283232414145

TR

32364550637590

E

4552657595115140

XA

144163175190215230270

SA

142161170185210220250

Weight [g]

761001622664565721130

Note: ndividually packed with 2 screws.

FEMALE HINGE - MODEL B Code

W0950322003W0950402003W0950502003W0950632003W0950802003W0951002003W0951252003

Ø

3240506380100125

UB

4552607090110130

CB

26283240506070

FL

22252732364150

ØCD

10121216162325

XD

142160170190210230275

MR

10121216162025

L

10101212161620

Note: Supplied with 4 screws, 4 washers, 2 snap-rings, 1 pin.

Weight [g]

11616025239467010852000

MALE HINGE - MODEL BA Code

W0950322004W0950402004W0950502004W0950632004W0950802004W0951002004W0951252004

Ø

3240506380100125

EW

26283240506070

FL

22252732364150

MR

11131317172126

Ø CD

10121216162025

L

12151520202530

XD

142160170190210230275

Weight [g]

941242203165788501590

Note: Supplied with 4 screws, 4 washers

ARTICULATED MALE HINGE - MODEL BAS Code

W0950322006W0950402006W0950502006W0950632006W0950802006W0951002006W0951252006

Ø cil.

3240506380100125

DL

22252732364150

MS

16191924243036

L

12151520202530

XN

142160170190210230275

CX

10121216162025

EX

14161621212531

Weight [g]

1061422363365728401520

Note: Supplied with 4 screws, 4 washers

1.1/82

I

LF

C

A

E

G

N

B

M

H

D

J

B G

CD

M

N

C

D

E

L

ZF+

MF

UF TF

E

R

øFB

MF

R

E

TF

øFB

UF

W

+= ADD THE STROKE

CETOP HINGE FORMODEL B - MODEL GL Code

W0950322008W0950402008W0950502008W0950632008W0950802008W0951002008W0951252008

Ø

3240506380100125

A

26283240506070

B

19262633334444

C

79911111414

D

10121216162025

E

25323240405050

F

20323250507070

G

32454563639090

H

3754547575103103

I

41525263638080

L

18252532324040

M

8101012121616

N

10121215152222

Note: Supplied with 4 screws, 4 washers

Weight [g]

962162124404649851000

ISO HINGE FOR MODEL B - MODEL GS Code

W0950322108W0950402108W0950502108W0950632108W0950802108W0951002108

Ø

3240506380100

B

25.527.531.539.549.559.5

C

32.53846.556.57289

D

4552657595115

E

77991111

G

323645506373

J

111313171721

L

101012121616

M

101212161620

N

101212151522

Note: Supplied with 4 screws, 4 washers

Weight [g]

106138252350655980

FRONT FLANGE - MODEL C Code

W0950322002W0950402002W0950502002W0950632002W0950802002W0951002002W0951252002

Ø

3240506380100125

TF

647290100126150180

UF

8090110120153178220

E

5055657595115140

MF

10101212161620

R

32364550637590

ØFB

7999121416

W

16202525303545

Note: Supplied with 4 screws.

Weight [g]

246290522670142020404300

REAR FLANGE - MODEL C Code

W0950322002W0950402002W0950502002W0950632002W0950802002W0951002002W0951252002

Ø

3240506380100125

TF

647290100126150180

UF

8090110120153178220

E

5055657595115140

MF

10101212161620

R

32364550637590

ØFB

7999121416

ZF

130145155170190205245

Weight [g]

246290522670142020404300

Note: Supplied with 4 screws.

1.1/83

1

H

F

CH

B12

øM

F

L

B

A

C

DN

H7

CH

-0.1

2+

0

B1

F

L

D

C

A

øM

B

øG øG1

SW4SW5

SW3

SW1

SW2B

D

A A øF

C

øE

ROD NUT - MODEL S Code

09503220100950402010095050201009508020100951252010

Ø

324050/6380/100125

F

M10x1.25M12x1.25M16x1.5M20x1.5M27x2

H

678912

CH

1719243041

Weight [g]

612203274

Note: Individually packed.

FORK MODEL GK-M Code

W0950322020W0950402020W0950502020W0950502020W0950802020W0950802020W0951252020

Ø

3240506380100125

Ø M

10121616202030

C

20243232404054

B

10121616202030

A

20243232404055

L

52628383105105148

F

404864648080110

D

M10x1.25M12x1.25M16x1.5M16x1.5M20x1.5M20x1.5M27x2

N

26324040404865

Weight [g]

921483403406906901835

Note: Individually packed.

ROD EYE - MODEL GA-M Code

W0950322025W0950402025W0950502025W0950502025W0950802025W0950802025W0951252025

Ø

3240506380100125

Ø M

10121616202030

C

15172222262636

B1

10.5121515181825

B

14162121252537

A

28324242505070

D

M10x1.25M12x1.25M16x1.5M16x1.5M20x1.5M20x1.5M27x2

F

435064647777110

Ø G

1517.5222227.527.540

CH

17192222303041

L

57668585102102145

Ø G1

19192222272750

Weight [g]

781162262264044041190

Note: Individually packed

SELF ALIGNING ROD COUPLER - MODEL GA-K Code

W0950322030W0950402030W0950502030W0950502030W0950802030W0950802030

Ø

3240506380100

A

M10x1.25M12x1.25M16x1.5M16x1.5M20x1.5M20x1.5

B

202432324040

C

202032324040

D

7175103103119119

SW1

121220202020

SW2

303041414141

ØF

222232323232

SW3

303041414141

SW4

191930303030

SW5

171924243030

Weight [g]

216220620620680680

Note: Individually packed

ØE

444444

1.1/84

CYLINDERS ISO 15552 STD AND TYPE “A”RETRACTABLE SENSOR: SPARES

2 10

5

3

1 4

TYPE A

STANDARD

15 9 13 11 17 8

16 12 18

TypeComplete set of polyurethane gasketsComplete set of NBR gasketsComplete polyurethane front head kitComplete NBR front head kitComplete polyurethane rear head kitComplete NBR rear head kitComplete polyurethane piston kitComplete polyurethane piston kitComplete NBR piston kitComplete NBR piston kitComplete polyurethane head A+P+piston kitComplete polyurethane head A+P+piston kitComplete NBR head A+P+pistion kitComplete NBR head A+P+piston kitMagnet

Parts2-4-5-9-102-4-5-9-101-2-3-4-5-17-181-2-3-4-5-17-184-5-8-17-184-5-8-17-189-10-16-179-10-11-13-15-189-10-16-179-10-11-13-15-181-2-3-4-5-8-9-10-16-17-181-2-3-4-5-8-9-10-11-13-15-17-181-2-3-4-5-8-9-10-14-16-17-181-2-3-4-5-8-9-10-11-13-15-17-1812

BoreØ 32÷125Ø 32÷125Ø 32÷125Ø 32÷125Ø 32÷125Ø 32÷125Ø 32÷63Ø 80÷125Ø 32÷63Ø 80÷125Ø 32÷63Ø 80÷125Ø 32÷63Ø 80÷125Ø 32÷125

Code009 . . . 0101009 . . . 0502009 . . . 0110N009 . . . 0304N009 . . . 0111N009 . . . 0305N009 . . . 0604009 . . . 0604009 . . . 0602009 . . . 0602009 . . . 0704N009 . . . 0704N009 . . . 0702N009 . . . 0702N009 . . . 0800

NEW RELEASE

STANDARD

TYPE A2 183

17

12

13 87 6

16

14

5

9

10

111541

TypeComplete set of polyurethane gasketsComplete set of NBR gasketsComplete polyurethane front head kitComplete NBR front head kitComplete polyurethane rear head kitComplete NBR rear head kitComplete polyurethane piston kitComplete polyurethane piston kitComplete NBR piston kitComplete NBR piston kitComplete polyurethane head A+P+piston kitComplete polyurethane head A+P+piston kitComplete NBR head A+P+pistion kitComplete NBR head A+P+piston kitMagnet

Parts2-4-5-9-102-4-5-9-101-2-3-4-5-6-7-14-17-181-2-3-4-5-6-7-14-17-184-5-6-7-8-14-17-184-5-6-7-8-14-17-189-10-16-179-10-11-13-15-189-10-16-179-10-11-13-15-181-2-3-4-5-6-7-8-9-10-14-16-17-181-2-3-4-5-6-7-8-9-10-11-13-14-15-17-181-2-3-4-5-6-7-8-9-10-14-16-17-181-2-3-4-5-6-7-8-9-10-11-13-14-15-17-1812

BoreØ 32÷125Ø 32÷125Ø 32÷125Ø 32÷125Ø 32÷125Ø 32÷125Ø 32÷63Ø 80÷125Ø 32÷63Ø 80÷125Ø 32÷63Ø 80÷125Ø 32÷63Ø 80÷125Ø 32÷125

Code009 . . . 0101009 . . . 0502009 . . . 0110009 . . . 0304009 . . . 0111009 . . . 0305009 . . . 0604009 . . . 0604009 . . . 0602009 . . . 0602009 . . . 0704009 . . . 0704009 . . . 0702009 . . . 0702009 . . . 0800

OLD RELEASE

1.1/85

1

ACCESSORIES:GUIDE UNITS FOR CYLINDERS ISO 15552STD AND TYPE “A” RETRACTABLE SENSOR

GUIDE UNIT ELEMENTS

Guide units series DS-DH-DM ensure optimal alignmentand anti-rotation effect of the pneumatic cylinder connectedto it. The guide units can be used separately or combinedin order to get complete handling units, in which case theguide units can be coupled using the type A and Canchorage (pin and flange).The guide units can be coupled to ISO 15552 cylinders(Ø 32 - Ø 100). The following versions are available:U PROFILE*: for limited loads and speeds (GDS)H PROFILE*: for high loads (GDH)H PROFILE**: for high speeds (GDM)

STANDARD STROKES:Ø 32-100: 50-100-150-200-250-320-400-500

**Bronze guide bushings**Ball guide bushings(For weights, refer to the data sheet on page 1.1/06)

SERIES GDS-GDH

SERIES GDM

Body:Guide bushing:Piston rod:Body:Guide bushing:Piston rod:

aluminium alloyself-lubricating sintered bronze and wiper ringschromed rolled steelaluminium alloyball linear bearings and scraper ringtempered stainless steel

1.1/86

300

50 100 150 200 250 300 600

800

600

500

700

200

100

350 400 450 500 550

120

50

900

160

80

30

10

400

1000

P

BG

DH 80 • 100

GDM

80 • 100GDH 63

GDH 50

GD

H 40

GD

M 63

GD

M 50

GDS 80 • 100

GD

M 40

GDS 50 • 63

GDH 32

GD

M 32

GDS 32 • 40

P (N

)

S (mm)

S

GRAPH OF GUIDE UNIT LOADS

S = PROJECTIONB = BARYCENTREP = PAY LOAD

1.1/87

1DIMENSIONS TYPE GDS

X

F

F2 depth 10

F2 depth 10

CH

Y

F

D*

F

F1

GE1 O C1

E3

N ML1+

B1I

øS

C

O1E

E

L+

A1

H

BE2

E

A

E

DIMENSIONS TYPE GDH-GDM

F

FCH

F1

D*

F2 depth 10

F

F2 depth 10

Y

X

E

B

O

U

L1+ N M

IE

E

C1

L+

C

E

H

A

E3

A1øS

B1

E

E2

G

+ = ADD THE STROKE! CENTERING PINHOLES

+ = ADD THE STROKE! CENTERING PINHOLES

Ø3240506380100

A4856667698118

A1

4553637395115

B100106125132165185

C4858597690110

C1

121515151616

DH7

666666

E32.53846.556.57289

E1

32.53846.556.55070

E2

7884100105130150

E3

58648095130150

FM6M6M8M8M10M10

F1

6.56.58.58.51111

G182124243131

H313645455656

I748096104130152

L108120130145170190

L1

94105106121128138

M465265657171

N172125253439

O7.8106.39.82020

O1

7.8106.39.8910.5

Ø S121216162020

Ch151522222727

B1

95101120127160180

Ø3240506380100

B97115137152189213

B1

90110130145180200

A49586985105129

C125139148182215220

C1

121515152020

DH7

666666

E32.53846.556.57289

E2

7884100105130150

O4.31118.515.32124.5

E3

616985100130150

FM6M6M8M8M10M10

F1

6.56.58.58.51111

G182124243131

H313645455656

I7487104119148172

L177192205237280280

L1

94105106121128138

M475363627676

N172126263439

Ø S121620202525

A1

4554637999120

Ch131522222727

U768178111128128

VIEW X-Y

VIEW X-Y

F2H7

666666

F2H7

666666

1.1/88

DIMENSIONS PISTON ROD LOCK + GUIDE UNIT COD. 137

C

Ø3240506380100126

C7485107107136143187

GUIDE UNIT

Sliding on bronze bushings (GDS)

Sliding on bronze bushings (GDH)

Note: To complete the type and code, add the 3-digit stroke (e.g. 50=050)

Sliding on ball bearing (GDM)

TypeUNIT MW DS 032...UNIT MW DS 040...UNIT MW DS 050...UNIT MW DS 063...UNIT MW DS 080...UNIT MW DS 100...

UNIT MW DH 032...UNIT MW DH 040...UNIT MW DH 050...UNIT MW DH 063...UNIT MW DH 080...UNIT MW DH 100...

UNIT MW DM 032...UNIT MW DM 040...UNIT MW DM 050...UNIT MW DM 063...UNIT MW DM 080...UNIT MW DM 100...

CodeW 0700321...W 0700401...W 0700501...W 0700631...W 0700801...W 0701001...

W 0700322...W 0700402...W 0700502...W 0700632...W 0700802...W 0701002...

W 0700323...W 0700403...W 0700503...W 0700633...W 0700803...W 0701003...

Bore3240506380

100

3240506380

100

3240506380

100

Version

1.1/89

1

CYLINDER SERIES ISO 15552(EX ISO 6431), Ø 32-63 mm TWO-FLAT

COMPONENTS

! PISTON ROD: stainless steel." HEAD: die cast aluminium, fully machined# PISTON ROD GASKET: polyurethane$ GUIDE BUSHING: sintered bronze% BARREL: drawn anodised calibrated aluminium& HALF-PISTON: self-lubricating technopolymer withbuilt-in cushioning olives' PISTON GASKET: Ø 32÷63 polyurethane( MAGNET: plastoferrite) Static O-rings: NBR* CUSHIONING GASKET: polyurethane+ CUSHIONING NEEDLE: OT 58 with needle outmovement safety system even when fully open, SCREWS: Tap Tite for assembly

4 1023 5 6 8 7 12111 9

This version of cylinder is used to keep the parts fixed to thepiston rod at an angle and to apply torques within thespecified limits.The piston rod of the Two Flat has two opposing longitudinalsurfaces; it is made of stainless steel.The front cylinder head includes a sintered bronze bush thatmatches the profile of the piston rod and prevents it fromrotating on its own axis. A special polyurethane gasketensures pneumatic seal and prevents the accumulation ofdirt. This technical solution is more reliable and gives a betterpneumatic seal than with square or hexagonal piston rods.The cylinders are made to ISO15552 standards. They areavailable in several versions and with a wide range ofaccessories:• with or without magnet• double acting, single piston rod• double acting, through rod; one piston rod is Two Flat,

the other cylindrical• fixing accessories.

POLYURETHANE

max 10 bar (max 1 MPa - 145 psi)–20 ÷+80 (non-magnetic cyl.)

–20 ÷+70 (magnetic cyl.))Unlubricated air. Lubrication, if used, must be continuous

Ø 32 ; Ø 40 ; Ø 50 ; Ø 63Heads with Tap Tite screws

Ø 32= 300 Ø 40= 400 Ø 50= 500 Ø63= 500! Maximum recommended strokes. Higher values can create operating problems

Double-acting cushioned, Through-rod cushioned, no-stick slip*All versions come complete with magnet. Supplied without magnet on request.

Ø 32= 0.4 Ø 40= 0.4 Ø 50= 0.3 Ø63= 0.3Ø 32= 0.2 Ø 40= 0.4 Ø 50= 1 Ø63= 1

Ø 32= 0.70° Ø 40= 0.75° Ø 50= 0.65° Ø63= 0.65°See GENERAL TECHNICAL DATA PAGE 1.1/05See GENERAL TECHNICAL DATA PAGE 1.1/06

*Using for speeds lower than 0.2m/s, to prevent surging.For no-stick-slip versions use no-lubricated air only

TECHNICAL DATAOperating pressureTemperature range

°CFluidBoreDesignMaximun stroke ! mm

VersionsSensor magnetInrush pressureMax torque on piston rod NmMaximum rotation on the rod degreesForces generated at 6 bar thrust/retractionWeights

1.1/90

DIMENSIONS OF STANDARD VERSIONS

1

0

121

120

CH1

B

E

CH

2

H

L +

L +

C 1

CF

M

N

E 1

L +

Q

D 2

GP

A 2

BD

A

A 1

G 1

E H

D 1

Ø.32405063

+ = ADD THE STROKE

A10121416

A1

791414

A2

10101010

B30354045

C26303737

C1

16202525

CH10131717

CH1

6688

DM10x1.25M12x1.25M16x1.5M16x1.5

D1

12162020

D2

15191923

E32.53846.556.5

E1

5555

F22243232

GG1/8G1/4G1/4G3/8

G1

M6M6M8M8

H47536575

L120135143158

L0

94105106121

L1

74817889

L2

146165180195

M991212

N4.54.55.55.5

P6666

Q4466

DIMENSIONS OF THROUGH-ROD VERSION

2

122

1CH

2

0

1

CH

E HC

HF

G 1

L +

L +

L ++

C +

D 2

G

QP

C 1M

N

D1

D

C F

A 2

B

A

A 1

E

H

D 1

+ = ADD THE STROKE++= ADD TWICE THE STROKE

CH2

10131717

1.1/91

1

INTERMEDIATE HINGE - MODEL EN

TL

X MIN

XV+1/2

X+ MAX

TK

TD

UW

TLTM

Code

0950322007095040200709505020070950632007

Ø

32405063

COUNTER-HINGE FOR MODEL EN - MODEL EL

A

HB

A1 ±0.2

øL

E

C

0.1

D1 D H7

D2

Cod.

W0950322009W0950402009W0950402009W0950632009

Ø

32405063

A

46555565

A1

32363642

B

18212123

C

30363640

C1

15181820

D2

79911

D

12161620

D1

11151518

E

6.58.58.510.5

+ = ADD THE STROKE+ 1/2 = ADD HALF THE STROKE

NOTE: Supplied with 4 securing screws

H

10.5121213

ØL

22282835

Weight [g]

2825828801230

Note: Supplied complete with 4 grub screws, 2 pins

Weight [g]

162278278414

ACCESSORIES: FIXINGS

KEY TO CODES

CYL 1 2 1

120 Double-acting,cuschioned,

non-magnetic121 Double-acting,

cushioned122 Through-rod

0

0 DiameterS Non-

magneticG No stick slip

3 2

32 40 50 63

0 0 5 0

! Ø32 stroke 0÷300 mm

! Ø40stroke 0÷400 mm

! Ø50÷Ø63stroke 0÷500 mm

F

F “Two Flat”piston rod

AISI 303stainless steel

nut

TYPE BORE STROKE

P

P polyurethanegaskets

! Maximum recommended strokes. Higher values can create operating problems

X (min)

63728386.5

XV

7382.59097.5

X (max)

839397108.5

TM

50637590

TL

12161620

TD e 9

12161620

TK

22283235

UW

657595105

1.1/92

KIT FOR FIXING VALVES TO BRACKETS

Code0950322090095040209009505020900950632090

ØØ 32Ø 40Ø 50Ø 63

A5459.571.581.5

B40404040

C29.532.23742

D110110110110

E64.567.27277

D124124124124

E70.573.27883

Applicable valvesMACH 16 Series 70 1/8-1/4 ISO 1 - ISO 2MACH 16 Series 70 1/8-1/4 ISO 1 - ISO 2MACH 16 Series 70 1/8-1/4 ISO 1 - ISO 2MACH 16 Series 70 1/8-1/4 ISO 1 - ISO 2

Code09500020030950002004095000200609500020010950002002

Valve kitMACH 16Series 70 1/8-1/4Series 70 1/2ISO 1ISO 2

Composition2 HEX. SCREWS M3x25 with WASHER2 HEX. SCREWS M4x50 with WASHER2 HEX. SCREWS M5x50 with WASHERADAPTOR + ISO1 BASE SIDE + SCREWS + WASHERS (Fig. B)ADAPTOR + ISO 2 BASE SIDE + SCREWS + WASHERS (Fig. B)

CYLINDER BRACKET - VALVE SERIES KCV

B

A

C

D E

VALVE FIXING BRACKET - CYLINDER (Fig. A)

ISO 1 ISO 2

A B

VALVE ASSEMBLY ON CYLINDER

Weight [g)4820230350

Weight [g)808693101

1.1/93

1

ACCESSORIES: MAGNETIC SENSORS

9.1

11.5

25.534

17

SENSOR BRACKETS

SENSORCodeW0950000201W0950000222W0950000232

N.B.: for tecnical data on sensor, see page 1.1/71

DescriptionSENSOR REED DSM2-C525 HSSENSOR HALL PNP DSM3-N225SENSOR HALL NPN DSM3-M225

Ø 32÷40

13.2

2.7

18.5

M5

5.9

19.2

14

29.5 29.8

14.8 1.8

20.9

14

M5

20.4

1.6

25.9

Ø 50÷63

CodeW0950000711

DescriptionBRACKET ACC. D.32 DST 80

CodeW0950000712

DescriptionBRACKET ACC. D.50 DST 81

ADAPTOR FOR RETRACTABLE SENSOR

DescriptionAdaptor DSS005 for DST/ST brackets

CodeW0950001001

ASSEMBLY DIAGRAM

45

3

2 1

! ISO 15552 cylinder with traditional barrel" Sensor bracket mod. DST (Ø32÷125)# Adaptor$ Retractable sensor with insertion from above% Retractable sensor

1.1/94

CYLINDERS SERIES “ISO 15552(EX ISO 6431)” Ø 32-63 mm TYPE “A”RETRACTABLE SENSOR TWO FLAT

JACKET CROSS SECTION

This version of cylinder is used to keep the parts fixed tothe piston rod at an angle and to apply torques within thespecified limits.Type A cylinders have a jacket with grooves for housingretractable sensors.The piston rod of the Two Flat has two opposing longitudinalsurfaces; it is made of stainless steel.The front cylinder head includes a sintered bronze bushthat matches the profile of the piston rod and prevents itfrom rotating on its own axis. A special polyurethane gasketensures pneumatic seal and prevents the accumulation ofdirt. This technical solution is more reliable and gives abetter pneumatic seal than with square or hexagonal pistonrods.The cylinders are made to ISO15552 standards. They areavailable in several versions and with a wide range ofaccessories:• with or without magnet• double acting, single piston rod• double acting, through rod; one piston rod is Two Flat,

the other cylindrical• fixing accessories.

TECHNICAL DATA POLYURETHANE

max 10 bar (max 1 MPa - 145 psi)–20 ÷+80 (non-magnetic cyl.)

–20 ÷+70 (magnetic cyl.))Unlubricated air. Lubrication, if used, must be continuous

Ø 32 ; Ø 40 ; Ø 50 ; Ø 63Heads with Tap Tite screws

Ø 32= 300 Ø 40= 400 Ø 50= 500 Ø63= 500! Maximum recommended strokes. Higher values can create operating problems

Double-acting cushioned, Through-rod cushioned, no-stick slip*All versions come complete with magnet. Supplied without magnet on request.

Ø 32= 0.4 Ø 40= 0.4 Ø 50= 0.3 Ø63= 0.3Ø 32= 0.2 Ø 40= 0.4 Ø 50= 1 Ø63= 1

Ø 32= 0.70° Ø 40= 0.75° Ø 50= 0.65° Ø63= 0.65°See GENERAL TECHNICAL DATA PAGE 1.1/05See GENERAL TECHNICAL DATA PAGE 1.1/06

*For no-stick slip versions, use no-lubricated air only

Operating pressureTemperature range

°CFluidBoreDesignMaximun stroke ! mm

VersionsSensor magnetInrush pressureMax torque on piston rod NmMaximum rotation on the rod degreesForces generated at 6 bar thrust/retractionWeights

1

Ø63

Ø32 Ø40

11

1

Ø50

31.9

74

31.9

74

44.5

13.3

44.5

6.6

53 18.4

53

18.4

63.3

23.5

23.5

63.3

! SLOTS FOR RETRACTABLE SENSOR

1.1/95

1DIMENSIONS OF STANDARD VERSIONS

1

0

121

CH1

B

E

CH

2

H

L +

L +

C 1

CF

M

N

E 1

L +

Q

D 2

GP

A 2

BD

A

A 1

G 1

E H

D 1

Ø32405063

+ = ADD THE STROKE

A10121416

A1

791414

A2

10101010

B30354045

C26303737

C1

16202525

CH10131717

CH1

6688

DM10x1.25M12x1.25M16x1.5M16x1.5

D1

12162020

D2

15191923

E32.53846.556.5

E1

5555

F22243232

GG1/8G1/4G1/4G3/8

G1

M6M6M8M8

H47536575

L120135143158

L0

94105106121

L1

74817889

L2

146165180195

M991212

N4.54.55.55.5

P6666

Q4466

DIMENSIONS OF THROUGH-ROD VERSION

2

122

1CH

2

0

1

CH

E HC

HF

G 1

L +

L ++

C +

D 2

G

QP

C 1M

N

D1

D

C F

A 2

B

A

A 1

E

H

D 1

L +

+ = ADD THE STROKE++= ADD TWICE THE STROKE

CH2

10131717

1.1/96

F “Two Flat”piston rod

AISI 303stainless steel

nut

P polyurethanegaskets

KEY TO CODES

CYL 1 2 1

121 Double-acting,cushioned

122 Through-rod

A StandardB No stick slipC Non-

magnetic

TYPE DIAMETER STROKE

3 2

32 40 50 63

0 0 5 0

! Ø32stroke 0÷300 mm

! Ø40stroke 0÷400 mm

! Ø50÷Ø63 stroke 0÷500 mm

F PA

! Maximum recommended strokes. Higher values can create operating problems

ACCESSORIES: FIXINGS

INTERMEDIATE HINGE - MODEL EN

UW

X+ MAX

TMTL

TL

TK TD

X MIN

XV+1/2

Code

0950322107095040210709505021070950632107

Ø

32405063

X (min)

63728386.5

XV

7382.59097.5

X (max)

839397108.5

TM

50637590

TL

12161620

COUNTER-HINGE FOR MODEL EN - MODEL EL

A

HB

A1 ±0.2

øL

E

C

0.1

D1 D H7

D2

Code

W0950322009W0950402009W0950402009W0950632009

Ø

32405063

A

46555565

TD e 9

12161620

TK

22282836

UW

657595105

A1

32363642

B

18212123

C

30363640

C1

15181820

D2

79911

D

12161620

D1

11151518

E

6.58.58.510.5

+ = ADD THE STROKE+ 1/2 = ADD HALF THE STROKE

Note: Supplied with 4 securing screws

H

10.5121213

ØL

22282835

Weight [g]

170360580950

Note: Supplied complete with 4 grub screws, 2 pins

Weight [g]

162278278414

1.1/97

1VALVE ASSEMBLY ON CYLINDER

With this type of cylinder, the valves (D) canbe mounted directly using the retractingsensor slot, without requiring the use ofintermediate brackets.This can be done using the special plates(A), which come with both the M3 and M4threads, and screws (B) of the size, typeand quantity shown in the table below.For ISO 1 and ISO 2 valves, the kit onwhich the valve is to be mounted (codesshown in the tables) will be fitted to thecylinder using the special plates (A) andthe screws (B) listed in the table.

Type of valveto mount (D)

MACH 11SERIE 70 1/8SERIE 70 1/4SERIE 70 1/2ISO 1ISO 2

M3 fixingplate (A)

code 0950003002n° 2

–––––

M4 fixingplate (A)

code 0950003001–

n° 2n° 2n° 2n° 2n° 2

Screw (B)for connection to cylinder

(one per plate)M3x16 UNI 5931 (DIN 912)M4x25 UNI 5931 (DIN 912)M4x30 UNI 5931 (DIN 912)M4x45 UNI 5931 (DIN 912)M4x8 UNI 7688 (DIN 965A)M4x8 UNI 7688 (DIN 965A)

Washer (B)(one per screw)

A3.2 UNI 1751 (DIN 127A)–

A4.3 UNI 1751 (DIN 127A)A4.3 UNI 1751 (DIN 127A)

––

Valveassembly

kit––––

09500020010950002002

ABD

NOTE

1.1/98

ACCESSORIES: MAGNETIC SENSORSRETRACTABLE SENSOR WITH INSERTIONFROM ABOVE Description

HALL N.O. SENSOR, VERTICAL INSERTION 2.5mHALL N.O. SENSOR, VERTICAL INSERTION 300 mm M8REED N.O. SENSOR, VERTICAL INSERTION 2.5mREED N.O. SENSOR, VERTICAL INSERTION 300 mm M8HALL N.O. SENSOR, VERTICAL INSERTION 2m ATEX

Code

W0952025390W0952029394W0952022180W0952028184W0952125556

This type of sensor can be inserted in the slot of the sensor from above. This means thecylinder heads do not require a through opening.

WIRING DIAGRAM TECHNICAL DATA

Type of contactSwitchSupply voltage (Ub) VPower WVoltage variationVoltage drop VInput current mAOutput current mASwitching frequency HzShort-circuit protectionOver-voltage suppressionPolarity inversion protectionEMCLED displayMagnetic sensitivityRepeatabilityDegree of protection (EN 60529)Vibration and shock resistanceTemperature range °CSensor capsule material2.5m/2m connecting cableConnecting cable with M8x1Wire NO.

Reed Effetto Hall Effetto HallN.O. N.O. N.O.

- PNP PNP10 ÷ 30 AC/DC 10 ÷ 30 DC 18 ÷ 30 DC3 (peak valve=6) 3 ! 1.7

- ! 10% di Ub ! 10% di Ub- ! 2 ! 2.2- ! 10 ! 10

! 100 ! 100 ! 70! 400 ! 5000 1000

- Yes Yes- Yes Yes- Yes Yes

EN 60 947-5-2 EN 60 947-5-2 EN 60 947-5-2Yellow Yellow Yellow

2,8 mT ±25% 2,8 mT ±25% 2.6! 0,1 mT ! 0,1 mT ! 0,1 (Ub and ta fixed)

IP 67 IP 67 IP 68, IP 69K30 g, 11 ms, 10÷55 Hz, 1mm 30 g, 11 ms, 10÷55 Hz, 1mm 30 g, 11 ms, 10÷55 Hz, 1mm -25 ÷+75 -25 ÷ +75 -20 ÷ +45

PA66 + PA6I/6T PA66 + PA6I/6T PAPVC; 2 x 0,12 mm2 PVC; 3 x 0,14 mm2 PVC; 3 x 0,12 mm2

Polyurethane; 2 x 0,14 mm2 Polyurethane; 3 x 0,14 mm2 -2 3 3

ATEX

5.8 500

4.9

STRIP

DescriptionSLOT STRIP 500 mm

CodeW0950000160

Note: The code corresponds to 1 piece.

KIT FOR CYLINDER ASSEMBLYWITH SENSOR SLOTS Description

ACC. M4 T-SLOTTED FIXING PLATEACC. M3 T-SLOTTED FIXING PLATE

Code

09500030010950003002

Note: Individually packed

Weight [g]

11

black

HALL EFFECT+

+

brown

blue

PNP

blue

black

-

blue

brown

brown

34

1

REED EFFECT+

+-

brown

3blue 4

1

M8

M8

1.1/99

1

ACCESSORIES ISO 15552 STD AND TYPE “A”RETRACTABLE SENSOR TWO-FLAT: FIXINGS

2

1

AH

AU

AO

øAB

AT

UH

TR

H +

H +

Code

W0950322001W0950402001W0950502001W0950632001

Ø

32405063

Ø AB

7999

AH

32364550

AO

35434747

AT

4446

AU

24283232

TR

32364550

UH

45526575

H1

144163175190

H2

142161170185

Weight [g]

76100162266

Note: Individually packed with 2 screws.

LEGS - MODEL A

+= ADD THE STROKE

R

3

H9

E

B

D

S

H +

øG

Code

W0950322003W0950402003W0950502003W0950632003

Ø

32405063

B

45526070

D

26283240

E

22252732

Ø G

10121216

H3

142160170190

R

11131317

S

10101212

øG H

9

Weight [g]

116160252394

Note: Supplied with 4 screws, 4 washers, 2 snap-rings, 1 pin.

FEMALE HINGE - MODEL B

+= ADD THE STROKE

FH

9

3

E

øG

H

D

H +

Code

W0950322004W0950402004W0950502004W0950632004

Ø

32405063

D

26283240

E

22252732

F

11131317

Ø G

10121216

H

10101212

H3

142160170190

Weight [g]

94124220316

Note: Supplied with 4 screws, 4 washers

MALE HINGE - MODEL BA

+= ADD THE STROKE

F

3

N

M

E

H

H +

Code

W0950322006W0950402006W0950502006W0950632006

Ø

32405063

E

22252732

F

16191924

H

10101212

H3

142160170190

M

10121216

N

14161621

Weight [g]

106142236336

Note: Supplied with 4 screws, 4 washers

ARTICULATED MALE HINGE - MODEL BAS

+= ADD THE STROKE

1.1/100

I

LF

C

A

E

G

N

B

M

H

D

Code

W0950322008W0950402008W0950502008W0950632008

Ø

32405063

A

26283240

B

19262633

C

79911

D

10121216

E

25323240

F

20323250

G

32454563

H

37545475

I

41525263

L

18252532

M

8101012

N

10121215

Weight [g]

96216212440

Note: Supplied with 4 screws, 4 washers

CETOP COUNTER-HINGE FOR MODEL BMODEL GL

J

B G

CD

M

N

C

D

E

L

Code

W0950322108W0950402108W0950502108W0950632108

Ø

32405063

B

25.527.531.539.5

C

32.53846.556.5

D

45526575

E

7799

G

32364550

J

11131317

L

10101212

M

10121216

N

10121215

Weight [g]

106138252350

Note: Supplied with 4 screws, 4 washers

ISO COUNTER-HINGE FOR MODEL BMODEL GS

øD

A1

B

B1

A

W S

Code

W0950322002W0950402002W0950502002W0950632002

Ø

32405063

A1

647290100

A

8090110120

B

50556575

S

10101212

B1

32364550

ØD4

7999

W

16202525

Weight [g]

246290522670

Note: Supplied with 4 screws.

FRONT FLANGE - MODEL C

A

B1

B L+

A1

øD

S

Code

W0950322002W0950402002W0950502002W0950632002

Ø

32405063

A1

647290100

A

8090110120

B

50556575

S

10101212

B1

32364550

ØD4

7999

L+corsa

130145155170

Weight [g]

246290522670

Note: Supplied with 4 screws.

+= ADD THE STROKE

REAR FLANGE - MODEL C

1.1/101

1

H

F

CH

Code

095032020009504002000950500200

Ø

324050/63

F

M10x1.25M12x1.25M16x1.5

H

678

CH

171924

Weight [g]

61220

Note: Individually packed.

NUT FOR PISTON RODS - MODEL S

B12

øM

F

L

B

A

C

DN

Code

W0950322020W0950402020W0950502020W0950502020

H7

CH

-0.1

2+

0

B1

F

L

D

C

A

øM

B

øG øG1

SW4SW5

SW3

SW1

SW2B

D

A A øF

C

øE

Code

W0950322030W0950402030W0950502030W0950502030

Ø

32405063

A

M10x1.25M12x1.25M16x1.5M16x1.5

Ø

32405063

Ø M

10121616

C

20243232

B

10121616

A

20243232

L

52628383

F

40486464

B

20243232

C

20203232

D

7175103103

SW1

12122020

SW2

30304141

ØF

22223232

D

M10x1.25M12x1.25M16x1.5M16x1.5

Code

W0950322025W0950402025W0950502025W0950502025

Ø

32405063

Ø M

10121616

C

15172222

B1

10.5121515

B

14162121

A

28324242

D

M10x1.25M12x1.25M16x1.5M16x1.5

F

43506464

Ø G

1517.52222

CH

17192222

SW3

30304141

SW4

19193030

SW5

17192424

L

57668585

N

26324040

Ø G1

19192222

Weight [g]

92148340340

Weight [g]

78116226226

Weight [g]

216220620620

ØE

4444

FORK MODEL GK-M

ARTICULATED JOINT - MODEL GA-M

ARTICULATED JOINT - MODEL GA-K

Note: Individually packed.

Note: Individually packed

Note: Individually packed

1.1/102

CYLINDERS ISO 15552 STD AND TYPE “A”RETRACTABLE SENSOR TWO-FLAT: SPARES

1

9

42

16

3

1817 19

51115 1213 10 7 8614

TypeComplete set of polyurethane gasketsComplete polyurethane front head kitComplete polyurethane rear head kitComplete polyurethane piston kitComplete polyurethane head A+P+piston kitMagnet

Parts2-4-5-6-9-101-2-3-4-5-6-7-14-17-184-5-6-7-8-14-17-189-10-16-191-2-3-4-5-6-7-8-9-10-14-16-17-1812

BoreØ 32÷63Ø 32÷63Ø 32÷63Ø 32÷63Ø 32÷63Ø 32÷63

Code009 . . . 0101F009 . . . 0110F009 . . . 0111009 . . . 0604009 . . . 0704F009 . . . 0800

CYLINDER SERIES ISO 15552 (EX ISO 6431),Ø 160-200 mm WITH ROUND BARREL

TECHNICAL DATA

Cylinders made to ISO 15552 available in various versionsand with a wide range of accessories:• Configuration with or without magnet• Double-acting – single- or through-rod• NBR gaskets or FKM/FPM (high temperature)• Available with mounted intermediate hinge• Special configurations on request

Operating pressureTemperature rangeFluid temperatureDesignMaterials

Forces generated at 6 bar (tensile stress)Standard strokesWeight

PTeTf

mm

max 10 b ar (1 MPa)–10°C to +70°C–10°C to +70°CRound barrel with tie rodsHeads: die cast aluminiumPiston rod: thick chromed steelJacket: aluminiumPiston: aluminium with technopolimer guide beltGaskets: NBR or FKM/FPMSee GENERAL TECHNICAL DATA PAGE 1.1/0525-50-75-80-100-125-150-200-250-300-350-400-500-600-700-800-900-1000See GENERAL TECHNICAL DATA PAGE 1.1/06

1.1/103

1

COMPONENTS

! PISTON ROD: C45 steel or stainless steel, thick chromed

" HEAD: die cast aluminium# PISTON ROD GASKET: NBR or FKM/FPM$ GUIDE BUSHING: sintered bronze% BARREL: drawn anodised aluminium alloy& PISTON: aluminium' PISTON GASKET: NBR or FKM/FPM( MAGNET: plastoferrite) CUSHIONING CAP: aluminium* CUSHIONING GASKET+ Static O-rings: NBR or

FKM/FPM+ CUSHIONING NEEDLE: OT 58 with needle out

movement safety system even when fully open, SCREWS: galvanised steel- TIE RODS: galvanised steel. GUIDE BELT: technopolimer

3

14 11

4

2 8

12 13

10 57

1

6 9

1.1/104

3

55W122

W123

L1 +

L ++

Q+

G3/

4

M16

DB

M36

x2

72 Q

G

K

20

180 +

22.5

22.5

øCø40

14

2

55W120

W121

W124 B

D

B D

M16

22.5

22.5

L +

180 +

20

K

G

Q72

M36

x2

øE

øCø40

G3/

4

L1 +

14

DIMENSIONS OF STANDARD VERSION

DIMENSIONS OF THROUGH-ROD VERSION

Ø160200

B180220

Ø C6575

Ø E6575

D140175

G5060

L2

260275

L3

338370

Q8095

+ = ADD THE STROKE

+ = ADD THE STROKE++= ADD TWICE THE STROKE

K2829

L1

124122

W120

W121

W124

I

S

øF

Q

min H1

L2 +

max H2 +

E

DIMENSIONS OF VERSION WITH INTERMEDIATE HINGE

Ø160200

E200250

Ø F3232

H1150165

H2190205

I3232

L2260275

Q8095

S4040

+ = ADD THE STROKE

For the missing values, refer to standard cylinders.In your order, please specify the desired value for H1

1.1/105

1

An alternative to the round barrel version is a version with ashaped barrel.The technical data, components and dimensions are the sameas for the round barrel version

Note: Type with intermediate hinge not available

KEY TO CODES FOR SHAPED BARREL

CYL 1 2 1

120 Double-acting,cuschioned,

non-magnetic121 Double-acting,

cushioned122 Through-rod124 Double-acting,

non-cuschioned

TYP160200

SA3 160 ohne Magnet

SA4 200 ohne Magnet

DURCHMESSERA N

N NBRgaskets

V FKM/FPMgaskets

+ 0025÷2800 mmHUBLÄNGE

A C45 chromed piston rod,Z Stainless steel chromed,

piston rod

1 6 0 0 0 5 0

VERSION WITH SHAPED BARREL

! Maximum recommended strokes. Higher values can create operating problems

KEY TO CODES FOR ROUND BARREL

CYL W 1 2 1

W120 Double-acting,cylinder cushioned,

non magneticW121 Double-acting

cylinder, cushionedW122 Double-acting

cylinder, cushioned,through-rod

W123 Double-actingcylinder, cushioned,

through-rod, non magneticW124 Double-acting

cylinder, non-cushioned

TYPE160200

XA3 160 stainless steelpiston rod

XA4 200 stainless steelpiston rod

VA3 160 FKM/FPM gasket,stainless steel piston rod

VA4 200 FKM/FPM gasket,stainless steel piston rod

KA3 160 FKM/FPM gasket,C45 piston rod

KA4 200 FKM/FPM gasket,C45 piston rod

AA3 160+intermediate hingeAA4 200+intermediate hinge

DIAMETER-EXECUTION! 0025÷2800 mm

STROKE

! Maximum recommended strokes. Higher values can create operating problems

Specify H1 value ONLYfor version withintermediate hinge

1 6 0 0 0 5 0 0 2 0 0EXECUTION

1.1/106

ACCESSORIES: FIXINGS

1

2

H +

AT

AB

AU

AO

AH

H +

TR

UH

V

3

O P

N

øQ

U F +

V

3O 1

P

N

øO

F +

FOOT - MODEL A Code

W0951602001W0952002001

FEMALE HINGE - MODEL B

+ = ADD THE STROKE

MALE HINGE - MODEL BA

+= ADD THE STROKE

Ø

160200

AB

1822

AH

115135

AO

80120

AT

1010

AU

6070

+= ADD THE STROKE

H1

319345

H2

300320

TR

115135

UH

180220

Code

W0951602003W0952002003

Ø

160200

U

170170

O

9090

Ø Q

3030

P

2025

N

3535

F3

314335

V

2525

Code

W0951602004W0952002004

Ø

160200

O1

9090

Ø O

3030

P

2025

N

3535

F3

314335

V

2525

Note: Supplied complete with 4 screws, 4 washers, 2 snap rings.

Weight [g]

24004000

Note: Individually packed with 2 screws.

Weight [g]

33004300

Note: Supplied complete with 4 screws, 4 washers.

Weight [g]

21503550

R 1

PøK

A

B 2

B

D1

F 1 +

Code

W0951602002W0952002002

Ø

160200

B2

230270

D1

115135

Ø K

1822

R1

5970

P

2025

F1

279300

Weight [g]

690012800

Note: Individually packed with 4 screws.

A

180225

B

270312

FLANGE - MODEL C (FRONT AND REAR)

+= ADD THE STROKE

1.1/107

1

3D 4

B 4

F +

N3

D 5

P

B 5

øK 3

S 3

CETOP COUNTER-HINGE - MODEL GL

+= ADD THE STROKE

Code

W0951602008W0951602008

Ø

160200

B4

110110

B5

154154

D4

6363

D5

110110

N2

5560

N3

140140

S3

5050

ØK3

1818

P

2020

F3

314335

Weight [g]

23002300

Note: Supplied complete with 4 screws, 4 washers.

ROD EYE - MODEL GA-M

H7

CH

-0.1

2+

0

B1

F

L

D

C

A

øM

B

øG øG1

Code

W0952002025W0952002025

Ø

160200

Ø M

3535

C

4141

B1

2828

B

4343

A

8080

L

165165

F

125125

D

M36x2M36x2

Ø G

4646

CH

5050

Ø G1

5858

Weight [g]

16451645

Note: Individually packed

FORK - MODEL GK-M

B12

N

øM

F

L

B

A

C

D

Code

W0951602020W0951602020

Ø

160200

ØM

3535

C

7272

B

3535

A

7070

L

188188

F

144144

D

M36x2M36x2

N

8484

Weight [g]

38503850

Note: Individually packe

ROD NUT - MODEL S

H

F

CH

Code

W0951602010W0951602010

Ø

160200

F

M36x2M36x2

H

1414

CH

5555

Weight [g]

170170

Note: Individually packe

COUNTER-HINGE MODEL EL

A

HB

A1 ±0.2

øL

E

C

0.1

D1 D H7

D2

Code

W0951602009W0951602009

Ø

160200

A

9292

A1

6060

B

4040

C

6060

C1

3030

D2

1717

D

3232

D1

2525

E

16.516.5

Note: Supplied with 4 securing screws

H

22.522.5

ØL

4848

Weight [g]

27402740

1.1/108

MAGNETIC SENSOR

SENSOR SUPPORT BRACKET FOR OLD VERSION BARREL(SHAPED)

9.1

11.5

25.534

17

CodeW0950000715

DescriptionBRACKET ACC. ST 160

52

7

18

M4

M6

16.5

49

26

46

M4

M6 45

42.5

26 4

4214

15.5

Code

W0950000201W0950000222W0950000232

Description

REED SENSOR ACC. DSM2-C525E.HALL PNP SENSOR ACC. DSM3-N225E.HALL NPN SENSOR ACC. DSM3-M225

CodeW0950000716

DescriptionBRACKET ACC. ST 200

Ø 160 Ø 200

SENSOR SUPPORT BRACKET FOR STANDARD VERSION(WITH ROUND BARREL) Code

0951602093

Description

BRACKET ACC. 160-200

9.5

M3

8

32 15

M5

41.5

33.5

40

RETRACTABLE SENSOR WITH INSERTION FROM ABOVE Description

HALL N.O. SENSOR, VERTICAL INSERTION 2.5mHALL N.O. SENSOR, VERTICAL INSERTION 300 mm M8REED N.O. SENSOR, VERTICAL INSERTION 2.5mREED N.O. SENSOR, VERTICAL INSERTION 300 mm M8HALL N.O. SENSOR, VERTICAL INSERTION 2m ATEX

Code

W0952025390W0952029394W0952022180W0952028184W0952125556

For technical data, refer to page 1.1/97

Hinweis: Technische Daten siehe Katalog sieite 1.1/93

ACCESSORIES: MAGNETIC SENSORS

1.1/109

1

NOTES

ADAPTOR FOR RETRACTABLE SENSOR

DescriptionAdaptor DSS005 for DST/ST brackets

CodeW0950001001

ASSEMBLY DIAGRAM

! ISO 15552 cylinder with traditional barrel" Sensor bracket mod. ST (Ø160 e 200)# Adaptor$ Retractable sensor with insertion from above% Retractable sensor

45

3

21

1.1/110

93 9116

10

154 5

62

87

12 13 14

11

TWIN RODS CYLINDERSERIES TWNC, Ø 32-100 mm

Anti-rotation cylinders with axial dimensions to ISO 15552.• Standard configuration with magnet• Double-acting – passing twinner rods and single passingrod• Polyurethane gasket

NBR - POLYURETHANEMax. 10 bar (max. 1 Mpa - 145 psi)

–10°C to +80°CFiltered, unlubricated air. Lubrication, if used, must be continuous.

Ø 32; Ø 40; Ø 50; Ø 63; Ø 80, Ø 100;25 to 500 mm

! Maximum recommended strokes. Higher values can create operating problemsExtruded profile

Magnetic standard cushionedØ 32: 434N / 350N Ø 40: 678N / 597N

Ø 50: 1060N / 940N Ø 63: 1683N / 1471NØ 80: 2714N / 2295N Ø 100: 4241N / 3812N

See GENERAL TECHNICAL DATA PAGE 1.1/06

TECHNICAL DATAGasketsOperating pressureTemperature range °CFluidBores mmStrokes ! mm

DesignEsecutionForces generated at 6 bar thrust/retraction N

Weight

COMPONENTS

! PISTON ROD: thick chromed steel" HEAD: aluminium alloy# PISTON ROD GASKET: polyurethane$ GUIDE BUSHING: sintered bronze% BARREL: drawn anodised aluminium alloy& PISTON: aluminium alloy' PISTON GASKET: polyurethane( MAGNET: plastoferrite) BUFFER+STATIC O-rings: NBR* CUSHIONING GASKET: NBR or polyurethane+ NEEDLE: OT 58 brass, SCREWS: Tap Tite for fixing and assembly- GUIDE RING: special technopolymer. REAR CUSHIONING CONE: OT58 brass/ FRONT CUSHIONING CONE: aluminium0 FLANGE: zinc-plated steel

1.1/111

1

W142

CH1 CH2

RT CH3

h9

G2A1

G3

P2

U

E

PL1

VDN

C

A

P1Q1

EBG

E

TG

TG

P

F

Q

S

V

O

D

WH+

EE

L0+

B

C1

PL

I

E

KKK

RT CH3h9

W140

A1

A

G3

P2

C

UPL1

G2

E

VA

B

P1Q1

V

P

Q

S

O

EE

PL

IK EE

TG

TG

E

N

L0+

BG

TWIN RODS CYLINDER

SINGLE THROUGH-ROD CYLINDER

+ = ADD THE STROKE

+ = ADD THE STROKE

Ø3240506380100

PL101214161820

PL1131214161820

A101010101212

A110.51010101212

B303540454555

CH1101317172222

CH2171924243030

CH3 6 6 8 81010

TG32.53846.556.57289

RTM6M6M8M8M10M10

L0100100106116131138

BG14.514.517.517.521.521.5

N4.54.55.55.55.55.5

P1 8 6 6 61010

P2192230385070

Q446677

Q1-46677

C151518222525

C1162025253338

F222432324040

I182230384860

K h9 32 40 50 63 80100

V404043475050

P 6 6 6 61010

EEG1/8G1/4G1/4G3/8G3/8G1/2

E 46 54 64.5 75.5 94111

D121620202525

KKM10x1.25M12x1.25M16x1.5M16x1.5M20x1.5M20x1.5

S101012162222

O445555

VD 6.5 813141214

U 45 49 54 69 89109

G2M6M8M8M10M12M12

G3 - -M8M10M12M12

WH263037374651

Ø3240506380100

PL101214161820

PL1131214161820

A101010101212

A110.51010101212

B303540454555

CH3 6 6 8 81010

TG32.53846.556.57289

VA444444

EEG1/8G1/4G1/4G3/8G3/8G1/2

RTM6M6M8M8M10M10

E 46 54 64.5 75.5 94111

L0100100106116131138

BG14.514.517.517.521.521.5

P 6 6 6 61010

P1 8 6 6 61010

P2192230385070

Q446677

Q1-46677

C151518222525

I182230384860

K h93240506380100

S101012162222

O445555

N4.54.55.55.55.55.5

V404043475050

U 45 49 54 69 89109

G2M6M8M8M10M12M12

G3 - -M8M10M12M12

1.1/112

W 1 4 0

W140 double-actingcylinder, magnetc,

cushionedW142 double-acting

cylinder, magnetic,cushioned,

single through-rod

0 3 2

032040050063080100

0 0 2 5

! 0025÷0500 mm

TYPE BORES STROKE

KEY TO CODES

CYL

! Maximum recommended strokes. Higher values can create operating problems

NOTES

1.1/113

1

1

2

TR

UH

AH

AO

AU

H +

H +

øAB

AT

HH

E

HH

F

3

L

G

H +

D

HH

E

HH

F

3

GD

H +

ACCESSORIES: FIXINGS

FOOT - MODEL A/S

FEMALE HINGE - MODEL B

+ = ADD THE STROKE

MALE HINGE - MODEL BA

+= ADD THE STROKE

Ø

3240506380100

+= ADD THE STROKE

Code

W0950323001W0950403001W0950503001W0950633001W0950803001W0951003001

AB

79991214

AH

323645506371

AO

354347476166

AT

444666

AU

242832324141

TR

323645506375

UH

4552657595115

H1

164168181195222229

H2

148156170180213220

Ø

3240506380100

Code

W0950322003W0950402003W0950502003W0950632003W0950802003W0951002003

D

262832405060

E

222527323641

F

111313171721

G

101212161620

H

101012121616

H3

162165176195217229

L

4552607090110

Ø

3240506380100

Code

W0950322004W0950402004W0950502004W0950632004W0950802004W0951002004

D

262832405060

E

222527323641

F

111313171721

G

101212161620

H

101012121616

H3

162165176195217229

Note: Supplied with 4 screws, 4 washers, 2 snap-rings and 1 pin.

Weight [g]

7698156246406540

Weight [g]

1161602523946701085

Note: Individually packed with 2 screws.

Weight [g]

94124220316578850

Note: Supplied with 4 screws, 4 washers.

For fixing the leg to the supporting surface, it is advisable to use a DIN 7984 sunk-headed screw.

1.1/114

B E

H

F

3

M

H +

BB1

B 4 B 3

B 2 L +

D 4

V 1 B 3

D 4

B 2

B 4

B1B

ARTICULATED MALE HINGE - MODEL BAS

REAR FLANGE - MODEL C

+ = ADD THE STROKE

FRONT FLANGE - MODEL C

+= ADD THE STROKE

Ø

3240506380100

Code

W0950322006W0950402006W0950502006W0950632006W0950802006W0951002006

E

222527323641

F

161919242430

H

101012121616

H3

162165176195217229

M

101212161620

N

141616212125

Ø

3240506380100

Code

W0950322002W0950402002W0950502002W0950632002W0950802002W0951002002

B

647290100126150

B2

5055657595115

B3

101012121616

B4

323645506375

D4

79991214

L

140140149163181188

Code

W0950323002W0950403002W0950503002W0950633002W0950803002W0951003002

B1

8090110120153178

Ø

3240506380100

B

647290100126150

B2

5055657595115

B3

101012121616

B4

323645506375

D4

79991214

V1

303031353434

B1

8090110120153178

Note: Supplied with 4 screws.

Weight [g]

106142236336572840

Note: Supplied with 4 screws, 4 washers.

Note: Supplied with 4 screws.

Weight [g]

24629052267014202040

Weight [g]

22828848656911451760

A

HB

A1 ±0.2

øL

E

C

0.1

D1 D H7

D2

1.1/115

1

8

7

(max)

N 4

N2

N 3

N1

N2

N 5A 6 (min)

A + 1/2

A +

+ = ADD THE STROKE+1/2 = ADD HALF THE STROKE

I

LF

C

A

E

G

N

B

M

H

D

Ø

3240506380100

Code

095032200709504020070950502007095063200709508020070951002007

N1

50637590110132

N2

121616202025

N3

121616202025

N4

222832354045

N5

657595105130145

A6

798291.595.5108110.5

Ø

3240506380100

Code

W0950322009W0950402009W0950402009W0950632009W0950632009W0951002009

A

465555656575

B

182121232328.5

C

303636404050

C1

151818202025

D1

111515181820

D2

799111113

Code

W0950322008W0950402008W0950502008W0950632008W0950802008W0951002008

A1

323636424250

Ø

3240506380100

A

262832405060

C

799111114

D

101212161620

E

253232404050

F

203232505070

G

324545636390

B

192626333344

A7

919097.5104.5115.5119

A8

10398103.5113.5123127.5

D

121616202025

E

6.5 8.5 8.510.510.512.5

H

3754547575103

I

415252636380

L

182525323240

M

81010121216

N

101212151522

Note: Supplied with 4 screws.

Note: Supplied with 4 screws, 4 washers.

H

10.51212131316

Note: Supplied with 4 screws, 2 pin.

Weight [g]

282582880123020302600

Weight [g]

162278278414414715

Weight [g]

96216212440464985

INTERMEDIATE HINGE - MODEL EN

COUNTER-HINGE FOR MODEL EN - MODEL EL

COUNTER-HINGE CETOP FOR MODEL BMODEL GL

ØL

222828353540

1.1/116

J

B GCD

M

N

C

D

E

L

Ø

3240506380100

B

25.527.531.539.549.559.5

C

32.53846.556.57289

D

4552657595115

E

77991111

G

323645506373

J

111313171721

L

101012121620

M

101212161620

Code

W0950322108W0950402108W0950502108W0950632108W0950802108W0951002108

N

101212151522

Note: Supplied with 4 screws, 4 washers.

Weight [g]

106138252350655980

COUNTER-HINGE ISO FOR MODEL B-MODEL GS

ACCESSORIES: MAGNETIC SENSORS

9.1

11.5

25.534

17

ORDERING CODESCodeW0950000201W0950000222W0950000232

NB: For technical features of sensors see page 1.1/93

DescriptionREED SENSOR ACC. DSM2-C525 HSE.HALL PNP SENSOR ACC. DSM3-N225E.HALL NPN SENSOR ACC. DSM3-M225

13.2

2.7

18.5

M5

5.9

19.2

14

29.5

SENSOR BRACKET

Code DescriptionW0950000711 BRACKET ACC. D.32-40 DST 80

Code DescriptionW0950000712 BRACKET ACC. D.50-63 DST 81

Code DescriptionW0950000713 BRACKET ACC. D.80-125 DST 82

Ø 32÷40 Ø 50÷63 Ø 80÷100

29.8

14.8 1.8

20.9

14

M5

20.4

1.6

26

20.6

1.7

7.5

25.9

47.8

M5

14

1.1/117

1

RODLESS CYLINDERØ 16, 25, 32, 40, 63

Rodless cylinders come in five different bores - Ø 16, 25,32, 40 and 63 mm – and the design incorporates numerousinnovations.• Calibrated extruded anodized aluminium alloy jacket.• Sensor slots and accessory slots in the jacket itself.• Longitudinal seal by means of specially-shapedindeformable stainless steel strips.• Strokes 100 to 5700 mm with 1mm intervals.• Adjustable integrated pneumatic cushioning• Adjustable limit switches and decelerations can be appliedat any time.• For this type of cylinder (size 32 and upwards), the valvescan be fitted directly using the retracting sensors withoutrequiring any intermediate brackets.Refer to the table on page 1.1/97.

TECHNICAL DATA

COMPONENTS

! CYLINDER HEAD: aluminium alloy" BARREL: profiled anodized aluminium

alloy# PISTON GASKET: NBR or FKM/FPM$ CENTRAL ELEMENT: aluminium alloy% SCRAPER: Hostaform®

& O-RING: FKM/FPM' PISTON: Hostaform®

( CUSHIONING CONE: aluminium alloy) STATIC O-RINGS: NBR or FKM/FPM* SLIDE: aluminium alloy+ OUTER STRIP: stainless steel, INNER STRIP: stainless steel- BAND SUPPORT: Hostaform®

NBR FKM/FPM

1 ÷ 80.1 ÷ 0.8

14.5 ÷ 116–15 ÷ 80- 5 ÷ 176

50 m unlubricated filtered air Lubrication, if used, must be continuous.Ø 16, 25, 32, 40 and 63

Double-acting rodless cylinder with direct transmission systemfor Ø 16 :100 to 5000 mm with 1mm interval

for Ø 25, 32 and 40 :100 to 5700 mm with 1mm intervalfor Ø 63 :100 to 5500 mm with 1mm interval

V<1 m/s (NBR) V>1 m/s (FKM/FPM)< 1 m/s (NBR) 2 m/s (FKM/FPM)

See GENERAL TECHNICAL DATA PAGE 1.1/07

For versions no-stick slip, use no-lubricated air only

Operating pressure barMPa

psiTemperature range °C

°FFluidBores mmType of constructionStrokes

Recommended speedsMax. speed with deceleratorsWeight

3 9813 6 71251 2 11 104

1.1/118

DIAGRAM OF SPEED AND MAXIMUM CUSHIONABLE LOAD

DIMENSIONNG - FORCE AND TORQUEBore

Ø1625324063

Centre DistanceY9

14182244

Actual ForceF at 6 bar [N]

110250420640

1550

Cushioning stroke[mm]1521263240

Max. loadL [N]120300450750

1650

Mv max[Nm]0.5348

24

Mamax [Nm]

4153060

200

Mrmax [Nm]

0.31248

NB: When the cylinder is subjected simultaneously to torque and force, it is advisable to keep to the following equations.Ma = F x ha Mr = L x hv + G x hr Mv = F x hv

MvMv max

! 1;LL max

! 1;MaMa max

+MrMr max

+ 0.22 xMvMv max

+ 0.4LL max

! 1

For the cylinder to reach the end-of-strokeposition without intense or repeated impactwhich would damage it, it is necessary toannul the kinetic energy of the moving massand the work generated. The maximumcushionable load depends on the traversingspeed and the absorption of the air buffersupplied standard with the various cylinders.The diagram shows the speeds andcushionable mass for the various diametersat a pressure of 6 bar.

F

LG

Ma Mr

MVha

y

hv

hr

1000 2000500

3000 4000

ø25

ø32

35002500100 1500

ø16

ø40

ø63

1000

100

1500

0.1

500

2000

10

MAXIMUM LOAD ACCORDING TO THE DISTANCE BETWEEN SUPPORTS

L

L

K K

K

Diagram of maximum loadLoad L (N)

Distance K (mm)

ø16ø32ø25

ø40

Diagramma di ammortizzamento

Velocitàpistone[m/sec]

0.1

Massa da ammortizzare [Kg]

0.2 52 3 41 10010 10000.5 20 50 200 500

10

5

2

1

0.1

0.2

0.5

ø63

Cushioning diagram

Mass to be buffered (kg)

Pistonrate

(m/sec.)

1.1/119

1

DIMENSIONS OF RODLESS CYLINDER Ø 16÷40

G

270

G G

N

M1

M2

T

R

W

Z3

WS

VS

W V

S

UP

W1W

2Z2

Z1

Z3

Z4

O J

H

MFE

CBD

K

Y

N1

A +

BARREL CROSS SECTION

ø16 ø25 ø32 ø40 ø63

18.6

63.653

1

22.2

605

12.810

3850

36

362

241.

5

24 100

100

3824

0.5 12

+ = ADDED STROKE

Ø16253240

A130200250300

B12172345

C15232730

D76120150150

E64100110110

F48809090

GM51/81/41/4

H1218.52224

J6.48.510.515

K32505555

MM4M5M6M6

M1M3M5M6M6

N7121417.5

N18111212

O6131212

P43.5668697

R23.529.63636.8

S18232728

T2.753.34.44.4

U10151818

V18274054

VS18273654

W27405669

WS27405272

W113.5203036

W2913.52227

Y4.56.589

Z137.5537485

Z224334449

Z34.56.5811.8

Z428427070

M2M5M6M8M8

1.1/120

ø63

ø32; ø40ø16; ø25

271

H

E

C

AG

D

EF

øB

L

H

C

G

L

A

D

C

E

H

AL

DøB F

F

øB

RODLESS CYLINDER WITH SWING CARRIAGE

NOTE: For other dimensions see code 270

DIMENSIONS OF RODLESS CYLINDER Ø 63

G3/8

A

M8 depth 17N° 4 x M8 depth 9

G3/8

FB

C

D

E

G

H

A

FB

E

CG

D

H

G3/8

15N° 8 x M8 12

140

180

218

257 47 39

32

14.5

103

34

50

59.5

120

103

78

78

430 +

11.5

48

9.2

Basic supplyA, B, C, D to feed to left chambersE, F, G, H to feed the right chambersNote: B, C, D, F, G and H are supplied closed with threaded plugs.

If you modify the position of an inner plug following the instructions provided with the cylinder, you can arrange:

all feeds from the left all feeds from the rightA, B feed the left chambers E, F feed the right chambers

C, D feed the right chambers G, H feed the left chambers + = ADDED STROKE

Ø1625324063

A2537707080

ØB4.55.56.56.5M8

C1320383832

D23558

E2030909080

F1016757565

G––555537

H47-5072-7591-100111-120155-162

L2842707082

1.1/121

1

273

ø63

ø16 ø25÷ø40

B max G

W7

W8

Z5Y1

Z4 WS4

Y1

Z5

W8

WS4

C1

W7

D

Z4

B max

D

W8W

7

C1

D

C1

E

WS4

Z5Z4

B max

DIMENSIONS OF RODLESS CYLINDER + ADJUSTABLE LIMIT SWITCH AND SHOCK ABSORBERS

KEY TO CODES

CYL 2 7

27 Rodlesscylinder

0

0 Standard1 With swing drive

!2 Twin cushionedseries “Double”

3 Double-acting cushionedMagnetic + adjustable limit

switchesand shock absorbers

2 5

1625324063

C N

TYPE STROKE

0 0 5 00

0 magneticS non-

magnetic"G No stick

slip

CONFIGURATIONBORE

Ø 16:from 100 to 5000mmØ 25÷40:from 100 to 5700 mmØ63from 100 to 5500 mm

C N NBR#V FKM/FPM

Ø

1625324063

B Max

427290105105

C1

2244567465

D

M12x1M14x1.5M20x1.5M25x1.5M36x1.5

W7

38537489128.5

W8

466789108153

WS4

42506075103

Y1

7.5541.5–

Z4

781012.516

Z5

7.59.812.212.719

Stroke

1016222525

Max. cushioned forcefor stroke [J]

4.5184065

125

for hour [J]1412534000537007000091000

Max. impactforce [N]

1000280037505500

11120

Max. thrustforce [N]

220530890

15502220

E

–172932.8–

G

–91114–

" For speed ! 0.2 m/s # For speed " 1m/s ! Available up to Ø 32

For graphs to help choose shock absorbers see page 1.1/124

1.1/122

ACCESSORIES

FOOT Ø 16; 25

ø AB

UH

TR AO

H +A

T

AU

AH

FOOT Ø 32; 40

TR AO

H +

AT

UH

ø AB

AV AUAH

Code

W0950167001W0950257001

Ø

1625

ØAB

3.65.5

AH

1.52

AO

1422

AT

1.62.5

AU

46

TR

1827

UH

2640

H

150232

Code

W0950327001W0950407001

Ø

3240

ØAB

6.69

AH

42

AO

2525

AT

2020

AU

811.5

TR

3654

UH

5171

H

284327

AV

2030

Weight [g]

1032

Note: Individually packed with 2 screws.

Note: Individually packed with 2 screws.

Weight [g]

88112

FOOT Ø 63

UH

TR

ø AB

AT

AUAO

H +

Code

W0950637001

Ø

63

ØAB

11

AT

7

AO

64

TR

78

UH

103

H

460

Note: Individually packed with 2 screws.

Weight [g]

360

+ = ADDED STROKE

INTERMEDIATE FOOT Ø 32; 40

øAB

AHTR

AT

AV

AOUH

Ø

3240

ØAB

6.56.5

AH

57

AO

5560

AT

88

TR

61.570÷75

UH

7385

AV

4045

Note: plate supplied complete with 4 screws, 4 fixing plates

Weight [g]

72104

Code

W0950327032W0950407032

INTERMEDIATE FOOT Ø 63

øAB

AT

AO

UH

TR

INTERMEDIATE FOOT Ø 16; 25

øAB

UH

AT

TR AO AH

Code

W0950167031W0950257031

Ø

1625

ØAB

5.55.5

AH

34

AO

2020

AT

56

TR

4148

UH

5360

Weight [g]

46

Note: Individually packed.

Ø

63

ØAB

8.5

AH

7.5

AO

55

AT

7.5

TR

78

UH

103

Note: plate supplied complete with 4 screws, 4 fixing plates

Weight [g]

330

Code

W0950637032

+ = ADDED STROKE

+ = ADDED STROKE

AU

15

1.1/123

1

DRIVE PIN

A

B øC

Code

W0950167034W0950257034W0950327034W0950327034W0950637034

Ø

1625324063

A

2.958810

B

2842707082

ØC

58121214

Weight [g]

6165252100

Note: Individually packed.

KIT TO TRANSFORM INTO SWING VERSION Code

W0950167035W0950257035W0950327035W0950327035W0950637035

Ø

1625324063

Weight [g]

34118450450810

Ø16÷40 Ø63

Note: Supplied with 1 stud pin, 2 screws

SLIM SENSOR

SENSOR SUPPORT Ø 16; 25

For technical data, refer to page 1.1/98

Code

W0952025390W0952029394W0952022180W0952028184W0952125556

Description

HALL N.O. SENSOR, VERTICAL INSERTION 2.5mHALL N.O. SENSOR, VERTICAL INSERTION 300 mm M8REED N.O. SENSOR, VERTICAL INSERTION 2.5mREED N.O. SENSOR, VERTICAL INSERTION 300 mm M8HALL N.O. SENSOR, VERTICAL INSERTION 2m ATEX

Code

0950164001

Description

SENSOR SUPPORT STD

SWING SUPPORT Ø 32; 40; 63

A

C

D

E

øB

FG

Code

W0950327033W0950327033W0950637033

Ø

324063

A

707080

ØB

6.56.5M8

C

383832

D

558

E

909080

F

757565

G

555537

Weight [g]

274274400

Note: Individually packed.

SWING SUPPORT Ø 16; 25

A

øB

D

E

F

C

Code

W0950167033W0950257033

Ø

1625

A

2537

ØB

4.55.5

C

1320

D

23

E

2030

F

1016

Note: Individually packed.

Weight [g]

1440

Note: ø16÷40: Supplied complete with 1 adaptor, 1 support, 1 pin, 1 bushingø63: Supplied complete with 1 plate, 1 support, 1 pin, 2 bushings, 4 screws

5.8 500

4.9

1.1/124

ADJUSTABLE LIMIT SWITCH ANDSHOCK ABSORBERS KIT Description

ACC. RODLESS CYLINDER LIMIT SWITCH AND SHOCK ABSORBERS Ø 16ACC. RODLESS CYLINDER LIMIT SWITCH AND SHOCK ABSORBERS Ø 25ACC. RODLESS CYLINDER LIMIT SWITCH AND SHOCK ABSORBERS Ø 32ACC. RODLESS CYLINDER LIMIT SWITCH AND SHOCK ABSORBERS Ø 40ACC. RODLESS CYLINDER LIMIT SWITCH AND SHOCK ABSORBERS Ø 63

Code

09501640020950254002095032400209504040020950634002

Weight [g]

1252604607301620

Note: Supplied complete with 1 shock absorber support, 1 standard shock absorber , 1 shockabsorber nut, 1 limit switch grub screw, 1 grub screw nut ( 2 for ø63) , 1 bracket, 1 bracket screw,4 locking grub screws (for Ø 16 and Ø 25), 4 locking plates and 4 screws (for Ø 32 and Ø 40).

GRAPHS TO HELP CHOOSE THE RIGHT SHOCK ABSORBERS

The dotted areas indicate that the SHOCKABSORBERS is supplied standard.Other options can be selected dependingon the speed [m/sec] and the maximumwork force [J/stroke] to dissipate at eachstrokeRefer to the diagrams above to select thecorrect option.

1.5

1

m/s

ec

0.5

0

-1

J/stroke1 2 3 4 5

-2

-3

2

standard

J/stroke

-1

-3

-2

4 8 12 16 20 24 28 32 36 400

0.5

1.5

1

2

standard

m/s

ec

J/stroke

standard

-1

-3

-2

2 6 1210 18 2084 14 160

0.5

1

1.5

2

m/s

ec

J/stroke

standard

-1

-3

-2

0

1.5

1

0.5

2

m/s

ec

10 5020 7040 6030 12010040J/stroke

m/s

ec

standard

-2

-3

-1

20 60 800

2

1

3

4

SLOTTED FIXING PLATE Description

ACC. M3 T-SLOTTED FIXING PLATEACC. M4 T-SLOTTED FIXING PLATE

Code

09500030010950003002

Note: Individually packed

Weight [g]

11

ø16 ø25 ø32

ø40 ø63

BAR FOR GROOVING

Note: the code corresponds to 1 piece

Code

W0950000160

Description

BAR FOR GROOVING L=500 mm

Ø16 Ø63Ø25÷40

SHOCK ABSORBERS Description

Shock absorbers PR015 MF1 + nut M12x1.5Shock absorbers PR025 MC2 + nut M14x1.5Shock absorbers PR050 MC2 + nut M20x1.5Shock absorbers PR0100 MF2 + nut M25x1.5Shock absorbers PR0125 MF3 + nut M36x1.5

Code

09500040030950004004095000400509500040060950004007

Bore

ø16ø25ø32ø40ø63

ø2x25 ø2x32

Diagramma di ammortizzamento

Velocitàpistone[m/sec]

0.1

Massa da ammortizzare [Kg]

0.2 52 3 41 10010 10000.5 20 50 200 500

10

5

2

1

0.1

0.2

0.5

ø2x16

1.1/125

1

DIMENSIONS OF RODLESS CYLINDER, DOUBLE SERIES

272

GG

T

R

N1

A +M

1

HE

F JVS

D

NVW

WW

K

O

P

CB

WS

T

Y

U

M

Z

S

Ø2x162x252x32

A130200250

B121723

C152327

D76120150

E64100110

F488090

GM51/81/4

H1218.522.5

J6.48.510.5

K325055

MM5M6M6

N101512

M1M3M5M6

N171214

O162020

P53.57495

R486686.5

S425977.5

T33.54.5

U345070

VW426386

VS182740

WW5172100

WS274156

Y4.578

Z37.553.574

DIAGRAM OF SPEED AND MAXIMUM CUSHIONABLE LOAD

DIMENSIONS – FORCES AND MOMENTSBore

Ø2x162x252x32

Actual forceF at 6 bar [N]

200480820

Cushioning stroke[mm]152126

Max loadL [N]240600900

Mvmax [Nm]

16

10

Ma = F x ha Mr = L x hv + G x hr MV = F x hv

(For the weights see GENERAL TECHNICAL DATA PAGE 1.1/07)MV

F

LG

Ma Mr

hv

y

ha

hr

Mamax. [Nm]

83060

Mrmax. [Nm]

2.48

16.5

For the cylinder to reach the end-of-strokeposition without intense or repeated impactwhich would damage it, it is necessary toannul the kinetic energy of the moving massand the work generated. The maximumcushionable load depends on the traversingspeed and the absorption of the air buffersupplied standard with the various cylinders.The diagram shows the speeds andcushionable mass for the various diametersat a pressure of 6 bar.

+ = ADD THE STROKE

RODLESS CYLINDERDOUBLE SERIES Ø 16, 25, 32

MvMv max

! 1;LL max

! 1;MaMa max

+MrMr max

+ 0.22 xMvMv max

+ 0.4LL max

! 1

Cushioning diagram

Pistonrate

(m/sec.)

Mass to be buffered (kg)

NB: When the cylinder is subjected simultaneously to torque and force, it is advisable to keep to the following equations.

DOUBLE ACCESSORIES

1.1/126

62.4

286 +

4

20

86

100

ø 6.5

7

25

TR

UH

AO

H +

AT

AUAH

ø AB

Ø

2x162x25

Code

W0950328036

Description

PIEDINO DOUBLE Ø 32

UH

AT

TR

ø AB

AH

AOH +

AU

Code

W0950167001W0950257001

56

40

286 +

26

8

20

ø 6.6

20

5

Code

W0950328035

Description

VERTICAL FOOT Ø 32

AT

TR

UH

øAB

AO

AV

AH

ØAB

3.65.5

AH

1.52

AO

1422

AT

1.62.5

AU

46

TR

4263

UH

5172

H

150232

Ø

2x162x25

ØAB

3.65.5

AH

1.54

AO

1422

AT

1.62.5

AU

46

TR

1827

UH

2640

H

150232

Code

W0950168001W0950258001

Code

W0950168037W0950258037W0950328037

Ø

2x162x252x32

ØAB

3.55.56.5

AH

345

AO

122055

AT

668

AV

610.540

TR

60.584.5111.5

UH

6496123

Weight [g]

1854

Note: Individually packed complete with 2 screws

Note: Individually packed complete with 2 screws

Weight [g]

156

Weight [g]

1032

Note: Individually packed complete with 2 screws

Weight [g]

92

Weight [g]

163496

Note: Individually packed complete with 2 screws

Note: Supplied complete with 8 screws, 8 fixing plates (plates for Ø 32 only)

FOOT Ø 16; 25

FOOT Ø 32

VERTICAL FOOT Ø 16; 25

VERTICAL FOOT Ø 32

INTERMEDIATE FOOT Ø 16÷32

1.1/127

1

RODLESS CYLINDER WITH BALLRECIRCULATING GUIDE Ø 16, 25, 32, 40, 63

The range of rodless cylinders with ball circulation guides is availablewith five different bores Ø 16, 25, 32,40 and 63.The bore 63 can be supplied in two versions: the "standard" one forintermediate loads and the "heavy" one for considerably weighty loads.Besides the general features specified for standard rodless cylinders, theother main features are:• Very high load capacity, acting in all directions without dischargingonto the cylinder slide.• Hardened steel guide connected firmly to the cylinder jacket.• Ball circulation shoes constructed using special technology that makethem very silent when the guide slides, with very long maintenanceintervals. For example, they only need lubricating every 2000 km oronce a year.• Extra sturdy slide support with various holes for fixing the loads. Holesfor centring pins are also provided.• 100 to 2650 stroke at intervals of 1 mm.• Integrated pneumatic adjustable cushioning.• Adjustable limit switches and decelerations can be applied at any time.For this type of cylinder (size 32 and upwards), the valves can be fitteddirectly using the retracting sensors without requiring any intermediatebrackets.Refer to the table on page 1.1/97.

TECHNICAL DATA

COMPONENTS

For version 275! CYLINDER: see construction details onpage 1.1/117" GUIDE: hardened steel# SHOE: steel with hardened ballcirculation$ SLIDE SUPPORT: anodised aluminium

For version 276Besides the details specified above:% END-OF-STROKE STUD PIN: zinc-platedsteel, complete with 2 zinc-plated nuts forfixing.& DECELERATOR: burnished steel,complete with 2 zinc-plated or burnishednuts for fixing' DECELERATOR SUPPORT: anodisedaluminium( BRACKET: hardened-and-tempered andzinc-plated steel

2 3 4

5 6 7

8

1

Operating pressure barMPa

psiTemperature range °C

°FFluidBoresType of constructionStrokes

Threaded portsAssemblyRecommended speedWeightMax. speed with decelerators

NBR FKM/FPM

0.5÷80.05÷0.8

7÷116–15÷80- 5÷176

50!m unlubricated filtered air lubrication, if used, must be continuousØ 16, 25, 32, 40 and 63

Doubl-acting rodless cylinder with direct transmission systemØ 16: 100 to 1350 with 1 mm intervalØ 25: 100 to 2300 with 1 mm intervalØ 32: 100 to 2300 with 1 mm intervalØ 40: 100 to 2250 with 1 mm interval

Ø 63 standard: 100 to 2100 with 1 mm intervalØ 63 heavy: 100 to 2650 with 1 mm interval

M5, G1/8”, G1/4”, G3/8”as required

<1 m/s (NBR) !1 m/s (FKM/FPM)See GENERAL TECHNICAL DATA PAGE 1.1/07

<1 m/s (NBR) 2 m/s (FKM/FPMs)For no-stick slip versions, use no-lubricated air only

1.1/128

3500

10000

1000

100

20001000

ø16

1500

0.1

500

3000

4000

2000

101500

ø40

ø32

ø25

6000

4000100 500

ø63 HEAVY

30002500

ø63 STANDARD

DIMENSIONES - FORCES AND MOMENTS

N.B.: when the cylinder is subjected simultaneously to torque and force, it is advisable to keep to thefollowing equationsMa = F x (hr + Y) Mr = G x (hr + z) + Lx (hv + X) Mv = F x (K + hv)

LG

K

hr

X hv

Z Y

MaMa max

+ ! 1Mr

Mr max+

MvMv max

+L

L max+

GG max

G

MV

Ma Mr

FL

DIAGRAM OF SPEED AND MAXIMUM CUSHIONABLE LOAD

For the cylinder to reach the end-of-strokeposition without intense or repeated impactwhich would damage it, it is necessary toannul the kinetic energy of the moving massand the work generated. The maximumcushionable load depends on the traversingspeed and the absorption of the air buffersupplied standard with the various cylinders.The diagram shows the speeds andcushionable mass for the various diametersat a pressure of 6 bar.

MAXIMUM LOAD ACCORDING TO THE DISTANCE BETWEEN SUPPORTS

L

L

K K

K

ø25 ø32ø16

ø40

0.1 0.2 52 3 41 10010 10000.5 20 50 200 500

2

1

0.1

0.2

0.5

ø63

Distance K (mm)

Diagram of maximum load

Load L(N)

Pistonrate

(m/sec.)

Mass to be buffered (kg)

Cushioning diagram

Ø

162532406363

Actual forceF at 6 bar [N]

110250420640

15501550

Max loadG [N]5001500300040006000

10000

Mv max[Nm]16100200200400600

Ma max.[Nm]16100200200400600

Mr max.[Nm]1550100140140400

Max loadL [N]500

1500300040006000

10000

Cushioningstroke [mm]

152126324040

K[mm]35

50.559688491

X[mm]1621

22.524.723.129.2

Y[mm]2944

53.5587979

Z[mm]33

51.57073

10088

Version

––––

standardheavy

1.1/129

1RODLESS CYLINDER WITH BALL RECIRCULATING GUIDE Ø 16

RODLESS CYLINDER WITH BALL RECIRCULATING GUIDE Ø 25

M5 M5

N°2 x ø4depth 7

H9

10

18

30

13.5

13.5

4.5

33

N°4

x M

4

48.5

18

9

60

842

22.5

7

5553.5

4.5

M4

48

76 12 15

130 +

27

27

8

37.5

43.5

6.4

12

7

M3

48

4

N°2 x ø5depth 8

H9

G1/8G1/8

5366

51.5

68.5

76.5N

°8 x

M5

6.5

20

274070.5

4027

9

515

67

13.5

38 24

80

11

M5

120 17

18.5

30 30 30 16

19

23

12

200 +

M5

8.5

6.5

+ = ADD THE STROKE

+ = ADD THE STROKE

Ø3240

RODLESS CYLINDER WITH BALL RECIRCULATING GUIDE Ø 32; Ø 40

H9

G1/4

N°2 x ø6depth 10

G1/4

A +B C150

J

H

Z3

WS1WSVS

10

M6W1

20

12

M690

N

40

W6

V

W2

P

YW

1

WZ1

N°8

x M

6

45 40

W3

W5

W4

6

18

35 35

A250300

B2345

C2730

H2224

J10.515

N1417.5

P8697

V4054

VS3654

W5669

WS5272

WS185104

W13036

W22227

W39598

W47073

W599102

W678.588

Y89

Z17485

Z3811.8

+ = ADD THE STROKE

275

275

275

1.1/130

RODLESS CYLINDER WITH BALL RECIRCULATING GUIDE Ø 63

A

D

H

F

G

B

C

E

N°2 x ø6depth 10

H9DG3/8C G3/8

N° 4 x M8depth 12

dept

h 9

G3/8

275

BG

H

AE

F

M8 depth 17

60

430 +

14.5

48

230 61 39

3447160

8040 32

78103

59.5

11.5

138.

5

N°2

x M

8 12

127

38.5N

°8 x

M6

54

29

135.5

78

103

15

G3/8 DN°2 x ø8depth 12

H9

M8 depth 17

C G3/8

dept

h 9

G3/8

BG

H

AE

F

275

N°4xM8depth 12

1270

78

430 +

59.5

103

103

15

65

130

260

292 30 39

32

14.5

50

34

138.

5

50.5

136

N°1

0 x

M8

36

14

48

7811

.5

142.5

N°2

x M

8

Basic supplyA, B, C, D to feed to left chambersE, F, G, H to feed the right chambersNote: B, C, D, F, G and H are supplied closed with threaded plugs.

If you modify the position of an inner plug following the instructions provided with the cylinder, you can arrange:all feeds from the left all feeds from the right

A, B feed the left chambers E, F feed the right chambers C, D feed the right chambers G, H feed the left chambers

HEAVY

STANDARD

Ø

1625324063

Interm. support code (1)W0950164004W0950254004W0950324004W0950404004W0950637032

Leg code (2)W0950167001W0950257001W0950328035W0950407001W0950637001

Amin8

1043–

Bmin1210115–

Interm. support code (1)W0950164004W0950254004W0950324004W0950404004W0950637036

Leg code (2))W0950167001W0950257001W0950327001W0950407001W0950637001

Horizontal layout Vertical layout

ASSEMBLY DIAGRAMS

2 12 3

2 11 2

1 212

2 1 21

275/276 (vertical)ø16÷40276 (horizontal)

ø16÷40275 (horizontal)ø16÷40

275/276 (horizontal)ø63

275/276 (verticall)ø63

A m

in

B m

in275

+ = ADD THE STROKE

1.1/131

1

Ø

162532406363

RODLESS CYLINDER WITH BALL RECIRCULATING GUIDE + SHOCK ABSORBERS Ø 16÷63

C1

ø63 HEAVY

ø16 ø25; ø32; ø40

276

ø63 STD

W8W

7

B maxZ5

Y1Z4

WS3

C1

WS4

D

Z4

Z5

WS2

WS4

D

Y1

B max

WS2

WS3

WS4Z5

B max

D

W7

W8

C1

Z4

WS4Z5

B max

D

W7

W8

C1

Z4

W8W

7

G

E

Bmax507290105105105

Max. cushioned forceC1

224456746565

D

M12x1M14x1M20x1.5M25x1.5M36x1.5M36x1.5

W7

38537489128.5128.5

W8

466789108153153

WS2

527182.592––

WS3

5680.591108––

WS4

42506075103103

Y1

7.5541.5––

Z4

781012.51616

Z5

7.59.812.212.71919

Stroke

101622252525

Per stroke [J]4.5184065

125125

Per hour [J]141253400053700700009100091000

Max. impactforce [N]

1000280037505500

1112011120

Max. thrustforce [N]

220530890

155022202220

For graphs to help choose shock absorbers see page 1.1/124

KEY TO CODES

Version

––––standardheavy

E

–172932.8––

G

–91114––

CIL 2 7

27 Rodlesscylinder

5

5 Double-acting cushionedmagnetic with ball circulation guides6 Double-acting cushionedmagnetic with ball circulation guides

+ adjustable limit switchand shock absorbers

2 5

1625324063

C NTYPE STROKE

0 0 5 00

0 STD Magnetic S STD Non magn.!G STD No stick slip

A HEAVY Magnetic! B HEAVY No stick slip

C HEAVY Non magn.

CONFIGURATIONBOREØ 16: from 100 to 1350 mmØ 25-32: from 100 to 2300 mmØ 40: from 100 to 2250 mmØ 63 std: from 100 to 2100 mmØ 63 heavy: from 100 to 2650 mm

N NBR! V FKM/FPM

! For speed ! 0.2 m/s" For speed " 1 m/s

1.1/132

INTERMEDIATE SUPPORT Ø 16÷25

ACCESSORIES

UH

AV

AH

TRAO TR1

TR2

øAB øAB1

INTERMEDIATE SUPPORT Ø 32÷40

UH

TR1 TR

AH

AO

AV

AT

TR2

øAB øAB1

SENSOR SUPPORT Ø 16

A

B

Code

W0950164004W0950254004

Ø

1625

ØAB

3.55.5

ØAB1

M3M5

AH

34

AO

1220

AV

610.5

TR

2030.5

TR1

46

TR2

812

Typesensor support

AB

UH]

32.549

Note: Supplied complete with 4 screws.

Note: Supplied complete with 4 screws, 4 plates.

Note: Supplied complete with 2 screws, 1 pin.

Code

W0950324004W0950404004

Ø

3240

ØAB

6.56.5

ØAB1

M6M6

AH

56.6

AO

5560

AV

4045

TR

5563

TR1

67.5

TR2

1315

UH

6677

Mounting on thecarriage opposite side

Mounting on theguide opposite side

Codesensor support

09501640030950164001

Descriptionsensor support

sensor support cortosensor support std

AT

58

AOøAB

AT

UH

TR

Note: Supplied complete with 4 screws, 4 plates.

Code

W0950637036

Ø

63

ØAB

8.5

AH

7.5

AO

55

TR

78

UH

103

AT

8.5

AOøAB

UH

TR

AT Note: Supplied complete with 4 screws, 4 plates.

Code

W0950637032

Ø

63

ØAB

8.5

AH

7.5

AO

55

TR

78

UH

103

AT

7.5

INTERMEDIATE SUPPORT KIT Ø 63FOR HORIZONTAL POSITION

INTERMEDIATE SUPPORT KIT Ø 63FOR VERTICAL POSITION

1.1/133

1

SLIM SENSOR Code

W0952025390W0952029394W0952022180W0952028184W0952125556

Description

HALL N.O. SENSOR, VERTICAL INSERTION 2.5mHALL N.O. SENSOR, VERTICAL INSERTION 300 mm M8REED N.O. SENSOR, VERTICAL INSERTION 2.5mREED N.O. SENSOR, VERTICAL INSERTION 300 mm M8HALL N.O. SENSOR, VERTICAL INSERTION 2m ATEX

This type of sensor can be inserted in the slot of the sensor from above. This means the cylinderheads do not require a through opening.

For technical features, refer to page 1.1/98

A

SENSOR SUPPORT Ø 25 Typesensor support

A

Note: Supplied complete with 2 screws, 1 pin.

Mounting on thecarriage opposite side

Mounting on theguide opposite side

Codesensor support

0950164001

Descriptionsensor support

sensor support std

ADJUSTABLE LIMIT SWITCH ANDSHOCK ABSORBERS KIT Description

ACC. RODLESS CYLINDER LIMIT SWITCH AND SHOCK ABSORBERS Ø 16ACC. RODLESS CYLINDER LIMIT SWITCH AND SHOCK ABSORBERS Ø 25ACC. RODLESS CYLINDER LIMIT SWITCH AND SHOCK ABSORBERS Ø 32ACC. RODLESS CYLINDER LIMIT SWITCH AND SHOCK ABSORBERS Ø 40ACC. RODLESS CYLINDER LIMIT SWITCH AND SHOCK ABSORBERS Ø 63

Code

09501640020950254002095032400209504040020950634002

Weight [g]

1252604607301620

Note: Supplied complete with 1 shock absorber support, 1 standard shock absorber, 1 shockabsorber nut, 1 limit switch grub screw, 1 grub screw nut ( 2 for ø63) , 1 bracket, 1 bracket screw,4 locking grub screws (for Ø 16 and Ø 25), 4 locking plates and 4 screws (for Ø 32 and Ø 40).

For graphs to help choose shock absorbers, see page 1.1/124

KIT FOR CYLINDER ASSEMBLYWITH SENSOR SLOTS Description

ACC. M3 T-SLOTTED FIXING PLATEACC. M4 T-SLOTTED FIXING PLATE

Code

09500030010950003002

Note: Individually packed

Weight [g]

11

5.8 500

4.9

BAR FOR GROOVING

Note: the code corresponds to 1 piece

Code

W0950000160

Description

BAR FOR GROOVING L=500 mm

Ø16 Ø63Ø25÷40

SHOCK ABSORBERS Description

Shock absorbers PR015 MF1 + nut M12x1.5Shock absorbers PR025 MC2 + nut M14x1.5Shock absorbers PR050 MC2 + nut M20x1.5Shock absorbers PR0100 MF2 + nut M25x1.5Shock absorbers PR0125 MF3 + nut M36x1.5

Code

09500040030950004004095000400509500040060950004007

Bore

ø16ø25ø32ø40ø63

1.1/134

SPARE PARTS

FKM/FPM GASKET KITposn. 3-4-5-6-7-10

Ø1625324063

CodeType 0 (0 rings)00901650150090255015009032501500904050150090635015

CodeType 1 (1 rings)00901650160090255016009032501600904050160090635016

CodeType 2 (2 rings)00901650170090255017009032501700904050170090635017

CodeType 3 (3 rings)00901650180090255018009032501800904050180090635018

CodeType A (4 rings)

–00902550190090325019

––

PISTON KIT POS 2 (X)

“LAST RELEASE” CYLINDER

BAN

DS

SUPP

ORTBlack

OrangeLight GreyDark Grey

White

Yellow

PIST

ON

Type A

Type 0

Type 1

Type 2

Type 3

X Y

Spare parts labelon one cylinder side

! Bands support Kit" Piston kit# $ % & ' ( NBR gaskets Kit (FKM/FPM for ')# $ % & ' ( FKM/FPM gaskets Kit) * Bands Kit (inner/outer)

7

8

6

19

10

26 7103 45 89 1

XY

BANDS SUPPORT KIT POS 1 (Y)

Ø1625324063

CodeWhite

0090165080009025508000903250800090405080

*0090635080

CodeBlack

0090165081009025508100903250810090405081

*0090635081

CodeOrange

0090165082009025508200903250820090405082

*0090635082

CodeLight grey

0090165083009025508300903250830090405083

*0090635083

BANDS KIT (inner and outer)pos 8-9Ø

1625324063

Code

0090166…0090256…0090326…0090406…0090636…

CodeDark grey

0090165084009025508400903250840090405084

*0090635084

CodeYellow

0090165085009025508500903250850090405085

*0090635085 ...= STROKE

NBR GASKET KITposn. 3,4,5,6,7,10

* For ø63, the kit includes a strip support and a shim in the colour ordered.Therefore, two kits must be ordered for each cylinder.

Allen screwwith self-locking nut

Solid orange scraper Black Finnedscraper

Allen screwwith self-locking nut

IF THE ENDS OF THE CARRIAGE APPEAR AS BELOW INDICATED, PLEASE CONTACT OUR COMMERCIALDEPARTMENT FOR THE SPARE PARTS

NOTES

Round-headedAllen screw

Solid orangescraper

“INTERMEDIATE RELEASE” “OLD RELEASE”

Ø

1625324063

Code

00901650220090255022009032502200904050220090635022

Ø

1625324063

Code

00901650230090255023009032502300904050230090635023

1.1/135

1

RODLESS CYLINDERWITH GUIDE “V” Ø 25, 32, 40, 63

Two opposed V-shaped guide units are obtained directlyin the anodized aluminium cylinder liner, on which a coverwith two acetalic resin wear-resistant pads slides.The cover has a tip-up-type carriage-piston rod coupling.In this way the carriage only transfers loads axially anddoes not support loads and moments in other directions.The play of the pads can be adjusted by means of sidethreaded grub screws. Therefore, it is possible to recoverthe wear of pads, which can be replaced without the needfor dismantling the cylinder.This family of rodless cylinders has the same features asthe basic versions: such as an integrated adjustable pneu-matic cushioning, sensor slots and accessory holding slots.A version is available with adjustable limit switches andhydraulic decelerators. They can be purchased separatelyand applied at any time to the basic cylinders as well.

NBR FKM/FPM

1.5 ÷ 80.15 ÷ 0.821.8 ÷ 116–15 ÷ 80- 5 ÷ 176

50 m unlubricated filtered air Lubrication, if used, must be continuous.Ø 25, 32, 40 and 63

Double-acting rodless cylinder with direct transmission systemfor Ø 25, 32 and 40 :100 to 5700 mm with 1mm interval

for Ø 63 :100 to 5500 mm with 1mm intervalV<1 m/s (NBR) V>1 m/s (FKM/FPM)< 1 m/s (NBR) 2 m/s (FKM/FPM)

See GENERAL TECHNICAL DATA PAGE 1.1/07

For no-stick slip versions, use no-lubricated air only

TECHNICAL DATAOperating pressure bar

MPapsi

Temperature range °C°F

FluidBores mmType of constructionStrokes

Recommended speedsMax. speed with deceleratorsWeight

COMPONENTS

! CYLINDER HEAD: aluminium alloy" BARREL: profiled anodized aluminium

alloy# PISTON GASKET: NBR or FKM/FPM$ CENTRAL ELEMENT: aluminium alloy% SCRAPER: Hostaform®

& O-RING: FKM/FPM' PISTON: Hostaform®

( CUSHIONING CONE: aluminium alloy) STATIC O-RINGS: NBR or FKM/FPM* SLIDE: aluminium alloy+ OUTER STRIP: stainless steel, INNER STRIP: stainless steel- BAND SUPPORT: Hostaform®

. “V” GUIDE PLATE: Hostaform®

3 6121 2 5 1113 7 8 9 4 10 14

1.1/136

DIAGRAM OF SPEED AND MAXIMUM CUSHIONABLE LOAD

DIMENSIONNG - FORCE AND TORQUEBore

Ø25324063

Centre DistanceY14182244

Actual ForceF at 6 bar [N]

200300490

1300

Cushioning stroke[mm]21263240

Max. loadL [N]350400700

1800

Mv max[Nm]224070

250

Ma max[Nm]224070

250

Mr max[Nm]

5102680

NB: When the cylinder is subjected simultaneously to torque and force, it is advisable to keep to the following equations.Ma = F x ha Mr = L x hv + G x hr Mv = F x hv

MvMv max

! 1;LL max

! 1;MaMa max

+MrMr max

+ 0.22 xMvMv max

+ 0.4LL max

! 1

LMa Mr

G F

MV

hr

ha

y

hv

1000 2000500

3000 4000

ø25

ø32

35002500100 1500

ø40

ø63

1000

100

1500

0.1

500

2000

10

MAXIMUM LOAD ACCORDING TO THE DISTANCE BETWEEN SUPPORTS

L

L

K K

K

ø32ø25ø40

0.1 0.2 52 3 41 10010 10000.5 20 50 200 500

10

5

2

1

0.1

0.2

0.5

ø63

Pistonrate

(m/sec.)

Distance K (mm)

For the cylinder to reach the end-of-strokeposition without intense or repeated impactwhich would damage it, it is necessary toannul the kinetic energy of the moving massand the work generated. The maximumcushionable load depends on the traversingspeed and the absorption of the air buffersupplied standard with the various cylinders.The diagram shows the speeds andcushionable mass for the various diametersat a pressure of 6 bar.

N.B.:The loads can be applied for speeds below 0.2 m/s. For higher speeds, it is advisable not to exceed 1 m/s.

Mass to be buffered (kg)

Load L (N)

1.1/137

1

DIMENSIONS OF RODLESS CYLINDER WITH GUIDE “V” Ø 25÷40

277

GGG

ST

R

Q

VS

WS

W2

øO

B

H

C

JN1

M

N

D

A+

W1

Z2

Z1

P

YM1

AOV

Z3

W

E

M2

K

F AG

M2

F

M

BARREL CROSS SECTION

+ = ADDED STROKEOnly for ø25

Ø253240

A200250300

B172345

C232730

D120150150

E90110110

F454040

G1/81/41/4

H18.52224

J8.510.515

K455555

MM5M5M6

M1M5M6M6

N121517.5

N181212

øO5.56.46.4

P67.58898.5

R466680

S264545

T1010.517.5

V274054

VS273654

W405669

WS405272

W1203036

W213.52227

Y6.589

Z157.579.589.9

Z237.549.553.9

Z36.58

11.8

M2809090

AG-2525

AO22.69.4

ø40 ø63ø32ø25

18.638 60

22.2

12.8

63.6

5 12

38

100

100

24

0.510

50

531

38.9

362

1.1/138

DIMENSIONS OF RODLESS CYLINDER WITH GUIDE “V” Ø63

G3/8 G3/8 G3/8

AB

C

D H

E

G

F

A

FB

E

CG

D

H277

430 +

32

127.

5

78

25

49.85

11.5

100

144

190

103

17

78103

M8 (8 fori)

59.548

11 14.5

120

100

240

9

257 47.5 39

M8

136.

5

+ = ADDED STROKE

Basic supplyA, B, C, D to feed to left chambersE, F, G, H to feed the right chambersNote: B, C, D, F, G and H are supplied closed with threaded plugs.

If you modify the position of an inner plug following the instructions provided with the cylinder, you can arrange:

all feeds from the left all feeds from the rightA, B feed the left chambers E, F feed the right chambers

C, D feed the right chambers G, H feed the left chambers

DIMENSIONS OF RODLESS CYLINDER WITH GUIDE “V” + ADJUSTABLE LIMIT SWITCH AND DECELERATORS

Stroke

16222525

Max. cushioned forcefor stroke [J]

265490

160

for hour [J]34000537007000091000

Max. impactforce [N]

280037505500

11120

Max. thrustforce [N]

530890

15502220

Ø

25324063

B Max

84110120122

C1

35456065

D

M14x1.5M20x1.5M25x1.5M36x1.5

W7

537489128.5

W8

676075153

WS4

506480103

Z4

81012.516

Z5

9.812.212.719

F

80100100120

C2

91114-

278

WS4

Z4

Z5

F

B max C2

W7

D C1

W8

D

Z4

Z5

WS4

F

B max C2

W7

W8

C1

FZ4

WS4Z5

C1D

W7

W8

Ø63Ø25 Ø32; Ø40

1.1/139

1KEY TO CODES

CYL 2 7

27 Rodlesscylinder

7

7 Double-acting cushionedMagnetic with guide “V”

8 Double-acting cushionedMagnetic with guide “V” +

adjustable limit switchesand decelerator

2 5

25324063

C N

TYPE STROKE

0 0 5 00

0 magneticS non-

magneticG* No stick

slip

CONFIGURATIONBORE

Ø 25÷40:from 100 to 5700 mmØ63from 100 to 5500 mm

C

*For speed ! 0.2 m/s **For speed " 1m/s

ACCESSORIES

FOOT Ø 25

UH

AH

TR

AT

H +

AU

ø AB

AO

FOOT Ø 32; 40

ø AB

AO

H +

AU

TR

AV

UH

AH

AT

Code

W0950257001

Ø

25

ØAB

5.5

AH

2

AO

22

AT

2.5

AU

6

TR

27

UH

40

H

232

Code

W0950327001W0950407001

Ø

3240

ØAB

6.69

AH

42

AO

2525

AT

2020

AU

811.5

TR

3654

UH

5171

H

284327

AV

2030

Weight [g]

32

Note: Individually packed with 2 screws.

Note: Individually packed with 2 screws.

Weight [g]

88112

FOOT Ø 63

UH

TR

ø AB

AT

AUAO

H +

Code

W0950637001

Ø

63

ØAB

11

AT

7

AO

64

TR

78

UH

103

H

460

Note: Individually packed with 2 screws.

Weight [g]

360

+ = ADDED STROKE

INTERMEDIATE SUPPORT Ø 25

UH

øAB

AT

TR AO AH

Code

0950254094

Ø

25

ØAB

5.5

AH

4

AO

20

AT

6

TR

48

UH

60

Weight [g]

6

Note: Individually packed.

+ = ADDED STROKE

+ = ADDED STROKE

N NBRV** FKM/FPM

AU

15

1.1/140

INTERMEDIATE SUPPORT Ø 32; 40

øAB

AHTR

AT

AV

AOUH

Note: plate supplied complete with 4 screws, 4 fixing plates

Code

W0950327032W0950407032

INTERMEDIATE SUPPORT Ø 63

øAB

AT

AO

UH

TR

Ø

63

ØAB

8.5

AH

7.5

AO

55

AT

7.5

TR

78

UH

103

Weight [g]

330

Code

W0950637032

RETRACTABLE SENSOR WITHINSERTION FROM ABOVE

Weight [g]

72104

Ø

3240

ØAB

6.56.5

AH

57

AO

5560

AT

88

TR

61.570÷75

UH

7385

AV

4045

This type of sensor can be inserted in the slot of the sensor from above. This means thecylinder heads do not require a through opening.

Code

FOR Ø25W0952022500W0952128184W0952025500W0952029395

FOR Ø32÷63W0952022180W0952028184W0952025390W0952029394W0952125556

Description

REED N.O. SENSOR, VERTICAL INSERTION 2.5mREED N.O. SENSOR, VERTICAL INSERTION 300 mm M8HALL N.O. SENSOR, VERTICAL INSERTION 2.5mHALL N.O. SENSOR, VERTICAL INSERTION 300 mm M8

REED N.O. SENSOR, VERTICAL INSERTION 2.5mREED N.O. SENSOR, VERTICAL INSERTION 300 mm M8HALL N.O. SENSOR, VERTICAL INSERTION 2.5mHALL N.O. SENSOR, VERTICAL INSERTION 300 mm M8HALL N.O. SENSOR, VERTICAL INSERTION 2m ATEX

Note: plate supplied complete with 4 screws, 4 fixing plates

black

HALL EFFECT+

+

brown

blue

PNP

blue

black

-

blue

brown

brown

34

1

REED EFFECT+

+-

brown

3blue 4

1

M8

M8

WIRING DIAGRAM TECHNICAL DATA

Type of contactSwitchSupply voltage (Ub) VPower WVoltage variationVoltage drop VInput current mAOutput current mASwitching frequency HzShort-circuit protectionOver-voltage suppressionPolarity inversion protectionEMCLED displayMagnetic sensitivityRepeatabilityDegree of protection (EN 60529)Vibration and shock resistanceTemperature range °CSensor capsule material2.5m/2m connecting cableConnecting cable with M8x1Wire NO.

Reed Effetto Hall Effetto HallN.O. N.O. N.O.

- PNP PNP10 ÷ 30 AC/DC 10 ÷ 30 DC 18 ÷ 30 DC3 (peak valve=6) 3 ! 1.7

- ! 10% di Ub ! 10% di Ub- ! 2 ! 2.2- ! 10 ! 10

! 100 ! 100 ! 70! 400 ! 5000 1000

- Yes Yes- Yes Yes- Yes Yes

EN 60 947-5-2 EN 60 947-5-2 EN 60 947-5-2Yellow Yellow Yellow

2,8 mT ±25% 2,8 mT ±25% 2.6! 0,1 mT ! 0,1 mT ! 0,1 (Ub and ta fixed)

IP 67 IP 67 IP 68, IP 69K30 g, 11 ms, 10÷55 Hz, 1mm 30 g, 11 ms, 10÷55 Hz, 1mm 30 g, 11 ms, 10÷55 Hz, 1mm -25 ÷+75 -25 ÷ +75 -20 ÷ +45

PA66 + PA6I/6T PA66 + PA6I/6T PAPVC; 2 x 0,12 mm2 PVC; 3 x 0,14 mm2 PVC; 3 x 0,12 mm2

Polyurethane; 2 x 0,14 mm2 Polyurethane; 3 x 0,14 mm2 -2 3 3

ATEX

1.1/141

1SENSOR SUPPORT Ø 25 Code

0950164001

Description

SENSOR SUPPORT STD

Note: Supplied with 1 stud pin, 2 screws

ADJUSTABLE LIMIT SWITCH ANDSHOCK ABSORBERS KIT Description

ACC. RODLESS CYLINDER LIMIT SWITCH AND SHOCK ABSORBERS Ø 25ACC. RODLESS CYLINDER LIMIT SWITCH AND SHOCK ABSORBERS Ø 32ACC. RODLESS CYLINDER LIMIT SWITCH AND SHOCK ABSORBERS Ø 40ACC. RODLESS CYLINDER LIMIT SWITCH AND SHOCK ABSORBERS Ø 63

Code

0950254004095032400409504040040950634004

Weight [g]

2604607301620

KIT FOR CYLINDER ASSEMBLYWITH SENSOR SLOTS Description

ACC. M3 T-SLOTTED FIXING PLATEACC. M4 T-SLOTTED FIXING PLATE

Code

09500030010950003002

Note: Individually packed

Weight [g]

11

5.8 500

4.9

SLOT STRIP

Note: the code corresponds to 1 piece

Code

W0950000160

Description

SLOT STRIP 500 mm

SHOCK ABSORBERS Description

Shock absorbers PR025 MC2 + nut M14x1.5Shock absorbers PR050 MC2 + nut M20x1.5Shock absorbers PR0100 MF2 + nut M25x1.5Shock absorbers PR0125 MF3 + nut M36x1.5

Code

0950004004095000400509500040060950004007

Bore

ø25ø32ø40ø63

Ø25÷40 Ø63

Note: Supplied complete with 1 shock absorber support, 1 standard shock absorber , 1 shockabsorber nut, 1 limit switch grub screw, 1 grub screw nut ( 2 for ø63) , 1 bracket, 1 bracket screw,4 locking grub screws (for Ø 25), 4 locking plates and 4 screws (for Ø 32 and Ø 40).For graphs to help shock absorbers, see page 1.1/124

1.1/142

“NEW GENERATION” CYLINDER

BAN

DS

SUPP

ORTBlack

OrangeLight GreyDark Grey

White

Yellow

PIST

ON

Type A

Type 0

Type 1

Type 2

Type 3

X YSpare parts labelon one cylinder side

! Bands support Kit" Piston kit# $ % & ' ( NBR gaskets Kit (FKM/FPM for ')# $ % & ' ( FKM/FPM gaskets Kit) * Bands Kit (inner/outer)+ “V” guide plate Kit

SPARE PARTS

10

9 1

67

3 5 4 29 8 11 108 X

Y

BANDS SUPPORT KIT POS 1 (Y)

Ø25324063

* For ø63, the kit includes a strip support and a shim in the colour ordered.Therefore, two kits must be ordered for each cylinder.

NOTES

BANDS KIT (inner and outer)pos 8-9Ø

25324063

Code

0090256…0090326…0090406…0090636… ...= STROKE

CodeWhite

009025508000903250800090405080

*0090635080

CodeBlack

009025508100903250810090405081

*0090635081

CodeOrange

009025508200903250820090405082

*0090635082

CodeLight grey

009025508300903250830090405083

*0090635083

CodeDark grey

009025508400903250840090405084

*0090635084

CodeYellow

009025508500903250850090405085

*0090635085

Ø25324063

CodeType 0 (0 rings)0090255015009032501500904050150090635015

CodeType 1 (1 rings)0090255016009032501600904050160090635016

CodeType 2 (2 rings)0090255017009032501700904050170090635017

CodeType 3 (3 rings)0090255018009032501800904050180090635018

CodeType A (4 rings)00902550190090325019

––

PISTON KIT POS 2 (X)

Ø

25324063

Code

0090255060009032506000903250600090635060

“V” GUIDE PLATE KIT posn. 11

Ø

25324063

Code

0090255022009032502200904050220090635022

NBR GASKET KIT pos. 3-4-5-6-7-10 FKM/FPM GASKET KITpos. 3-4-5-6-7-10

Ø

25324063

Code

0090255023009032502300904050230090635023

1.1/143

1

GUIDED COMPACT CYLINDERSØ 16÷100

The guided compact cylinder series CMPG is a robust andpractical solution with a built-in guide unit. The rod guidingbushes are mounted directly in the anodized aluminiumalloy lining.Two guiding solutions are available: sintered bronze bushescoupled with ground carbon chromed steel rods, or ballrecirculation bushes coupled with tempered, chromed andground steel rods.There are grooves on one side of the body to house theretractable sensors.In the non-cushioned version, the stop is silenced by NBRfront gaskets, and the cushioned version has adjustablepins to graduate braking.Threaded holes and calibrated holes are provided for fixingthe dowel pins.

COMPONENTS

! JACKET: anodized aluminium alloy" PISTON ROD: grinded chrome steel# GUIDE ROD: grinded chrome steel$ GUIDE ROD: hardened and tempered chrome steel% REAR BASE: anodized aluminium alloy& FRONT BASE: anodized aluminium alloy' GUIDE BUSHING: self-lubricating bronze( BUFFER GASKET: NBR) PISTON: aluminium alloy* MAGNET: plastoferrite+ PISTON GASKET: (PARKER PRADIFA) NBR, GUIDE RING: PTFE- SLIDE BUSHING: sintered bronze. BALL BEARINGS/ DUST SCRAPER RING: NBR or FKM/FPM0 GREASE NIPPLES: zinc-plated or stainless steel

1÷100.1÷1

14.5÷1450÷80°C

32÷176°F–20°–4°

Ø 16; 20; 25; 32; 40; 50; 63 Ø 16; 20; 25; 32; 40; 50; 63; 80; 100 Ø16: 20-30-40-50 Ø16: 10-20-25*-30-40-50-75-100-150-200

Ø20; Ø25: 20-30-40-50-75-100-150 Ø20; Ø25: 20-25*-30-40-50-75-100-150-200Ø32÷Ø63: 25-50-75-100-150-175 Ø32÷Ø100: 25-50-75-100-150-200

Other strokes on request but with the same cylinderdimensions as the standard stroke immediately above.

With bronze bushingsWith ball bearings

See GENERAL TECHNICAL DATA PAGE 1.1/07

* only bronze bushings version

TECHNICAL DATAOperating pressure bar

MPapsi

Temperature range °C°F

With dry air °C°F

Bores mmStrokes

Version

Weights

CUSHIONED NO-CUSHIONED

1.1/144

F

F

MAXIMUM SIDE LOADGuide unit

BushesBallsBushesBallsBushesBallsBushesBallsBushesBallsBushesBallsBushesBallsBushesBallsBushesBalls

NB: Forces are expressed in N

Ømm

16

20

25

32

40

50

63

80

100

Stroke (mm)

MAXIMUM TORQUE ON PLATEGuide unit

BushesBallsBushesBallsBushesBallsBushesBallsBushesBallsBushesBallsBushesBallsBushesBallsBushesBalls

NB: Forces are expressed in Nm

Ømm

16

20

25

32

40

50

63

80

100

Stroke (mm)

ASSEMBLY OPTIONS

A B

If the compact guided cylinder is mounted as shown in figure A,there need to be two through holes in the frame for the guidecolumns.

10

3529––––––––––––––––

20

293152567172––––––––––––

25

27–

50–

67–

19789

19789

295138295138354236540471

30

262745486162––––––––––––

40

233839795478––––––––––––

50

203435704873

16860

16860

25689

25689

305158471314

75

162958547860

138276138276216393216393256864413

1374

100

142449506652

109217109217177314177314207687344

1074

150

10123827503778

13878

138125184125184153413254629

200

88

3132413065

11065

110103148103148128335213511

175

––––––

7012270

122112163112163

––––

10

0.510.74

–––––––´–––––––––

20

0.450.600.921.281.551.98

––––––––––––

25

0.40–

0.85–

1.42–

3.941.974.402.467.363.457.853.94

11.789.34

22.5521.56

30

0.360.500.791.081.321.70

––––––––––––

40

0.320.720.721.781.182.16

––––––––––––

50

0.280.650.641.591.042.202.95

13.451.455.9

2.446.382.469.805.88

19.6213.73

75

0.240.541.051.241.701.662.462.962.966.384.9010.85.40

11.777.84

31.3816.6863.72

100

0.200.450.90

11.441.4

1.972.442.465.44.4

8.354.99.3

6.8824.514.749.1

150

0.460.350.690.611.101.021.552.401.70

33

4.53.45

5.3010.4010.6526.6

200

0.120.250.560.490.900.821.242.181.402.402.503.602.80

44.4011.78.9021.6

175

––––––

1.382.431.552.732.784.063.054.46

––––

1.1/145

1STOPPER FUNCTIONS

V

m m

V

l = 5

0 m

m

LIFTING FUNCTIONS

P P

LL

The graph refers from 25 to 50 mm-stroke cylinders with ball re-circulation guide unit.

100

5020 30 40101

50

10

5

1

500

1000

3000

m (K

g)

V (m/min)

ø16

ø20

ø25

ø32

ø40

ø50

ø63

ø80ø100

10

100101 300

1000

100

4000

ø63

ø100

ø50

ø16

ø20

ø25

ø32ø40

ø80

L (mm)

P (N

)

1

P (N

)

L (mm)

ø63

1

ø100

ø50

1

10

ø16

ø20

ø25

ø32ø40

ø80

10010

1000

100

4000

300

The graph refers from 75 to 100 mm-stroke cylinders with ball re-circulation guide unit.

4000

ø63

ø100

ø50

ø16

ø20

ø25

ø32ø40

ø80

L (mm)

P (N

)

11 10 100 300

1000

100

10

Mov

ing

mas

s (k

g)

Conveying speed (m/min)

The graph refers to a 50mm-stroke cylinder.

Ecce

ntric

load

(N)

Distance (mm)

Ecce

ntric

load

(N)

Distance (mm)

Ecce

ntric

load

(N)

Distance (mm)

The graph refers to 50mm-stroke cylinders with bushing guide unit.

1.1/146

W143___2

W143___3

4 x

F1

Dep

th T

E3

R

A

øQ

N

BE2GD

M1

M

L+

P+

C+

I

øS

C1

B1

E

F

N° 4 x F1

H

E1+

4 x

F2

H

A1Z1 Z2

N° 4 x F1 Depth U

M2 M3

K

DIMENSIONS OF NO-CUSHIONED COMPACT GUIDED CYLINDERS

+ = ADD THE STROKE

Ø S

Ø1620253240506380100

A3336425151597292112

A12529384949566988108

B647488114124140150188224

B1627286112122138148185221

C333737.537.544444956.566

C1101010101012121616

D999911111115.519

E161826303040506080

E17101051010101515

E252607096106120130160190

E3546476100110124132166200

FM51/81/81/81/81/41/43/83/8

F1M5M5M6M8M8M10M10M12M14

F2–––M6M6M8M8M10M10

G10.51111.512.51414141923

H–––32.53846.556.57289

I3846568090100110140170

L***73.573.5838393105

M222632383844445662

M14252628090100110140170

N89815212731.53740

P454949.549.556586374.584

ØQ81012161620202530

R131316.5161717202125

T202025202025253035

U889111112.5151821

* =Ø162025

L stroke0÷50

4549

49.5

75÷200–

7679.5

M215172125.525.529.5364656

M318192125.525.529.5364656

Z15.54.521.51.51.51.522

Z22.52.521.51.51.51.522

KH7

455666668

Ø1620253240506380100

Ø

1620253240506380

100

Bronze-Bushings

101216202025252835

BallBearings

1010162020****2530

** for stroke 25 e 50 = 20for stroke !75 = 25

1.1/147

1

W143___5

W143___4

E3

A

N

BE2

øS

B1E

N° 4 x F1

H

4 x

F2

H

A1Z1 Z2

4 x

F1

Dep

th T

RøQ

GD

M1

M

L+

P+

C+

I

C1

E1+

N° 4 x F1 Depth U

M2 M3

F

K

DIMENSIONS OF CUSHIONED COMPACT GUIDED CYLINDERS

+ = ADD THE STROKE

Ø16202532405063

A33364251515972

A125293849495669

B647488114124140150

B1627286112122138148

C586262.562.5696974

C110101010101212

D9999111111

E16182630304050

E132353530353535

E252607096106120130

E3546476100110124132

FM51/81/81/81/81/41/4

F1M5M5M6M8M8M10M10

F2–––M6M6M8M8

G10.51111.512.5141414

H–––32.53846.556.5

I4046568090100110

L***106.5106.5118118

M22263238384444

M14252628090100110

N89815212731.5

P!7878.582.5899398

ØQ8101216162020

R13131416.5171720

T20202520202525

U889111112.515

* =Ø162025

L stroke0÷50

7074

74.5

75÷150–

105.5108.5

M215172125.525.529.536

M318192125.525.529.536

Z15.54.521.51.51.51.5

Z22.52.521.51.51.51.5

KH7

4556666

Ø16202532405063

! for bronze bushings = 78for ball bearing = 75

Ø

16202532405063

Bronze-Bushings

10121620202525

BallBearings

1010162020****

Ø S

** for stroke 25 e 50 = 20for stroke !75 = 25

1.1/148

KEY TO CODES

W 1 4 3

TYPE

0 3 2

16202532405063*80

*A1=100

DIAMETER

2

2 bronzebushings

3 ball bearings4 cushioned with

brass bushings5 cushioned with

ball bearings

VERSION

0 2 5

CUSHIONED VERSIONØ 16: 20, 30, 40, 50Ø 20÷25: 20, 30, 40, 50, 75, 100, 150Ø 32÷63: 25, 50, 75, 100, 150, 175NOT CUSHIONED VERSION!

Ø 16: 10, 20, "25, 30, 40, 50, 75, 100, 150, 200Ø 20÷25: 20, "25, 30, 40, 50, 75, 100, 150, 200Ø 32÷100: 25, 50, 75, 100, 150, 200

STROKE

!Other strokes on request but with the samecylinder dimensions as the standard strokeimmediately above.

* Not cushioned version only" Bronze bushings version only

RETRACTABLE SENSOR WITH INSERTION FROM ABOVE

BAR FOR GROOVING

5.8 500

4.9

DescriptionBAR FOR GROOVING L=500 mm

CodeW0950000160

DescriptionHALL N.O. SENSOR, VERTICAL INSERTION 2.5mHALL N.O. SENSOR, VERTICAL INSERTION 300 mm M8REED N.O. SENSOR, VERTICAL INSERTION 2.5mREED N.O. SENSOR, VERTICAL INSERTION 300 mm M8HALL N.O. SENSOR, VERTICAL INSERTION 2m ATEX

CodeW0952025390W0952029394W0952022180W0952028184W0952125556

Note: the code corresponds to 1 piece

This type of sensor can be inserted in the slot of the sensor from above. This means thecylinder heads do not require a through opening.

ACCESSORIES

black

HALL EFFECT+

+

brown

blue

PNP

blue

black

-

blue

brown

brown

34

1

REED EFFECT+

+-

brown

3blue 4

1

M8

M8

WIRING DIAGRAM TECHNICAL DATA

Type of contactSwitchSupply voltage (Ub) VPower WVoltage variationVoltage drop VInput current mAOutput current mASwitching frequency HzShort-circuit protectionOver-voltage suppressionPolarity inversion protectionEMCLED displayMagnetic sensitivityRepeatabilityDegree of protection (EN 60529)Vibration and shock resistanceTemperature range °CSensor capsule material2.5m/2m connecting cableConnecting cable with M8x1Wire NO.

Reed Effetto Hall Effetto HallN.O. N.O. N.O.

- PNP PNP10 ÷ 30 AC/DC 10 ÷ 30 DC 18 ÷ 30 DC3 (peak valve=6) 3 ! 1.7

- ! 10% di Ub ! 10% di Ub- ! 2 ! 2.2- ! 10 ! 10

! 100 ! 100 ! 70! 400 ! 5000 1000

- Yes Yes- Yes Yes- Yes Yes

EN 60 947-5-2 EN 60 947-5-2 EN 60 947-5-2Yellow Yellow Yellow

2,8 mT ±25% 2,8 mT ±25% 2.6! 0,1 mT ! 0,1 mT ! 0,1 (Ub and ta fixed)

IP 67 IP 67 IP 68, IP 69K30 g, 11 ms, 10÷55 Hz, 1mm 30 g, 11 ms, 10÷55 Hz, 1mm 30 g, 11 ms, 10÷55 Hz, 1mm -25 ÷+75 -25 ÷ +75 -20 ÷ +45

PA66 + PA6I/6T PA66 + PA6I/6T PAPVC; 2 x 0,12 mm2 PVC; 3 x 0,14 mm2 PVC; 3 x 0,12 mm2

Polyurethane; 2 x 0,14 mm2 Polyurethane; 3 x 0,14 mm2 -2 3 3

ATEX

1.1/149

1ISO 6432 stainless steel micro-cylinders are available invarious versions with a wide range of accessories• with or without magnet execution• double-acting - single or through-rod• gaskets: Polyurethane or FKM/FPM (for high temperatures)• fixing accessories

TECHNICAL DATAOperating pressureTemperature range °CFluidBores mmDesignStandard strokes ! mmVersionsMagnet for sensors

COMPONENTS

! PISTON ROD: AISI 316 steel" HEAD:AISI 304 steel# PISTON ROD GASKET: polyurethane or

FKM/FPM$ GUIDE BUSHING: sintered bronze% JACKET: AISI 304 steel& PISTON: brass' PISTON GASKET: polyurethane

or FKM/FPM( MAGNET: plastoferrite) Static O-rings: NBR or FKM/FPM

8 7 6591 23 4

POLYURETHANE FKM/FPM

max 10 bar (max 1 MPa) –10÷+80 –10÷+150 (non-magnetic cylinders)

Unlubricated air. Lubrication, if used, must be continuousØ 16 ; Ø 20 ; Ø 25Chamfered heads

max 500Double-acting, Double-acting through-rod

All versions come complete with magnet. Supplied without magnet on request.! Maximum recommended strokes. Higher values can create operating problems

STAINLESS STEEL MINI-CYLINDERSERIES “ISO 6432” Ø 16÷25 mm

1.1/150

DIMENSIONS OF DOUBLE-ACTING

EE

MRT.R.P

CH

W180S

W1800

WF L

L5+

øD

øD1

KK

EW

L1+

AM

L3 L4

L2

L3

BECD

XC+

GG

NB

Ø162025

øD16810

G588

BEM16x1,5M22x1,5M22x1,5

øCD (H9)688

AM162022

EEM5G 1/8G 1/8

L91212

KKM6M8M10x1,25

L5556768

L3182022

NB1825,528,5

C H579

MR161821

WF222428

L2111614

L1109131140

EW (d13)121616

øD192730

XC8295104

DIMENSIONS DOUBLE-ACTING THROUGH-ROD

T.R.PEET.R.P

CH

W181S

W1810 WF+øD

NB

WF

øD1

KKBE

AM

G

L3L3

G

L5+

AM

LL++

Ø162025

øD16810

G588

BEM16x1,5M22x1,5M22x1,5

øD192730

AM162022

EEM5G 1/8G 1/8

LL129,5156169

KKM6M8M10x1,25

L5556768

WF (±1,2)222428

L3182022

NB1825,528,5

CH579

+ = ADD STROKE

+ = ADD STROKE++= ADD TWICE THE STROKE

1.1/151

1KEY TO CODES

STAINLESS STEEL LEG MODEL A

R

T.R.

P.

AU *

XS * US *

TR *

NH

*

S

AO *

ø D

ø AB *

W 1 8

Stainless steelcylinder

0

0 DEM1 DEM

through-rod

DEM: Magnetic double-acting (non-cushioned)! Maximum recommended strokes. Higher values can create operating problems

ACCESSORIES: FIXINGS

STAINLESS STEEL FLANGE MODEL C

T.R.

P.

UR

*

ø D

TF *

UF *

ø FB *

S

W *

Ø

162025

W (±1.4)

181923

FB

5.56.66.6

D

162222

TF

405050

UF

526666

UR

304040

S

455

Code

W095X120002W095X200002W095X200002

Weight [g]

265252

Ø

162025

Code

W095X120001W095X200001W095X200001

*ISO 6432 values

1 6

162025

DIAMETER

0

VERSION

0 0 2 0

! Ø 16÷25 stroke 0÷500 mm

STROKETYPE

0 Standard (magnetic)S Not magneticV FKM/FPM gasketI Longer piston rod

Note: Individually packed

*ISO 6432 values

Note: Individually packed

AO

688

NH

202525

XS (±1.4)

223640

AU

141717

D

16,122,122,1

R

132020

US

425454

S

455

ØAB

5,56,66,6

TR

324040

Weight [g]

429090

1.1/152

RT.R.

P.

AO

LGN

H

øAB

1

øAB +0.18-0 TR ±0.1

MO

N +0.20

S ±

0.1

H

F

CH

H

F

CH

STAINLESS STEEL COUNTER-HINGE MODEL BC Code

W095X120005W095X200005W095X200005

Ø

162025

AO

244

LG

253232

TR

152020

NH

273030

MO

243131

AB1

688

AB

5.56.66.6

R

71010

S

344

Weight [g]

407878

Note: Supplied complete with 1 pin and 2 snap rings

STAINLESS STEEL NUT FOR HEADS Ø

162025

F

M16x1.5M22x1.5M22x1.5

H

588

Code

W095X120010W095X200010W095X200010

Note: Individually packed

CH

222727

STAINLESS STEEL NUT FOR PISTON RODS Ø

162025

CH

101317

F

M6M8M10x1.25

H

456

Weight [g]

137

Code

W095X120011W095X200011W095X322011

Note: Individually packed

STAINLESS STEEL FORK-MODEL GK-M Code

W095X120020W095X200020W095X322020

Note: Individually packed

Ø

162025

Ø M

6810

C

121620

B

6810

A

121620

L

314252

F

243240

D

M6M8M10x1.25

N

12.116.116.1

A

L

F

øM

D

C

B

1.1/153

1

ACCESSORIES: MAGNETIC SENSORS

9.5

1535

13

1422

Note: Individually packed

MATERIALCirclip: stainless steelSensor holder: plastic

SENSOR CIRCLIP

Alesaggio8÷63

CodiceW0950001103

ModelloSENSOR CIRCLIP

SLIM SENSOR

DescriptionHALL N.O. SENSOR, VERTICAL INSERTION 2.5mHALL N.O. SENSOR, VERTICAL INSERTION 300 mm M8REED N.O. SENSOR, VERTICAL INSERTION 2.5mREED N.O. SENSOR, VERTICAL INSERTION 300 mm M8HALL N.O. SENSOR, VERTICAL INSERTION 2m ATEX

CodeW0952025390W0952029394W0952022180W0952028184W0952125556

black

HALL EFFECT+

+

brown

blue

PNP

blue

black

-

blue

brown

brown

34

1

REED EFFECT+

+-

brown

3blue 4

1

M8

M8

WIRING DIAGRAM TECHNICAL DATA

Type of contactSwitchSupply voltage (Ub) VPower WVoltage variationVoltage drop VInput current mAOutput current mASwitching frequency HzShort-circuit protectionOver-voltage suppressionPolarity inversion protectionEMCLED displayMagnetic sensitivityRepeatabilityDegree of protection (EN 60529)Vibration and shock resistanceTemperature range °CSensor capsule material2.5m/2m connecting cableConnecting cable with M8x1Wire NO.

Reed Effetto Hall Effetto HallN.O. N.O. N.O.

- PNP PNP10 ÷ 30 AC/DC 10 ÷ 30 DC 18 ÷ 30 DC3 (peak valve=6) 3 ! 1.7

- ! 10% di Ub ! 10% di Ub- ! 2 ! 2.2- ! 10 ! 10

! 100 ! 100 ! 70! 400 ! 5000 1000

- Yes Yes- Yes Yes- Yes Yes

EN 60 947-5-2 EN 60 947-5-2 EN 60 947-5-2Yellow Yellow Yellow

2,8 mT ±25% 2,8 mT ±25% 2.6! 0,1 mT ! 0,1 mT ! 0,1 (Ub and ta fixed)

IP 67 IP 67 IP 68, IP 69K30 g, 11 ms, 10÷55 Hz, 1mm 30 g, 11 ms, 10÷55 Hz, 1mm 30 g, 11 ms, 10÷55 Hz, 1mm -25 ÷+75 -25 ÷ +75 -20 ÷ +45

PA66 + PA6I/6T PA66 + PA6I/6T PAPVC; 2 x 0,12 mm2 PVC; 3 x 0,14 mm2 PVC; 3 x 0,12 mm2

Polyurethane; 2 x 0,14 mm2 Polyurethane; 3 x 0,14 mm2 -2 3 3

ATEX

1.1/154

STAINLESS STEEL ROUND CYLINDERSERIES “RNDC” Ø 32 TO 63 mm

Stainless steel clean profile cylinders available in differentversions:• with or without magnet execution• double-acting - single or through-rod• pneumatic cushioning on request• gaskets:Polyurethane or FKM/FPM (for high temperatures).

TECHNICAL DATAOperating pressureTemperature range °CFluidBores mmDesignStandard strokes ! mmVersionsMagnet for sensors

COMPONENTS

! PISTON ROD: AISI 316 steel" PISTON ROD GASKET: polyurethane or FKM/FPM# GUIDE BUSHING: sintered bronze$ JACKET: AISI 304 steel% PISTON: aluminium& MAGNET: plastoferrite' PISTON GASKET: polyurethane or FKM/FPM( ) HEAD:AISI 304 steel* BUFFER: polyurethane+ GUIDE RING: PTFE

7 511 68 4102 931

POLYURETHANE FKM/FPM

max 10 bar (max 1 MPa) –10÷+80 –10÷+150 (non-magnetic cylinders)

Unlubricated air. Lubrication, if used, must be continuousØ 32 ; Ø 40 ; Ø 50 ; Ø63

Chamfered headsmax 500

Double-acting, Double-acting through-rodAll versions come complete with magnet. Supplied without magnet on request.

! Maximum recommended strokes. Higher values can create operating problems

1.1/155

1DIMENSIONS OF DOUBLE-ACTING

W180S

W1800

CH

1

1

A

N

G

R +

L +

T

R +

E

DOD

F

PSM

I +

V

W

DIMENSIONS DOUBLE-ACTING THROUGH-ROD

1

1

CH

1

W181S

W1810

R +

T +

W +

T

D S

E

M

VF

R +

PG O

W

V

F

L ++

A

I +

+ = ADD STROKE

+ = ADD STROKE++= ADD TWICE THE STROKE

Ø32405063

DM30x1.5M38x1.5M45x1.5M45x1.5

EM8x1M10x1M12x1.5M14x1.5

F20243232

Ø G30384545

CH110131717

I96113120124

L168198220224

MM10x1.5M12x1.75M16x2M16x2

N14161818

OG1/8G1/4G1/4G3/8

Ø P38465770

R78899698

Ø S12162020

T47576263

V30353838

W38455050

L1212251284288

A36.5445567.5

1.1/156

KEY TO CODES

W 1 8

Stainless steelcylinder

0

0 DEM1 DEM

through-rod

DEM: Magnetic double-acting (non-cushioned)! Maximum recommended strokes. Higher values can create operating problems

3 2

32405063

0 0 0 5 0

! Ø 32÷63 stroke 0÷500 mm

0 Standard (magnetic)S Not magneticV FKM/FPM gasketI Longer piston rod

R

L +

G M

I

H

B

D

F

øE

A

C

SW

ACCESSORIES: FIXINGS

A +

L +

B

M

G

I

E

OH

N

C

D

F

STAINLESS STEEL LEG MODEL AC

STAINLESS STEEL COUNTER-HINGE MODEL BC

+ = ADD STROKE

Code

W095X320005W095X400005W095X500005W095X630005

Ø

32405063

A

40505465

B

35404550

C

24303435

D

4566

E

7999

F

8101015

G

12131416

H

46.156.169.182.1

I

20283642

L

125146158161

M

58.170.186.199.1

R

12131416

Nota: Supplied complete with 2 screws

+ = ADD STROKE

Code

W095X320002W095X400002W095X500002W095X630002

Ø

32405063

A

124153160164

B

48606464

C

7101010

D

4566

E

14202020

F

52607076

G

7999

H

14182020

I

28304050

L

148178190194

M

66809096

N

49587080

O

28334045

Note: Individually packed

DIAMETERVERSION STROKETYPE

1.1/157

1

B C

A

H

F

CH

CH

H

L4

L1 +

D

A

E

F

STAINLESS STEEL HEAD RING NUT MODEL G Ø

32405063

A

M30x1.5M38x1.5M45x1.5M45x1.5

B

45525858

C

7899

Code

W095X320010W095X400010W095X500010W095X500010

Note: Individually packed

Code

W095X320020W095X400020W095X500020W095X500020

Ø

32405063

Ø M

10121616

C

20243232

B

10121616

A

20243232

L

52628383

F

40486464

D

M10x1.5M12x1.75M16x2M16x2

STAINLESS STEEL FORK-MODEL GK-M

Note: Individually packed

STAINLESS STEEL NUT FOR PISTON RODS Ø

32405063

CH

17192424

F

M10x1.5M12x1.75M16x2M16x2

H

6788

Weight [g]

6122020

Code

W095X320011W095X400011W095X500011W095X500011

Note: Individually packed

Code

W095X320007W095X400007W095X500007W095X630007

Ø

32405063

E

1416.52026

D

89.51113

A

M8X1M10X1M12X1.5M14X1.5

øF

10121416

STAINLESS STEEL OSCILLATING PIN

Note: 2- piece pack

L1

125146158161

H

51617592

L4

47576263

+ = ADD STROKE

CH

5668

A

L

F

øM

D

C

B

1.1/158

ACCESSORIES: MAGNETIC SENSORS

9.5

1535

13

1422

Note: Individually packed

MATERIALCirclip: stainless steelSensor holder: plastic

SENSOR CIRCLIP

Alesaggio8÷63

CodiceW0950001103

ModelloSENSOR CIRCLIP

SLIM SENSOR

DescriptionHALL N.O. SENSOR, VERTICAL INSERTION 2.5mHALL N.O. SENSOR, VERTICAL INSERTION 300 mm M8REED N.O. SENSOR, VERTICAL INSERTION 2.5mREED N.O. SENSOR, VERTICAL INSERTION 300 mm M8HALL N.O. SENSOR, VERTICAL INSERTION 2m ATEX

CodeW0952025390W0952029394W0952022180W0952028184W0952125556

black

HALL EFFECT+

+

brown

blue

PNP

blue

black

-

blue

brown

brown

34

1

REED EFFECT+

+-

brown

3blue 4

1

M8

M8

WIRING DIAGRAM TECHNICAL DATA

Type of contactSwitchSupply voltage (Ub) VPower WVoltage variationVoltage drop VInput current mAOutput current mASwitching frequency HzShort-circuit protectionOver-voltage suppressionPolarity inversion protectionEMCLED displayMagnetic sensitivityRepeatabilityDegree of protection (EN 60529)Vibration and shock resistanceTemperature range °CSensor capsule material2.5m/2m connecting cableConnecting cable with M8x1Wire NO.

Reed Effetto Hall Effetto HallN.O. N.O. N.O.

- PNP PNP10 ÷ 30 AC/DC 10 ÷ 30 DC 18 ÷ 30 DC3 (peak valve=6) 3 ! 1.7

- ! 10% di Ub ! 10% di Ub- ! 2 ! 2.2- ! 10 ! 10

! 100 ! 100 ! 70! 400 ! 5000 1000

- Yes Yes- Yes Yes- Yes Yes

EN 60 947-5-2 EN 60 947-5-2 EN 60 947-5-2Yellow Yellow Yellow

2,8 mT ±25% 2,8 mT ±25% 2.6! 0,1 mT ! 0,1 mT ! 0,1 (Ub and ta fixed)

IP 67 IP 67 IP 68, IP 69K30 g, 11 ms, 10÷55 Hz, 1mm 30 g, 11 ms, 10÷55 Hz, 1mm 30 g, 11 ms, 10÷55 Hz, 1mm -25 ÷+75 -25 ÷ +75 -20 ÷ +45

PA66 + PA6I/6T PA66 + PA6I/6T PAPVC; 2 x 0,12 mm2 PVC; 3 x 0,14 mm2 PVC; 3 x 0,12 mm2

Polyurethane; 2 x 0,14 mm2 Polyurethane; 3 x 0,14 mm2 -2 3 3

ATEX

1.1/159

1

STAINLESS STEEL CYLINDER SERIESISO 15552 (EX ISO 6431), Ø 32-100 mm

Stainless steel cylinders made to ISO 15552 available invarious versions and with a wide range of accessories:• with or without magnet execution• Double-acting – single- or through-rod• Gaskets: Polyurethane or FKM/FPM (for high temperatures)• Fixing accessories, guide units and mechanical piston

rod lock.

TECHNICAL DATAOperating pressureTemperature range °CFluidBores mmDesignStandard strokes ! mmVersionsMagnet for sensors

COMPONENTS

! PISTON ROD: AISI 316 steel" HEAD:AISI 304 steel# PISTON ROD GASKET: polyurethane or FKM/FPM$ GUIDE BUSHING: sintered bronze% JACKET: AISI 304 steel& ENBLOC GASKET: NBR or FKM/FPM' MAGNET: plastoferrite( Static O-rings: NBR or FKM/FPM) CUSHIONING GASKET: polyurethane or

FKM/FPM* CUSHIONING NEEDLE: AISI 304 steel+ TIE ROD: AISI 316 steel, NEEDLE-RETAINING RING: technopolymer

10

11

6 894 23 71 5 12

POLYURETHANE FKM/FPM

max 10 bar (max 1 MPa - 145 psi)–20÷+80 –10÷+150

Unlubricated air. Lubrication, if used, must be continuousØ 32 ;Ø 40 ; Ø 50 ; Ø 63 ; Ø 80 ; Ø 100

heads with tie rodsmax 1000

Double-acting cushioned, Double-acting through-rod cushionedAll versions come complete with magnet. Supplied without magnet on request.

! Maximum recommended strokes. Higher values can create operating problems

1.1/160

DIMENSIONS OF DOUBLE-ACTING

Ø.3240506380100

A141414161618

A1

999999

A2

11.31312.715.816.315.5

B303540454555

C263037374651

C1

182225.5253538

CH101316162121

CH1

66881010

DM10x1.25M12x1.25M16x1.5M16x1.5M20x1.5M20x1.5

D1

121620202525

E32.53846.556.57289

E1

444444

F222432324040

GG1/8G1/4G1/4G3/8G3/8G1/2

G1

M6M6M8M8M10M10

H5055657595110

L121135143158174189

L0

95105106121128138

L1

6777788996102

L2

147165180195220240

P6811.811.715.515.5

1

0

W184

CH

B

L +

G

E 1

P

A 2

L +

L +

C 1

CF

BD1

D

A

A 1H

CH

1

G 1

E

H E

DIMENSIONS DOUBLE-ACTING THROUGH-ROD

2

0

1

W185

CH

CH1

G

P

L ++

C +

C 1

D1

D

C F

A 2

B

A

A 1

H

H

E

E

G 1

L +

L +

+ = ADD STROKE

+ = ADD STROKE++= ADD TWICE THE STROKE

1.1/161

1

STAINLESS STEEL INTERMEDIATE HINGE -MODEL EN

N 3 N2

N1

N 4

N2

N 5

Code

W095X322007W095X402007W095X502007W095X632007W095X802007W095XA12007

Ø

3240506380100

N1

50637590110132

N2

121616202025

N3

121616202025

N4

222832354045

N5

657595105130145

Note: Supplied complete with 8 grub screws

STAINLESS STEEL SHORT FOOT MOUNTING

1

2

H +

øAB

AU

AO

AT

UH

TR

H +

AH

Code

W095X322001W095X402001W095X502001W095X632001W095X802001W095XA12001

Ø

3240506380100

Ø AB

79991214

AH

323645506371

+= ADD THE STROKE

AO

353647455557

AT

445566

AU

242832324141

TR

323645506375

UH

4552657595115

H1

145163175190215230

H2

143161170185210220

Note: Individually packed with 2 screws.

DEMA: Magnetic double-acting (cushioned)! Maximum recommended strokes. Higher values can create operating problems" For this version the cylinder will be not magnetic

ACCESSORIES: FIXINGS

KEY TO CODES

W 1 8

Stainless steelcylinder

4

4 DEMA5 DEMA

through-rod

3 2

3240506380

A1=100

0 0 0 5 0

0 MagneticS Standard (magnetic)V " FKM/FPM gasketI Longer piston rod

DIAMETERVERSION STROKETYPE

! Ø 32÷100 stroke 0÷1000 mm

1.1/162

R

3

B

D

øGH

9

E

S

H +

F

3

E

H

øGH

9

D

H +

+= ADD THE STROKE

STAINLESS STEEL FEMALE HINGE - MODEL B Ø

3240506380100

B

4552657595115

D

262832405060

E

222527323641

Ø G

101212161620

H3

142160170190210230

R

101212161620

S

9911111414

Ø

3240506380100

B

202226303038

C

6.66.6991111

D

101212161620

E

384150526676

G

323645506371

H

313545506070

L

323275

M

81012141417

N

101516162020

A

262832405060

E

384150526676

F

182230354050

I

515465678696

Ø

3240506380100

D

262832405060

E

222527323641

F

101212161620

Ø G

101212161620

H

9911111414

H3

143160170190210230

ØE

h 11

ØD

f7

B +0.30

C H 13

A

FEMALE HINGE INOX PIN Code

W095X322050W095X402050W095X502050W095X632050W095X802050W095XA12050

Ø

3240506380100

A

5360687898118

B

4653617191111

C

1.11.11.11.11.11.3

D

101212161620

E

9.611.511.515.215.219

Note: Supplied with 2 snap-rings

Code

W095X322003W095X402003W095X502003W095X632003W095X802003W095XA12003

Note: Supplied with 4 screws, 4 washers.WITHOUT PIN.

+= ADD THE STROKE

STAINLESS STEEL MALE HINGE - MODEL BA Code

W095X322004W095X402004W095X502004W095X632004W095X802004W095XA12004

Note: Supplied with 4 screws, 4 washers.

STAINLESS STEEL ISO COUNTER-HINGEFOR MODEL B - MODEL GS Code

W095X322008W095X402008W095X502008W095X632008W095X802008W095XA12008

Note: Individually packed

I

LF

C

A

E

G

N

B

M

H

D

1.1/163

1

øD

A1

B

B1

A

SW

STAINLESS STEE FRONT FLANGE - MODEL C Code

W095X322002W095X402002W095X502002W095X632002W095X802002W095XA12002

Ø

3240506380100

A1

647290100126150

A

8090110120150170

B

4552657595115

S

101012121616

B1

323645506375

ØD

79991214

W

162025253035

Note: Supplied with 4 screws.

øD

A1

B

B1

A

L+

S

H

F

CH

A

L

F

øM

D

C

B

STAINLESS STEE REAR FLANGE - MODEL C Code

W095X322002W095X402002W095X502002W095X632002W095X802002W095XA12002

Ø

3240506380100

A1

647290100126150

A

8090110120150170

B

4552657595115

S

101012121616

B1

323645506375

ØD

79991214

L

105115118133144154

Note: Supplied with 4 screws.

STAINLESS STEEL NUT FOR PISTON RODS Code

W095X322011W095X402011W095X502011W095X502011W095X802011W095X802011

Ø

3240506380100

F

M10x1.25M12x1.25M16x1.5M16x1.5M20x1.5M20x1.5

H

678899

CH

171924243030

Weight [g]

61220203232

Note: Individually packed

STAINLESS STEEL FORK-MODEL GK-M Code

W095X322020W095X402020W095X502020W095X502020W095X802020W095X802020

Ø

3240506380100

Ø M

101216162020

C

202432324040

B

101216162020

A

202432324040

L

52628383105105

F

404864648080

D

M10x1.25M12x1.25M16x1.5M16x1.5M20x1.5M20x1.5

Note: Individually packed

+= ADD THE STROKE

1.1/164

ACCESSORIES: MAGNETIC SENSORS

2015.7

35.1

28.4

359

11.8

Note: Individually packed

MATERIALBracket: zinc-plated aluminiumSensor holder: zinc-plated aluminiumFixing screw: zinc-plated aluminium

Alesaggio32÷100

SENSOR BRACKET

CodiceW0950001100

ModelloSENSOR BRACKET

SLIM SENSOR

DescriptionHALL N.O. SENSOR, VERTICAL INSERTION 2.5mHALL N.O. SENSOR, VERTICAL INSERTION 300 mm M8REED N.O. SENSOR, VERTICAL INSERTION 2.5mREED N.O. SENSOR, VERTICAL INSERTION 300 mm M8HALL N.O. SENSOR, VERTICAL INSERTION 2m ATEX

CodeW0952025390W0952029394W0952022180W0952028184W0952125556

black

HALL EFFECT+

+

brown

blue

PNP

blue

black

-

blue

brown

brown

34

1

REED EFFECT+

+-

brown

3blue 4

1

M8

M8

WIRING DIAGRAM TECHNICAL DATA

Type of contactSwitchSupply voltage (Ub) VPower WVoltage variationVoltage drop VInput current mAOutput current mASwitching frequency HzShort-circuit protectionOver-voltage suppressionPolarity inversion protectionEMCLED displayMagnetic sensitivityRepeatabilityDegree of protection (EN 60529)Vibration and shock resistanceTemperature range °CSensor capsule material2.5m/2m connecting cableConnecting cable with M8x1Wire NO.

Reed Effetto Hall Effetto HallN.O. N.O. N.O.

- PNP PNP10 ÷ 30 AC/DC 10 ÷ 30 DC 18 ÷ 30 DC3 (peak valve=6) 3 ! 1.7

- ! 10% di Ub ! 10% di Ub- ! 2 ! 2.2- ! 10 ! 10

! 100 ! 100 ! 70! 400 ! 5000 1000

- Yes Yes- Yes Yes- Yes Yes

EN 60 947-5-2 EN 60 947-5-2 EN 60 947-5-2Yellow Yellow Yellow

2,8 mT ±25% 2,8 mT ±25% 2.6! 0,1 mT ! 0,1 mT ! 0,1 (Ub and ta fixed)

IP 67 IP 67 IP 68, IP 69K30 g, 11 ms, 10÷55 Hz, 1mm 30 g, 11 ms, 10÷55 Hz, 1mm 30 g, 11 ms, 10÷55 Hz, 1mm -25 ÷+75 -25 ÷ +75 -20 ÷ +45

PA66 + PA6I/6T PA66 + PA6I/6T PAPVC; 2 x 0,12 mm2 PVC; 3 x 0,14 mm2 PVC; 3 x 0,12 mm2

Polyurethane; 2 x 0,14 mm2 Polyurethane; 3 x 0,14 mm2 -2 3 3

ATEX

1.1/165

1

! PISTON ROD: thick chromed steel" HEADS: die cast aluminium alloy# PISTON ROD GASKET: NBR rubber$ PISTON ROD GUIDE BUSHING: steelstrip with bronze and PTFE insert% JACKET: drawn anodised aluminium alloy& PISTON: aluminium alloy' PISTON GASKET: NBR rubber( OIL SEAL GASKET: polyurethane) Static O-rings: NBR rubber* SEALING DISK: plastic+ SPRINGS: zinc-plated steel, SECURING/ASSEMBLY SCREW: Tap Titescrew- OIL LEVEL STICK: zinc-plated steel. OIL RECOVERY TANK/ VALVE for OIL FILLING0 FLOW REGULATION NEEDLE1 MINIMUM LEVEL

94 78 53

1 122 6

10

11 1514

16

1317

HYDRAULIC BRAKE SERIES BRKFOR ISO 15552 (EX ISO 6431) CYLINDERØ 40-80 mm

The hydraulic brake is the closed loop type without its ownpower source. It is normally linked to an ISO 15552pneumatic cylinder. It consists of a cylinder full of oil, oneor more flow regulation valves and a top-up tank tocompensate for any oil leakage.The following versions are available:• With piston rod adjustment in either direction or both;• With SKIP valve (slow-fast) or stop valve or both.The compensation tank needs to be topped up from timeto time. This should be done when the oil reaches theminimum level marked on the rod. With the piston rodright out, the stick must project not less than 20 mm fromthe tank cap. COMLUBE-DEXRON ATF oil should be used.During the first few cycles, any excess oil is ejected througha hole in the tank.

NBR–10°C to +70°C

Filtered lubricated or unlubricated air.Lubrication, if used, must be continuous.

6000N standard version5000N with valves

10 mm/min. to 6000 mm/min. 50, 100, 150, 200, 250, 300, 350, 400, 450, 500 On request other special strockes, up to 1000Piston rod thrust adjustment; Piston rod retract adjustmentAdjustment on both strokes; Thrust adjustment + skip valveRetract adjustment + skip valve; Double adjustment + double skip valveThrust adjustment + stop valve; Retract adjustment + stop valveTwin adjustment + double stop valve; Thrust adjustment + skip/stop valveRetract adjustment + skip/stop valve

with flange kitISO 15552 cylinders with bores Ø 40 to Ø 80See GENERAL TECHNICAL DATA PAGE 1.1/07

TECHNICAL DATAGasketsTemperature range TFluid

Adjustable load F

Speed VStandard strokes mm

Configurations

Fixing to cylinderConnectable cylinders mmWeights

COMPONENTS

1.1/166

DIMENSIONS OF HYDRAULIC BRAKE

M6

(BRK

-N/P

SKV

/STV

/SKT

)

(x STOP)

M6

(BRK

-D S

KV/S

TV)

(x STOP)

(x S

KIP)

110

(BRK

-D S

TD)

13

13

35 MAX

G 1/8G 1/8 30

U22

B

75

3855

101

G 1/8

G 1

/8

G 1/8

U 35B

35M

AX

75

22

125

3855

90

110

85+

85+

M 1

0

ø32

ø16

114+14.514.5

M 1

0

ø32

ø16

114+14.514.5

+ = ADD THE STROKE

HYDRAULIC BRAKE + ISO 6431 CYLINDER Ø 40-80

CB

D

A

SKIP-STOP VALVE

TYPE: BRK-P STD/SKV/STV/SKT BRK-N STD/SKV/STV/SKT

TYPE: BRK-D STD/STV/SKT

Both the skip valve and the stop valve are normally open and thefluid flows freely from A to D.With supply from port C, the skip valve is controlled and the fluidis forced to pass through a choke generated by the regulationpin.With supply from port B, the stop valve is controlled and the flowof fluid is interrupted.

B90110110135135155155185185205

Stroke1÷5051÷100101÷150151÷200201÷250251÷300301÷350351÷400401÷450451÷500

U283744526068778592100

1.1/167

1HYDRAULIC BRAKE BRK-P STD. Code

PISTON ROD THRUST ADJUSTMENTW170001 . . . . ENTER THE STROKE

HYDRAULIC BRAKE BRK-N STD. Code

PISTON ROD RETRACT ADJUSTMENTW170011 . . . . ENTER THE STROKE

HYDRULIAC BRAKE BRK-N SKV/BRK-N STV Code

RETRACT ADJUSTMENT + SKIP VALVEW170111 . . . . ENTER THE STROKE

RETRACT ADJUSTMENT + STOP VALVEW170211 . . . . ENTER THE STROKE

HYDRAULIC BRAKE BRK-D STD Code

PISTON ROD RETRACT ADJUSTMENTW170021 . . . . ENTER THE STROKE

1.1/168

HYDRAULIC BRAKE BRK-N SKT Code

RETRACT ADJUSTMENT + SKIP/STOP VALVESW170311 . . . . ENTER THE STROKE

HYDRAULIC BRAKE BRK-P SKV/BRK-P STV Code

THRUST ADJUSTMENT + SKIP VALVEW170101 . . . . ENTER THE STROKE

THRUST ADJUSTMENT+STOP VALVEW170201 . . . . ENTER THE STROKE

HYDRAULIC BRAKE BRK-P SKT Code

THRUST ADJUSTMENT + SKIP/STOP VALVEW170301 . . . . ENTER THE STROKE

HYDRAULIC BRAKE BRK-D STV Code

PISTON ROD THRUST RETRACT ADJUSTMENT+ DOUBLE STOP VALVEW170221 . . . . ENTER THE STROKE

NOTE: minimum stroke 150 mm

1.1/169

1HYDRAULIC BRAKE BRK-D SKV Code

PISTON ROD THRUST RETRACT ADJUSTMENT+ DOUBLE SKIP VALVEW170121 . . . . ENTER THE STROKE

NOTES

KEY TO CODES

W 1 7 0 0 0 1

001 Piston rod thrust adjustment011 Piston rod retract adjustment021 Piston rod retract/thrust adjustment101 Thrust adjustment + SKIP VALVE111 Retract adjustment + SKIP VALVE121 Double adjustment + DOUBLE SKIP VALVE201 Thrust adjustment + STOP VALVE211 ! Retract adjustment + STOP VALVE221 Double adjustment + DOUBLE STOP VALVE301 Thrust adjustment + SKIP/STOP VALVE311 Retract adjustment + SKIP/STOP VALVE

Enter the desiredstroke in 4 digits.

Example: for a50mm-stroke cylinder

enter 0050.

0 2 0 0

W170 Hydraulicbrake

! Minimum stroke 150 mm

1.1/170

FLANGE Ø 40

12

38

55

3838

38

55

27.5

26.5

ø35

ø32

ø7ø7

(109

)

FLANGE Ø 50

12

ø9

38

38

65

61

55

46.5

46.5

32.5

32.5

27.5

(121

)

ø32

ø40

ø7

FLANGE Ø 63

ø956

.5

16

38

ø7

38

75

66

55

ø45

ø32

(131

)

56.5

27.5

37.5

37.5

FLANGE Ø 80

16

ø11

(151

)

38

3872

72

95

76

55

47.5

47.5

27.5

ø7

ø45

ø32

ORDERING CODES

ACCESSORIES: FLANGE

NOTESCodeBRAKE CYLINDER CONNECTING FLANGEW0950402012W0950502012W0950632012W0950802012

SET OF SCREWS FOR FLANGEW0950402111W0950502111W0950632111W0950802111

Description

FLANGE ACC. MODEL CF-040FLANGE ACC. MODEL CF-050FLANGE ACC. MODEL CF-063FLANGE ACC. MODEL CF-080

KIT BRK-P/C-040KIT BRK-P/C-050KIT BRK-P/C-063KIT BRK-P/C-080

Weight [g]

4185407921216

589397151

Note: Supplied complete with 4+4 screws.

Note: the code corresponds to 4+4 screws.

1.1/171

1

1

23 45 6

7

89

SENSOR TESTER

This sensor tester features the following:• a green light and acoustic signal indicating correctoperation• sensors can be checked without having to be disassembled.• M8 and M12 connections, and terminal board for directconnection to the wires• PNP or NPN switching button• 9V battery power supply• automatic switch-off

COMPONENTS

! CONTAINER (PA 6.6 blue)" START BUTTON# WIRE CONNECTION + (brown)$ WIRE CONNECTION – (blue)% OUTPUT CONNECTION (black)& PNP/NPN SELECTOR' M8x1 CONNECTOR( M12x1 CONNECTOR) LED COVER

PA 6.6 blueIP00M8 and M12 plug-socket type with 40 cm cable3 terminals for wire connection9V DC (battery type 6LR61)15V DCtester switched onsensor in operationbattery flat

TECHNICAL DATAContainer materialDegree of protectionConnectionsAdditional connectionsPower supplyInternal voltageGreen lightYellow lightRed light

Code

W0950060000

Description

SENSOR TESTER

Dimension [mm]

63x88x24

Weight [g]

192

INTRODUCTION

GRIPPERS WITH TWO PARALLEL JAWS, SERIES P1

GRIPPERS WITH TWO PARALLEL JAWS, SERIES P2

PRECISION GRIPPERS WITH TWO PARALLEL JAWS, SERIES P3

GRIPPERS WITH TWO PARALLEL JAWS, LONG STROKE, SERIES P4

GRIPPERS WITH TWO HINGED JAWS, SERIES P7

TECHNOPOLYMER HINGED GRIPPERS, SERIES P8

GRIPPERS 180° WITH 2 HINGED JAWS SERIES P9

TOGGLE GRIPPERS, SERIES P10

GRIPPERS WITH THREE PARALLEL JAWS, SERIES P11

PAGE 1.2/02

PAGE 1.2/12

PAGE 1.2/14

PAGE 1.2/17

PAGE 1.2/21

PAGE 1.2/26

PAGE 1.2/29

PAGE 1.2/32

PAGE 1.2/34

PAGE 1.2/38

TABLE OF CONTENTSGRIPPERS

1.2/01

1

CHAPTER 1.2

1.2/02

PNEUMATIC GRIPPERS

3

5

2

1

F F

4

6

7

8L

C

! Pneumatic gripper" Jaws# Clamping finger$ Sensor slot% F = clamping force of one jaw only

If a gripper has three jaws, withF = 25N, so the total clamping force is25 x 3 = 75N.

& Load' L = distance between the barycentre ofthe load and the reference surface( C = stroke of a single jaw

GENERAL

GENERAL

Parallel gripper: the jaws move in a straight line. There may be two, three or even fourjaws.

Hinged gripper: the jaws are hinged and move along the arc of a circle. It is generallycheaper than a parallel gripper but there are some limitations (see drawing 1.6):- If the part has varying dimensions, the contact area changes.- If the part is cylindrical with varying dimensions, the position of the axis of the clampedpart varies.

Gripper with retracting jaws: the jaws have an opening angle of about 90°. Theclamping fingers can retract fully from the work top, and so, in certain cases, it ispossible to avoid one linear retraction motion (see drawing 1.5).

Toggle gripper: a hinged gripper with a toggle-action mechanism to achieve highclamping forces. Clamping is irreversible even when there is no pressure, so the partcannot be released accidentally. The opening angle is 90° so it acts as retracting gripper.The clamping force is high within a limited angle only.

Number of jaws: two-jaw grippers are used for prism-shaped parts or cylindrical oneswith a single diameter. Three-jaw grippers can be used for cylindrical parts with differentdiameters.

FIG. 1.1

1.2/03

1CLAMPING FINGERS

200

50

300

6 bar

80 100 1200 20 40 60

100 4 bar

0

250

150

2 bar

F (N)

L (mm)

F

L

FEATURES

NO OK

The clamping fingers must be as light and short as possible to keep inertia to a minimum.The longer the clamping fingers, the less force is available (see fig. 1.2).Wider fingers are only heavier, they do not increase friction (see fig. 1.3).

FIG. 1.2 FIG. 1.3

FIG. 1.4

1.2/04

EXAMPLE OF RETRACTING HINGED GRIPPERS

EXAMPLE OF USE LIMITATIONS OF HINGED GRIPPERS

X

FIG. 1.5

FIG. 1.6

FIG. 1.7

1.2/05

1CALCULATIONS

First of all, determine the necessary clamping force.Then decide which type of gripper can ensure this force with required pressure and clamping distance.To help designers calculate the clamping force, we propose two levels of calculation.

DRAWING TO CALCULATE GRIPPER CLAMPING FORCE

Clamping force of each jaw [N] ! 200 x weight of part [kg] / number of jaws.

Data Unit ofmeasurement Formula Example

MnF

Mass of partNumber of jawsClamping force of each jaw

kg–N ! 200 x M / n

1.23! 200 x 1.2 / 3 = 80

FIG. 1.8

APPROXIMATION METHOD

1.2/06

COMPARATIVE CHARTS FOR GRIPPERS

PRECISION COMPUTING METHOD

Ma!Tdaxayaz!

FxFyFz

Data

Mass of partAccelerationAngle speedWidth of clamping fingerClamping diameter of partDistance along X of the barycentre from clamping centreDistance along Y of the barycentre from clamping centreDistance along Z of the barycentre from clamping centreFinger/part friction coefficientSome examples:Smooth steel on smooth metalRough steel on smooth metalSoft material, e.g. VulkolanCoupled shape (vedi fig. 1.4)

Forces applied to barycentre of part.When determining the forces, assess for each direction:Force x weightForce of inertia x linear accelerationForce of inertia x angular velocityForce along gripper axisForce perpendicular to jawForce tangent to jaw

Unit ofmeasur.Kgm/s2

rad/smmmmmmmmmm

NNNNNN

Formula

! = 0,1! = 0,2-0,3! = 0,4! = 1

M x 9,81Mx aM x !2 x r

Example

1,25 in direction X081600250,2

Fx = peso 1.2 x 9.81 = 11.8 NFy = F.of inertia = 1.2 x 5 = 6 NFz = O

Force equivalent to clamping centre:

Equivalent tangential force

Equivalent perpendicular force

Theoretical clamping force

Clamping force

Ft eq

Fy eq

Fs teo

F

!""11.8 · + O25+ 8

28[ ]2

= 42.8 N!"""""Fx · +az + T

2T( ay + d

2d )+ Fz · ax

T + Fy · axd[ ]2

+ Fz2

= 6 ·8

= 75 N25 + 8

2 )(

Greater of (Fteq/2!) and (Fyeq) Greater of (42.8/2.02) and 75 = 107

FsTeo · 1.5 (safety coefficient) = 107 · 1.5 = 160 N

The lines plotted on the graphs below show the following for each series of gripper:• Clamping force (at 6 bar)• Stroke (linear or angular)This allows you to determine the most appropriate series to meet your requirements. For instance, if you want a gripper with twoparallel jaws, a clamping force greater than 100 N and stroke greater than 12 mm, you can find it in series P2 or P4.

Fy ·az + T

2T

+ Fz · ayT

N

N

N

N

1.2/07

1COMPARATIVE CHART - GRIPPERS WITH TWO PARALLEL JAWS

COMPARATIVE CHART - GRIPPERS WITH TWO HINGED JAWS

P3 P2 P4

P1

S (mm)

P (N

)

5

2 80606 40

50

P

2010 100 3001

1000

100

10

1

500

84

S

50

10

100

400

1

ß

20 40 60 8010

P

6 8

P8

P7

100

P9

P10

P (N

)

ß (°)

1.2/08

COMPARATIVE CHART - GRIPPERS WITH THREE JAWS

P

20

10

50

1 10 509887 30 40

1000

2000

100

P11

500

654

P (N

)

S (mm)

S

NOTES

1.2/09

1GRIPPERS WITH TWO PARALLEL JAWS

• Serie P1This is a gripper with an excellent quality-to-price ratio.Double action with internal or external clamping. All size come with magnets andsensor slot. The materials used and the heat and chemical treatments applied meansthat the parts subject to stress are extra-resistant.

• Serie P2This is a gripper with rollers recirculation jaw guides.Starting from very small sizes – minimum thickness 10 mm.Larger sizes have a system for taking up jaw guide play.Double action with internal or external clamping.Comes with magnet and sensor slot.

• Serie P3High-precision sturdy gripper guaranteed for 1,500,000 cycles with max load withoutmaintenance.Top quality materials, accurately worked: body made of highly-resistant hardenedaluminium alloy body. Moving parts made of hardened and tempered steel.Double action with internal or external clamping.Special versions available on request:• With induction sensors• 5-position monitoring using a positionable sensor.• With spring lock device for when there is no pressure.• Double clamping force and half stroke.

• Serie P4Gripper with a long stroke.The shape of the jaws makes them particularly suitable for clamping parts of large sizewith respect to the weight.Double action with internal or external clamping.Magnets for position sensors.

1.2/10

GRIPPERS WITH TWO HINGED JAWS

• Serie P7This is a double-acting gripper with an excellent quality-to-price ratio. Designed forapplication of a retracting magnetic sensor. The body is in a single piece.Simplified jaw replacement method.Provided with magnets and sensor slots.

• Serie P8Single-acting normally open grippers. Virtually all the component parts are made oftechnopolymer to make the device lighter. The smallest version is really tiny – it weighsa mere 36 g.

1.2/11

1GRIPPERS WITH TWO RETRACTING JAWS

GRIPPERS WITH THREE JAWS

• Serie P9Toggle-type pivoted grippers for external clamping, up to 180° opening angle and highclamping forces.The workpiece is not released, even when the power is cut off. Provided with magnetsand sensor slots.

• Serie P10Grippers with 20°-180° adjustable opening designing for gripping the part from theoutside. With high clamping forces. There is also a version with springs for extra safetyduring pressure drops. Each of the two fingers can be adjusted by about 1°. Top qualitymaterials and accurate working. Highly resistant hardened aluminium alloy body.Moving parts made of tempered steel. 2,000,000 cycles without maintenance. Inductionsensors can be mounted.

• Serie P11Grippers with a good quality-to-price ratio. Double action with internal or externalclamping. Magnets for position sensors, slim type.Four-jaw self-centring version available on request.

The following two series of wide-opening grippers can be used for specific applications.

GRIPPER WITH 2 PARALLEL JAWSSERIES P1

DIMENSIONS OF GRIPPERS P1-20 ORDERING CODES

CodeW1550200001

DescriptionGRIPPER WITH 2 PARALLEL JAWSP1-20

1.2/12

• Dual-acting parallel gripper for internal and external clamping.

• Anodized aluminium alloy body and tempered steel jaws.• Bottom or side fixing.• All sizes come with magnets and sensor slots.

P1-20 P1-32

NBR2-8 bar (0.2 - 0.8 Mpa)

5÷70Filter lubricated or lubricated air.

Lubrication, if used, must be continuous.20 - 32

180 4205 6.5

0.50 0.70

TECHNICAL DATAGasketsOperating pressureTemperature range °CFluid

Bores mmClamping force (at 6 bar) 20 mm from the top surface NSingle jaw stroke mmWeight Kg

22 H7

1.5

M5 (open)

M6

M5 (close)

N°4 x M4depth 8

N°4 x M4depth 7.5

8

16.5

25

69

18

18

23closed

2225

39

7

12G

6

18

35

14 14

21

39

33 open

85.5

8

1.2/13

1

34 H7

18

M4

N°4 x M5depth 8

M5 (close)

M5 (open)

N°4 x M5depth 7.5

15 G6

25

105.

5

2.2

11.7

6

78

48 32.5

2232.5

48

31close 2020

25

38.5

9

27.5

20

41open

20

DIMENSIONS OF GRIPPERS P1-32 ORDERING CODES

CodeW1550320001

DescriptionGRIPPER WITH 2 PARALLEL JAWSP1-32

ACCESSORIES: MAGNETIC SENSORS

See page 1.2/28 for wiring diagram.

RETRACTABLE SENSOR WITH INSERTION FROM ABOVE

DescriptionHALL N.O. SENSOR, VERTICAL INSERTION 2.5mHALL N.O. SENSOR, VERTICAL INSERTION 300 mm M8REED N.O. SENSOR, VERTICAL INSERTION 2.5mREED N.O. SENSOR, VERTICAL INSERTION 300 mm M8HALL N.O. SENSOR, VERTICAL INSERTION 2m ATEX

CodeW0952025390W0952029394W0952022180W0952028184W0952125556

NOTES

1.2/14

Min./max. operating pressure barTemperature range °CMaximum operating frequency cycles/sFluidSizeBore mmSingle jaw stroke mmClosing force at 6 bar NOpening force at 6 bar NWeight Kg

TECHNICAL FEATURES P2 - 6 P2 - 10 P2 - 16 P2 - 20 P2- 25

1.5 - 75 - 60

220 µm dried or lubricated filtered air. Lubrication, if used, must be continous

6 10 16 20 256 12 16 20 252 2 3 5 7

5.3 28 83 97 1807.4 35 95 115 210

0.027 0.048 0.12 0.24 0.45

4 4

8 close

N°4 x M2depth 4

N°4 M2

N°2 x M3throught

M3 air port (close)

M3 air port(open)

ø7 +0.10

4.8

7

22

10 7

20

5

53

39.5

13.5

24.5

12open

7

18.6

2.5

12

1.5

4.4

GRIPPERS WITH 2 PARALLELROLLER-RECIRCULATION JAWSSERIES P2

These are grippers with 2 parallel jaws with a roller-recirculation guiding system. Double-acting system withclamping in both directions. All the grippers come withmagnet and sensor slots.

DIMENSIONS OF GRIPPER P2-6

CodeW1570060200

DescriptionGRIPPER WITH 2 PARALLEL JAWS P2-6 (For sensor see W0950044180 or W0950045390 page 1.2/24)

ORDERING CODES

1.2/15

1

9.5 open5.5 close

N°2 x ø3depth 3

+ 0.02- 0

N°4 M2.5

N°2 x M3depth 6

N°2 x M3depth 5.5

N°2 x M3depth 5

M3 air port(close)

M3 air port(open)

23

529.7

574

37.5

26.5

3

5.7

27

11.5

1.5

18

23

16

4

15.6

10

18

8

ø12 +0.10

1216 12

N°2 x M4depth 7

+0.02-0

N°2 x M4depth 8

N°2 x M4depth 8

14.5 open6.5 close

N°2 x Ø4depth 4

N°4 M3

M5 air port(close)

M5 air port(open)

1.5

ø17 +0.10

1522

8

4

24 16

30

42.2

7

8

19.5

21.6

13

42.5

15

67.5

31

39

22

5 5

22.5

CodeW1570160200

DescriptionGRIPPER WITH 2 PARALLEL JAWS P2-16 (For sensor see W0950044180 or W0950045390 page 1.2/24)

ORDERING CODES

DIMENSIONS OF GRIPPER P2-16

DIMENSIONS OF GRIPPER P2-10

CodeW1570100200

DescriptionGRIPPER WITH 2 PARALLEL JAWS P2-10 (For sensor see W0950044180 or W0950045390 page 1.2/24)

ORDERING CODES

1.2/16

16close

*

+0.02-0

N°2 x M5depth 8

N°2 x M5depth 8

N°2 x M5depth 8

N°4 M4

N°2 x ø5depth 4

M5 air port(close)

M5 air port(open)

158

64

826open

42

32

18

19

30

85

9

27.5

38

15

26

6520

29 35

30

18.6

1.5

10

ø21 +0.10

(85)

60

26

+0.020

N°2 x M6depth 12

N°2 x M6depth 10

19close

N°2 x M6depth 12

N°4 M5

N°2 x ø6depth 5

M5 air port(close)

M5 air port(open)

*

75

103

23

36

52

33open 10

22

36.5

12

10

31

122519

633.5

46

11

Ø26 dp1.6

40

36.5

30

18

33.8

22

73

* Pins for backlash adjustment

CodeW1570250200

DescriptionGRIPPER WITH 2 PARALLEL JAWS P2-25 (For sensor see W0952025390 and following, page 1.2/28)

ORDERING CODES

DIMENSIONS OF GRIPPER P2-25

DIMENSIONS OF GRIPPER P2-20

CodeW1570200200

DescriptionGRIPPER WITH 2 PARALLEL JAWS P2-20 (For sensor see W0950044180 and following, page 1.2/24)

ORDERING CODES

* Pins for backlash adjustment

1.2/17

1

P (N

)

L (mm)0 2525 25 100 15050

320

40

0

600

640

680

720

760

800

120

840

160

200

240

280

80

P3 - 125

P3 - 100

P3 - 50

P3 - 64

P3 - 80

CLAMPING FORCE ACCORDING TO FINGER LENGTH

These are grippers with 2 parallel double-acting jaws withinternal and external clamping. The grippers are guaranteedfor a minimum operation of 1.5 million cycles.Body made of hardened aluminium alloy, jaws made ofground, hardened and tempered steel.Air can be supplied from below or from the side. Varioustypes of fixing are available. The supply includes sensorhaolders (if necessary), fixing screws for all directions andO-rings for direct pneumatic connection.(the inductive sensors are not supplied by MetalWork)

GRIPPER WITH 2 PARALLEL JAWSSERIES P3

Pressure range barTemperature range °CFluidLifeJaw force mmClamping force per jaw at 6 bar NApplicable weight (recommended) KgAir consumption per cycle cm3

Opening time secClosing time secWeight of grippers KgMoment of inertia Kg cm2

Repeatability mmMaximum length of clamping fingers mm

TECHNICAL FEATURES P3 - 50 P3 - 64 P3 - 80 P3 - 100 P3 - 125

2 to 85°C to 85°C

20 m dried or lubricated filtered air. Lubrication, if used, must be continousover 1.5 million cycles

4 6 8 10 650 (L=20mm) 110 (L=20mm) 180 (L=25mm) 225 (L=32mm) 750 (L=32mm)

0.5 1.2 1.8 2.8 8.55 10 20 40 70

0.02 0.02 0.03 0.05 0.080.02 0.02 0.03 0.05 0.08

0.125 0.27 0.43 0.75 1.30.5 1.2 2 10 21

0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.0250 64 80 100 125

GRIPPERP3 - 50P3 - 64P3 - 80P3 - 100P3 - 125

F! (N)250450600800900

Mx (Nm)10309095100

My (Nm)1025354570

Mz (Nm)1215304560

L (mm)2020253232

P (N)50110180225750

Mx MzMy

PFa

L

1.2/18

CodeW1560640200

DescriptionGRIPPER WITH 2 PARALLEL JAWS P3-64

ORDERING CODES

A

A

Vista da "B"

H7

O-Ring ø3x1

min

Adaptor Gripper

H7

m6Sez. A-A

N° 2 x ø3depth 5

H7

N° 2 x M5

H7

M3 (Open)

±0.

2

M3 (Closed)

±0.02 for ø3

"B" M5 (Closed) M5 (Open)

+0

-0.1

±0.02

*

3.5

8

0.5

5

123

18

ø5 M3

ø3

12

31

13.5

6

N° 4 x M4N° 2 x ø3

ø6

9ø3.4

5

20

0.6

8 ø6

N° 2 x ø45.5

5

914.5

50

28 7.622

24

35

13

7

N° 4 x M3

2

4 (stroke)

30

18.5

42

14

35

25.2

24

64

DIMENSIONS OF GRIPPERS P3-64

DIMENSIONS OF GRIPPERS P3-50

A

A

±0.2

M3 depth 5(Closed)

M3 depth 5(Open)

M5 depth 6(Closed)

±0.02 for ø 4 H7

-0.2

+0

+0

-0.1

±0.

1Vista da "B"

N° 2 x ø4depth 4

H7

H7

depth 6

depth 4

N° 2 x M5

±0.

02

N° 2 x ø4

Sez. A-A

H7 min.

N° 4 x M5

O-Ring ø3x1

Adaptor Gripper

m6"B"

*M5 depth 6

(Open)

ø8

52

42

28

N° 4 x M4

20

2.5

42

64

1017

82736

28

20

36

6

ø4.5

10.2

2

18

13

12

2

18

10.2

4

195

4

2113

ø5 M3

ø3

0.5

N° 2 x ø4

ø7.66 (stroke)

38

23

10

CodeW1560500200

DescriptionGRIPPER WITH 2 PARALLEL JAWS P3-50

ORDERING CODES

View from B

View from B

* inductive sensor Ø4

* inductive sensor M8x1

1.2/19

1

CodeW1561000200

DescriptionGRIPPER WITH 2 PARALLEL JAWS P3-100

ORDERING CODES

±0.02 for ø4H7

H7

H7

N° 2 x M5depth 6 N° 4 x M5

H7

M4 depth 5(Open)

M4 depth 5(Closed)

"B"H7

M5 depth 6(Closed)

N° 2 x ø4depth 6

N° 2 x ø4depth 6

min.

Adaptor Gripper

O-Ring ø4x1.5

Sez. A-A

Vista da "B"

m6

±0.02 for ø4

*

M5 depth 6(Open)

5 16 ±0.1

ø4

20±

0.1

8 (stroke)

42+

0-0

.2

45+

0-0

.1

20±

0.2

M4

1

2

36

ø5.1

16

ø7

25

32

12.2

9

52

80

24

52

40

31

48

22

10

ø9

2.5

ø7.6

14

6

12.2

5

25

3

9

N° 4 x M5N° 2 x ø5

69

64

DIMENSIONS OF GRIPPERS P3-100

DIMENSIONS OF GRIPPERS P3-80

CodeW1560800200

DescriptionGRIPPER WITH 2 PARALLEL JAWS P3-80

ORDERING CODES

A

A

*

Vista da "B"

O-Ring ø4x1.5

Adaptor Gripper

+0

-0.2

M5 depth 5(Open)

M5 depth 5(Closed)

H7±0.02 for ø5

H7 min.

±0.1

N° 4 x M6

+0

G1/8" depth 7(Open)

G1/8" depth 7(Closed)

-0.1

±0.

02

H7N° 2 x ø5depth 6

N° 2 x M5depth 6

Sez. A-A

H7

±0.

1

N° 2 x ø5depth 6

±0.02

"B"

m6

35

54

90

ø7

10 (stroke)

28

1

ø4 M5

50

66

44

13

38 14

100

8 30

66 20

32

25

ø6.6

19

N° 4 x M6

48

12

3

51

14.2

2

25

ø9.1

ø11

192.

5

25

80

66

50N° 2 x ø6

14

View from B

View from B

* inductive sensor Ø6.5

* inductive sensor Ø6.5

1.2/20

A

A

M5 depth 5(Open)

M5 depth 5(Closed)

H7

+0

+0

G1/8" depth 7(Open)

G1/8" depth 7(Closed)

N° 4 x M8

-0.1

N° 2 x ø6depth 8

±0.

02

H7

N° 2 x M5depth 6

Sez. A-A

H7

±0.

1

*

N° 2 x ø6depth 8

±0.02

"B"

±0.02 for ø6

-0.2

m6

H7 min.

±0.1Vista da "B"

Adaptor Gripper

O-Ring ø4x1.5

111

62

40

15

36

3.5

60

100

N° 4 x M6

61

21

ø9

82

30

2

16.2

45

14

82

56

125

ø11

3

ø15

30

28

60

N° 2 x ø66 (stroke)

8

248

40

8.5

16.2

38

0.2 min.

ø7

1

ø4 M5

32

59

12

DIMENSIONS OF GRIPPERS P3-125

CodeW1561250200

DescriptionGRIPPER WITH 2 PARALLEL JAWS P3-125

ORDERING CODES

View from B

ACCESSORIESINDUCTION SENSOR FOR P3-50

DescriptionINDUCTION SENSOR Ø 4 mm PNP-NO-2 m

CodeW0950037391

* inductive sensor M8x1

1.2/21

1

dept

h 4

dept

h 4

-0+0.

1

N°2 x M4depth 6

N°4 x M4depth 6

N°4 x M4

M5

(ope

n)M

5(c

lose

)

1Ø3

+0.

020

ø19

3+

0.02

0

22 26

36 c

lose

13 36

6

1022 17

8

4046

46 o

pen

1528 15 38

154 1236

DIMENSIONS OF GRIPPER P4-10

These are grippers with 2 parallel long-stroke jaws. Themechanical design makes them suitable for clamping bulkyparts. All grippers, except for the smallest ones, can mounta retracting magnetic proximity sensor.

GRIPPERS WITH 2 PARALLELLONG-STROKE JAWS – SERIES P4

TECHNICAL FEATURES P4 - 10 P4 - 12 P4 - 16 P4 - 25 P4 - 30

CodeW1580100200

DescriptionGRIPPER WITH 2 LONG-STROKE JAWS P4-10

ORDERING CODES

3 - 75 - 60

1Lubricated or unlubricated filtered air; if used, it must be continuous

2x10 2x12 2x16 2x30 2x305 10 15 30 60

28 41 75 260 26028 41 75 260 260

0.18 0.3 0.5 2.95 3.7

Min./max. operating pressure barTemperature range °CMaximum operating frequency cycles/sFluidBore mmSingle jaw stroke mmClosing force at 6 bar NOpening force at 6 bar NWeight kg

1.2/22

ø12

+0.05

0

ø25 +0.050

dept

h 3

depth

2.5

depth 4

N°2x2 M4through

N°4 x M4depth 6

N°2 x M4depth 5M5 air port

(open)

M5 air port(close)

6

18

44 c

lose

1010 8

7

8

3250

20

10

4

1813

46

19

12

124018

10

484

64 o

pen

22

32

44

3+

0.02

0

22

7

30

29.5

22

1

30

ø16

+0.05

0

ø30 +0.050

N°2 x M5depth 5

deep 2

N°2x2 M5through

N°4 x M5depth 6

dp.3

deep 4

deep

3

M5 air port(open)

M5 air port(close)

54 c

lose

12 10

355

84 o

pen

12 10

5825

382415

1914

44

15

6

14

12

38 28

5 20

5020

5

27

38

1

36

3+

0.02

0

7

ø3+

0.02

0

36

25

DIMENSIONS OF GRIPPER P4-12

DIMENSIONS OF GRIPPER P4-16

ORDERING CODESCodeW1580120200

DescriptionGRIPPER WITH 2 LONG-STROKE JAWS P4-12

ORDERING CODESCodeW1580160200

DescriptionGRIPPER WITH 2 LONG-STROKE JAWS P4-16

1.2/23

1

ø30+0.1

0

ø5 +0.030

N°2x2 M8through

deep 5

deep 5depth 5 N°2x4 M8

depth 9

G1/8 air port(close)

G1/8 air port(open)

50

66

100 close

72

1544

6

15

25

35

105

160 open

24

3690

23 12

3.5

43.5

7

24

82

30

40

3518.5

12.5

72

3.5

5 +0.030

10

49 29

Ø32 +0.10

ø4.7

deep 5

N°4 x M8depth 9

N°2 M8x1.25through

G1/8 air port(close)

N°4 x M8depth 9

G1/8 air port(open)

deep 8.6

22

44

102

5 +0.020

90

15

6624

15

1

25

44

65

36

ø5 +0.020

102

28

1223

105

36

35

40

10

12.5

65

6

18.5

250 open

24

130 close

24

72

80

28

32 +0.10

DIMENSIONS OF GRIPPER P4-25

DIMENSIONS OF GRIPPER P4-30

ORDERING CODESCodeW1580250200

DescriptionGRIPPER WITH 2 LONG-STROKE JAWS P4-25

ORDERING CODESCodeW1580300200

DescriptionGRIPPER WITH 2 LONG-STROKE JAWS P4-30

1.2/24

ACCESSORIES

RETRACTABLE SENSOR WITH INSERTION FROM ABOVE FOR P4-12÷30

DescriptionHALL N.O. SENSOR, VERTICAL INSERTION 2.5mHALL N.O. SENSOR, VERTICAL INSERTION 300 mm M8REED N.O. SENSOR, VERTICAL INSERTION 2.5mREED N.O. SENSOR, VERTICAL INSERTION 300 mm M8HALL N.O. SENSOR, VERTICAL INSERTION 2m ATEX

CodeW0952025390W0952029394W0952022180W0952028184W0952125556

SENSOR FOR P4-10

DescriptionSensor REED 2 wires 24 VDC 1mSensor HALL 3 wires 24 VDC 2m

CodeW0950044180W0950045390

N.B.: for technical data of sensor, see pag. 1.2/28

black

HALL EFFECT+

+

brown

blue

PNP

blue

black

-

brown

34

1

M8

WIRING DIAGRAM FOR W0950045390 TECHNICAL DATA

SwitchTension in DC VTension in AC VCurrent at 25°C APower (ohmic load) WOn time µsOff time µsOn point GaussOff point GaussElectric life (pulses)On voltage drop VNominal operating point GaussOperating frequency HzPolarity reversal protectionShort-circuit protectionDegree of protection (EN 60529)Temperature range °CSensor capsule materialLED displayWiring NO.

Effetto HallPNP

6÷30---0,2

max 60,80,33025

109<1

30÷50max 200

YesNO

IP 67-10 ÷ +70

PA (+G)Yellow

3

1.2/26

18°

7° 3

0'

N° 4 M4

N° 4 x M4depth 8N° 4 x M4depth 8

N° 4 x M4depth 8

M5 (Open)

M5 (Closed)

H7

15

23

28

10.521.5

6

20

16.5188 g7

54

24

3423

19

1

76.5

104

8-0

.05

-0.2

5

DIMENSIONS OF GRIPPERS P7-16

Hinged grippers with 30° opening angle.Bores 16, 20, 32 and 50 mm.All grippers are magnetic with slots in the body with retractingsensors.

GRIPPERS WITH 2 HINGEDJAWS – SERIES P7

Clamping force at 6 barWeight kgOperating pressure barFluidTemperature rangeMaterials

TECHNICAL FEATURES P7 - 16 P7 - 20 P7 - 32 P7 - 50

30N (L*=15 mm) 55N (L*=15 mm) 105N (L*=25 mm) 225N (L*=30mm)0.12 0.19 0.5 1.6

1.5÷10 2÷10 2÷10 1÷10Lubricated or unlubricated filtered air; if used, it must be continuous.

+5°C to 70°C +5°C to 70°C +5°C to 70°C +5°C to 70°CAnodized aluminium body: NBR/polyurethane seal

*L = length of clamping finger

ORDERING CODES

CodeW1590160200

DescriptionGRIPPER WITH2 HINGED JAWS P7-16

1.2/27

1

16.5

12°

N° 4 M4

H7

N° 4 x M4depth 8N° 4 x M4

depth 8

M5 (Open)

M5 (Closed)

8g7

24 18

18

2039

25

25

32 28

18.5

7.2

16.6

2

13

53

75.5

8-0

.05

-0.2

5

104

9°16

°

H7

G1/8 (Open)

G1/8 (Closed)

N° 4 x M5depth 10

N° 4 x M5depth 10

g714

45

32.5

N° 4 x M6

14.5

32.5

75

2.5

28

9.5

110

49

32.5

42

32.5

34

13.522.5

206

12

8° 3

0'8°

30'

22

+0.

1-0

N° 4 x M8depth 12

G1/8 (Closed)

g7

N° 4 x M8

G1/8 (Open)

52

22

76 48

5.5

48

60

5.5N° 2 x M8

71

35

2.5

48

56

11

29 1095

150

206

DIMENSIONS OF GRIPPERS P7-20

DIMENSIONS OF GRIPPERS P7-32

ORDERING CODES

CodeW1590200200

ORDERING CODES

CodeW1590320200

DescriptionGRIPPER WITH2 HINGED JAWS P7-20

DescriptionGRIPPER WITH2 HINGED JAWS P7-32

DIMENSIONS OF GRIPPERS P7-50 ORDERING CODES

CodeW1590500200

DescriptionGRIPPER WITH2 HINGED JAWS P7-50

1.2/28

NOTES

RETRACTABLE SENSOR WITH INSERTION FROM ABOVE

DescriptionHALL N.O. SENSOR, VERTICAL INSERTION 2.5mHALL N.O. SENSOR, VERTICAL INSERTION 300 mm M8REED N.O. SENSOR, VERTICAL INSERTION 2.5mREED N.O. SENSOR, VERTICAL INSERTION 300 mm M8HALL N.O. SENSOR, VERTICAL INSERTION 2m ATEX

CodeW0952025390W0952029394W0952022180W0952028184W0952125556

black

HALL EFFECT+

+

brown

blue

PNP

blue

black

-

blue

brown

brown

34

1

REED EFFECT +

+-

brown

3blue 4

1

M8

M8

WIRING DIAGRAM TECHNICAL DATA

Type of contactSwitchSupply voltage (Ub) VPower WVoltage variationVoltage drop VInput current mAOutput current mASwitching frequency HzShort-circuit protectionOver-voltage suppressionPolarity inversion protectionEMCLED displayMagnetic sensitivityRepeatabilityDegree of protection (EN 60529)Vibration and shock resistanceTemperature range °CSensor capsule material2.5m/2m connecting cableConnecting cable with M8x1Wire NO.

Reed Effetto Hall Effetto HallN.O. N.O. N.O.

- PNP PNP10 ÷ 30 AC/DC 10 ÷ 30 DC 18 ÷ 30 DC3 (peak valve=6) 3 ! 1.7

- ! 10% di Ub ! 10% di Ub- ! 2 ! 2.2- ! 10 ! 10

! 100 ! 100 ! 70! 400 ! 5000 1000

- Yes Yes- Yes Yes- Yes Yes

EN 60 947-5-2 EN 60 947-5-2 EN 60 947-5-2Yellow Yellow Yellow

2,8 mT ±25% 2,8 mT ±25% 2.6! 0,1 mT ! 0,1 mT ! 0,1 (Ub and ta fixed)

IP 67 IP 67 IP 68, IP 69K30 g, 11 ms, 10÷55 Hz, 1mm 30 g, 11 ms, 10÷55 Hz, 1mm 30 g, 11 ms, 10÷55 Hz, 1mm -25 ÷+75 -25 ÷ +75 -20 ÷ +45

PA66 + PA6I/6T PA66 + PA6I/6T PAPVC; 2 x 0,12 mm2 PVC; 3 x 0,14 mm2 PVC; 3 x 0,12 mm2

Polyurethane; 2 x 0,14 mm2 Polyurethane; 3 x 0,14 mm2 -2 3 3

ATEX

1.2/29

1

TABLE OF MOMENTS

Single-acting hinged grippers, normally open, made entirelyof technopolymer. Three sizes with clamping force 25-80N at 6 bar.This solution makes the entire system lighter.This gripper is corrosion-resistant and antimagnetic. Itcomes complete with spring-loaded bracket for pre-loadingthe piece (force 1.5-6 N) and sensor holders.

TECHNOPOLYMER HINGED GRIPPERSSERIES P8

Pressure range barTemperature range °CFluidLifeJaw opening angleClamping force per jaw at 6 bar NApplicable weight (recommended) kgAir consumption per cycle cm3

Opening time secClosing time secWeight of grippers gMoment of inertia kg cm2

Repeatability mm

TECHNICAL FEATURES P8 - 32 P8 - 40 P8 - 50

4 to 75°C to 60°C

20!m dried or lubricated filtered airover 2 million cycles

8° 8° 8°22.5 48 800.2 0.4 0.80.5 1 1.8

0.04 0.05 0.050.06 0.08 0.0836 45 60

0.04 0.12 0.150.1 0.1 0.1

My

Mz

P

Mx

Fa

L

GripperP8 - 32P8 - 40P8 - 50

FA (N)358

Mx (Ncm)92349

My (Ncm)102030

Mz (Ncm)102040

P (N)22.547.580

1.2/30

max 0.5 Nm

min

. 0.5

7

DIMENSIONS OF GRIPPERS P8-32

DIMENSIONS OF GRIPPERS P8-40

*

**

+0-0.1

M3 (Closed)

stro

ke

N° 4 x ø3.4

2.5

ø4

ø3.4

8

ø3.2

65

ø4.1

24

8.4

14.4

20

12.8

17.5

19.2

3225

10.416

~22

4

6.4

5.5

17.6

22.4 4.8

20 1632

3.2

M5 (Closed)

*

**

+0-0.1

N° 4 x ø3.4

H12N° 2 x ø3

stro

ke

2.5

21.5

24

ø4

ø3.4

5

25

16

20

ø4.1

5.5

55

403318

ø3.4

~20

522

40

10.5

28

8

6

25 20

10

30

4

ORDERING CODES

CodeW0710010002

* Removable part clamping system** Induction sensor

DIMENSIONS OF GRIPPERS P8-50

M5 (Closed)

*

**

+0-0.1N° 2 x ø4

N° 4 x ø4.4

H12

stro

ke

~18

27.5

6.2

7

ø4

ø3.4

2541

27.5

ø4.2

3.4

37.5

7.535

50

10

13

31

5.2

12.5

ø4.1

66

20

30

25

31

22.5

50

5

max 0.5 Nm

min

. 0.5

7

ORDERING CODES

CodeW0710010003

* Removable part clamping system** Induction sensor

max 1 Nm

min

. 0.5

10

ORDERING CODES

CodeW0710010004

* Removable part clamping system** Induction sensor

DescriptionTECNOPOLIMER HINGED GRIPPERSP8-32

DescriptionTECNOPOLIMER HINGED GRIPPERSP8-40

DescrizioneTECNOPOLIMER HINGED GRIPPERSP8-50

1.2/31

1INDUCTION SENSOR ORDERING CODES

CodeW0950037391

DescriptionINDUCTION SENSOR Ø 4 mm PNP-NO-2 m

NOTES

1.2/32

ø34 H7

90°

openingadjustement

N°4 x M5depth 10

N°2+2 M6through

N°4 x M5depth 8

G1/8 (close)

G1/8 (open)

120

4936.5

2

18 g6

32.5

32.5

40

26

108

37

54

14

3

54

312

42

12

125

101.

5

32.5

32.5

49

GRIPPER 180° WITH 2 HINGEDJAWS SERIES P9

• Toggle-type pivoted grippers, with adjustable opening angle.

• High clamping forces.• Body made of hard anodized aluminium, jaws and

moving parts made of tempered steel.• Bottom or side fixing.• All sizes come with magnets and sensor slots.

TECHNICAL DATA

DIMENSIONS OF GRIPPERS P9-32

GasketsOperating pressureTemperature range °CFluid

Bores mmJaw opening angleClamping force (at 6 bar), 20 mm from the jaw pivot NWeight Kg

ORDERING CODES

CodeW1530320180

DescriptionHINGED GRIPPER P9-32

P9-32 P9-40

NBR, POLYURETHANE2-8 bar (0.2 - 0.8 Mpa)

5÷70Filter lubricated or lubricated air.

Lubrication, if used, must be continuous.32 - 40

Adjustable 180°180 3000.85 1.5

1.2/33

1

ø44 H7

90°

N°4 x M8depth 8

N°4 x M8depth 10

G1/8 (open)

G1/8 (close)

N°2+2 M8through

24 g6

38

38

16 g6

49

18

30

72

38

3

54

145

45

85

38

3

72

65.4

2

74

9

156

135

14

8

DIMENSIONS OF GRIPPERS P9-40 ORDERING CODES

CodeW1530400180

DescriptionHINGED GRIPPER P9-40

ACCESSORIES: MAGNETIC SENSORS

NOTES

See page 1.2/28 for wiring diagram.

RETRACTABLE SENSOR WITH INSERTION FROM ABOVE

DescriptionHALL N.O. SENSOR, VERTICAL INSERTION 2.5mHALL N.O. SENSOR, VERTICAL INSERTION 300 mm M8REED N.O. SENSOR, VERTICAL INSERTION 2.5mREED N.O. SENSOR, VERTICAL INSERTION 300 mm M8HALL N.O. SENSOR, VERTICAL INSERTION 2m ATEX

CodeW0952025390W0952029394W0952022180W0952028184W0952125556

1.2/34

TABLE OF FORCES AND MOMENTS

Toggle-type hinged grippers for gripping from outside with20°-180° adjustable opening angle. One-degree adjustmentfor each jaw. The toggle system allows high clampingforces.The body of the gripper is made of hardened aluminium,the moving parts of hardened and tempered steel. Thebody is designed to mount induction sensors.The supply includes sensor holders, centring pins and O-rings for direct connection.

TOGGLE GRIPPERS SERIES P10

Pressure range barTemperature range °CFluidLife without maintenanceJaw opening angleClamping force per jaw at 6 bar NClamping force of spring alone NApplicable weight (recommended) KgAir consumption per cycle cm3

Opening time secClosing time secClosing time with spring only NWeight of grippers KgMoment of inertia Kg cm2

Repeatability mmMaximum finger length mm

TECHNICAL FEATURES P10 - 34 P10 - 44 P10 - 54 P10 - 80

4.5 to 6.55°C to 60°C

20!m dried or lubricated filtered air; if used, it must be continuosover 2 million cycles20° -180° adjustable

32 (L=11 mm) 90 (L=15 mm) 145 (L=17 mm) 275 (L=45 mm)14 40 55 1150.3 0.9 1.4 2.74.5 16 36 1100.4 0.5 0.7 0.80.3 0.4 0.6 0.7

0.35 0.45 0.6 0.70.14 0.34 0.56 1.60.2 0.8 2 120.1 0.1 0.1 0.175 100 115 150

Mx

My

MZ

P Fa

L

GripperP10 - 34P10 - 44P10 - 54P10 - 80

FA (N)50100180400

Mx (Nm)0.72.74.924.8

My (Nm)0.30.511.6

Mz (Nm)3.96.21017.5

L (mm)11151745

PN3290145225

CLAMPING FORCE ACCORDING TO FINGER LENGTH

50

25 75 125

250

150

280

00

100

200

50L (mm)

100 150

P (N

)

P10 80

P10 34

P10 44

P10 54

P10 64

1.2/35

1

M3 (Closed)

g6

M5 (Closed)

±0.2

N° 2 x ø4.5

ø4H7

*

N° 4 x M4 depth 9

M3(Open)

M3 (Closed)±0.2

H7

O-Ring ø3x1.5

Adaptor Gripper

±0.

2

M3 (Open)

H7ø3 depth 3

4.5

N° 2 x M4depth 8

M5 (Open)N° 2 x ø3depth 3

H7

ø20 depth 2

10

26

30.5

18

12

30

35

255

10

4

6

5

12 15

14

125 1681

38

30

2818

15

M3

1.2

ø6 ø3

44

2

M3(Closed)

M3(Open)

ø3

N° 2 x ø3depth 3

H7

H7

±0.

2

M3(Closed)

N° 2 x ø3.4

H7

±0.2

ø3 depth 3H7

M3(Open)

g6

10 depth 1.5

O-Ring ø3x1.5

±0.2

Adaptor Gripper

N° 6 x M4 depth 6

M5 (Closed)

M5 (Open)

*

665

.5

4

30.5

10

22

28

20

17

3

12 20

34

22

10

7.5

8 7.5

4

ø3ø6

1.2M

3

22

22

10

1611

9

7

5

6

DIMENSIONS OF GRIPPERS P10-34 ORDERING CODES

CodeW1590340201

DIMENSIONS OF GRIPPERS P10-44 ORDERING CODES

CodeW1590440201

DescriptionTOGGLE GRIPPERSP10-34

DescriptionTOGGLE GRIPPERSP10-44

*INDUCTION SENSOR

*INDUCTION SENSOR

1.2/36

ø5 depth 7

M3 (Open)

N° 8 x M5 depth 10H7

ø5

±0.2

*

H7

M3 (Closed)

H7ø20 depth 2.5

M3 (Open)

N° 2 x ø5.5g6

H7±0.2 for ø5

N° 2 x ø5 depth 7

H7

M3 (Closed)

O-Ring ø3x1.5

Adaptor Gripper

M5 (Closed)

M5 (Open)

5

15

13.5

40

20

35

54

14

6

5

24

19 12

10 165

96

18

44

16

34

35

31

40

13

16

1.2

ø6 ø3 M3

4

315

ø8 ø4.2

10

DIMENSIONS OF GRIPPERS P10-54 ORDERING CODES

CodeW1590540201

H7N° 4 x M6 depth 12ø 30 depth 2.5

M3 (Closed)

N° 2 x ø6 depth 7

M3 (Open)

H7

O-Ring ø3x1.5

Adaptor

for ø3

ø3 depth 3

H7

±0.2

Gripper

±0.2

g6

N° 4 x M8 depth 16

H7

M3 (Closed)

M3 (Open)

N° 2 x ø6.6

ø6H7

M5 (Open)

M5 (Closed)

*

64

26

10

22

10

8

32

80

ø6 ø3 M3

1.264

130

23

1516

15

50

6

ø6.8

ø11

16

5.5

20

6

22

40

632

46

65

26

45

5030

6

DIMENSIONS OF GRIPPERS P10-80 ORDERING CODES

CodeW1590800201

*INDUCTION SENSOR

*INDUCTION SENSOR

DescriptionTOGGLE GRIPPERSP10-54

DescriptionTOGGLE GRIPPERSP10-80

1.2/37

1INDUCTION SENSOR ORDERING CODES

CodeW0950037391

DescriptionINDUCTION SENSOR Ø 4 mm PNP-NO-2 m

E

C

F

GD

A

A

DIMENSIONS OF CLAMPING FINGER SLOT

GripperP10 - 34P10 - 44P10 - 54P10 - 80

NOTES

A10141720

BH7

10121422

C9141620

D3456

E6910.513

FM3M4M5M6

GH7

3456

1.2/38

Double-acting grippers with three self-centring jaws, internaland external clamping. The body contains slots for mountingretracting magnetic sensors.

GRIPPERS WITH 3 PARALLELJAWS – SERIES P11

Min./max. operating pressure barTemperature rangeFluid °CBore mmSingle jaw stroke mmClosing force at 6 bar NOpening force at 6 bar NWeight kgMaximum operating frequency cycles/s

TECHNICAL FEATURES

NOTES

P11 - 16 P11 - 20 P11 - 25 P11 - 60

1.5÷75÷60

20 m dried and lubricated filtered air. Lubrication, if used, must be continuous.16 20 25 603 4 5 12.5

58 90 150 88065 108 170 1000

0.12 0.21 0.3 2.71.5 1.5 1.5 1.2

1.2/39

1

M5 air port(close)

M5 air port(open)

N°4 x M3depth 6

N°4 x M3depth 6

closeopen

5

11.5

10

2 19

12.5

2

ø40

(ø34

)

ø12

0 -0.0

5

29

52

ø25

2.5

12

7

8

2.5

3220

ø27.

6

DIMENSIONS OF GRIPPER P11-16 ORDERING CODES

CodeW1570160300

7M5 air port

(close)

N°6 x M3depth 6

closeM5 air port

(open)open N°4 x M4

depth 512.5

ø45

17

(ø36

)

2302

56

6

12.5

8

11

14 11

3

22

ø15

0 -0.0

5

29.6

22.5

30

34

DIMENSIONS OF GRIPPER P11-20 ORDERING CODES

CodeW1570200300

2x ø4.2

Ø46

N°6 x M4depth 8 N°4 x M5

depth 6

open 15

close 10

M5 air port(open)

M5 air port(close)

44

31

Ø35

Ø62

3 +0.050

35.6

32 31

3.5

Ø15

0 -0.0

5

44

14

27

(63)

9

16

21

80 -0

.05

10.5

DIMENSIONS OF GRIPPER P11-25 ORDERING CODES

CodeW1570250300

DescriptionGRIPPERS WITH3 PARALLELJAWS P11-16

DescriptionGRIPPERS WITH3 PARALLELJAWS P11-20

DescriptionGRIPPERS WITH3 PARALLELJAWS P11-25

1.2/40

Ø84

.3

2x ø4.2

G1/8(open)

depth 2.5

N°6 x M6depth 12

close 19

N°4 x M6depth 10

open 31.5

G1/8(close)

32

14

27

71

7.5

2.5

24.5

10

Ø11

022

(123.5)

116

37

Ø30 79

11

5 +0.050

6

Ø73

4.2

4.2

79

61524

ACCESSORIES

DIMENSIONS OF GRIPPER P11-60 ORDERING CODES

CodeW1570600300

DescriptionGRIPPERS WITH3 PARALLELJAWS P11-60

SENSOR FOR P11-16÷60

DescriptionSensor REED 2 wires 24 VDC 1mSensor HALL 3 wires 24 VDC 2m

CodeW0950044180W0950045390*

*N.B.: for technical data of sensor, see pag. 1.2/24

NOTES

INTRODUCTION

ROTARY ACTUATORS SERIES R1

ROTARY ACTUATORS SERIES R2

ROTARY ACTUATORS SERIES R3

ROTARY ACTUATORS SERIES R3 WITH EXTERNAL SHOCK ABSORBERS

PAGE 1.3/02

PAGE 1.3/06

PAGE 1.3/09

PAGE 1.3/13

PAGE 1.3/18

TABLE OF CONTENTSROTARY ACTUATORS

1.3/01

1

CHAPTER 1.3

1.3/02

ROTARY ACTUATORS

Rotary actuators come in the following types in terms of position:- two positions, fixed or adjustable- three positions, fixed or adjustableRotation is alternating in all the types shown in this catalogue. There also exist rotary actuators that always rotate in the samedirection, with 4, 6, or more positions.

Rotary actuator with single rackA pinion is keyed onto the rotating part and is rotated by means of a rack. The rack isdriven by two pneumatic pistons, one on either side.As there is no play take-up system, it is not suitable for applications requiring accuratepositioning. But there is a version with outer adjustable mechanical stops that stop therotating part and also take up play.

TYPES

NOTES

Rotary actuator with double rackThe pinion keyed onto the rotating element is turned by two opposing racks, each drivenby a pneumatic piston. The system has automatic play take-up, which means it is suitablefor applications requiring accurate positioning. The parallelepiped shape of the designmakes them ideal for use on mechanical arms.

Blade-type rotary actuatorThe rotating element is connected to one or two blades inside a cylindrical chamber.The air pressure on one of the sides of the blade rotates the element. These are compact,cylindrical actuators designed for manipulation where particularly accuracy and highloads are not required.

Chain-type rotary actuatorA chain that is stretched at either end by a pneumatic piston winds round and rotatesa pinion. This type of actuator is not included in our catalogue.

The use of hydraulic decelerators means it is possible to increase absorbed power. Some models in the catalogue have built-indecelerators. For those without, the user can mount decelerators outside the actuator.

With horizontal axis rotation, if the masses are distributed asymmetrically it may be difficult to keep a constant rotation speed usingflow regulators only. In this case it is advisable to use a decelerator.

1.3/03

1RACK-TYPE ROTARY ACTUATORS

Series R1These are rotary actuators with a single rack driven by cylinders inside extruded jacketssimilar to ISO 15552 cylinders. The range includes thrust cylinders with 32 - 100 mmbore.There is a fixed stroke version and one with a mechanically adjustable stroke.Strokes available: 90°, 180°, 270° and 360°.Magnets for standard sensors.The rotating part ends in a shaft or a hole with a spanner slot. This type feature a plainyet sturdy construction and is relatively inexpensive.

Series R2These are actuators with a double rack and play take-up, and have a shaft with aspanner slot.Strokes 90° and 180°. Stroke adjustment using screws. Pneumatic end-of-strokecushioning.Magnets for position sensors.Compact and inexpensive. The smallest size measures a mere 46 x 65 x 28 mm.

Series R3These are actuators with a double rack, play take-up and flange.Strokes available regulation from 0° to 180°.Versions with a mechanical stop or hydraulic end-of-stroke cushioning.Magnets for position sensors.There is a hole in the flange for air pipes or wires.

1.3/04

L per rotazione 180° (mm)

R1R3

R21

10

0.1600

0.5

500

5

50

10 80 10090 200 300 400

100

200

M (N

m)

M

L

BLADE ROTARY ACTUATORS

CALCULATIONS

ROTARY ACTUATOR COMPARATIVE CHART

This catalogue does not include blade-type rotary actuators, but we can supply models with one or two blades on specific request.There are numerous options:- Fixed stroke version: angle of rotation 90°, 180° or 270°.- Adjustable stroke version- Induction sensorsMounting accessories: flange or one or two brackets.

The following needs to be calculated:• Absorbed kinetic energy• Axial forces on the shaft or rotating flange• Radial force on the shaft or rotating flange• Overturning momentThen compare each of the 4 sizes with the admissible ones shown in the catalogue for each rotary actuator. Remember that theapplication of optional hydraulic decelerator, where envisaged, doubles the kinetic energy that can be absorbed by the actuator.

The lines plotted on the graph below show the following for each series of actuators:• Possible torque (at 6 bar)• Length (for actuator with 180° rotation)This allow you to determine the most appropriate series to meet your requirements. For instance, if you want a rotary actuator withtorque greater than 100 N and length less than 300 mm, you can find it in series R3.

L for 180° rotation (mm)

1.3/05

1HOW TO CALCULATE KINETIC ENERGY

MOMENTS OF INERTIA FOR THE MOST COMMON SHAPES

Denomination Unit ofmeasurement Formula Example

SIZING

! Angle of rotation = degrees · ––––––!180 = 90° = –––– rad.!

2

t Rotation time s

= " Ji = 0.078 + 0.02 + 0.133 = 0.232Jta Moment of inertia of rotating massesN.B.: sommare quello delle singole masse Kg m2

Fa

M

Frb

a

Fr Radial force (Remember to take intoaccount centrifugal forces) N (Fc = M · w2 · R) 50

Fa Axial force N 10

M Overturning moment Nm = 50 x 0.1 + 10 x 0 = 5 Nm= M + Fr · a + Fa · b

Unit ofmeasurement Formula Example

M Disk mass

d Disk diameter m

J Moment of inertia of the disk Kg m2

Kg

= ––––Md2

8

d

Disco

0.3

7

= –––––––– = 0.07877 · 0.32

8

M Mass

R Distance between barycenter and rotation axis m

J Moment of inertia of the mass Kg m2

Kg

= MR2

Mass distant fromrotation axis

0.2

0.5

= 0.5 x 0.22 = 0.02

M Mass

L Side of the parallelepiped m

J Moment of inertia of the mass Kg m2

Kg

= M ––––L2

12

Parallelepipedwith barycenteron rotation axis

0.4

10

R

L

= ––––––––– = 0.1310 · 0.42

12

rad

( )2

= 1/2 Jw2 = 1/2 J · –––"t

E Energia cinetica Nm

2

Denomination

= 1/2 · 0.232 · ––––– = 0.57–––

2

!2( )2

ROTARY ACTUATORSSERIES R1, Ø 32-100 mm

1.3/06

Rack-type rotary cylinders in various configurations:• Configuration with standard magnet• Version with male pinion or female hole• Mechanical stroke adjustment• Special configurations on request

The central body has ISO bore holes for wall fixing usingISO pin and/or flange fittings.

NBR10 bar (1 MPa - 145 psi)

–10 to +70Filtered lubricated or unlubricated air.

Lubrication, if used, must be continuous.Ø 32 ; Ø 40 ; Ø 50 ; Ø 63 ; Ø 80 ; Ø 100

90°; 180°; 270°; 360°Extruded profile

Magnetic standard cushioned2500 2800 4500 5600 8500 122004.5 12.5 16 32 70 120

TECHNICAL DATA

COMPONENTS

! ADJUSTING SCREW: steel" HEAD GASKET: NBR# RACK BUSHING: self-lubricating sinteredbronze$ PINION: C40 chromed steel% CENTRAL BODY: anodised aluminium& BALL BEARING' JACKET: aluminium( PISTON GASKET: NBR) PISTON: aluminium* HEAD: die cast aluminium+ NEEDLE: OT 58 brass

10 8 679 2345 1

11

B A

32 40 50 63 80 100

GasketsOperating pressure PTemperature range °CFluid

Bores mmRotation angleType of constructionConfigurationAxial load NMax. moment (6 bar - 0.6 Mpa) MF (Nm)

NB: The product is supplied with negative end-of-stroke piston (in the proximity of head A).The first cycle involves movement of the piston (towards head B) with consequent anti-clockwise rotation of the pinion.

ACTUAL ROTATION ANGLE- Cylinders without regulation of the rotation angle: the manufactural tolerance is -1° +4° compared to the nominal value

- Cylinders with regulation of the rotation angle: the possible regulation counts +/- 3°.

We always suggest to use flow microregulators. Duringthe setup of the actuator, start with CLOSE flowmicroregulators, and open gradually till the achievmentof the required speed.

1.3/07

1DIMENSIONS OF ROTARY CYLINDER Ø 32-100

CH

AB

A

D

G

F

K 1

B

N

R

J1

I

I

M

M

O

Y

D1

V

S

W

V2

W1

K

J

X

V2

V1

L O

L 1

Z M

C M

E M

TM

Z F

E F

C F

TF

UJ

2

H

Q

A 2

A1

A3

P

M4652657595115

N50606573100120

O47546473.593.5109

P101112152025

Q152020242430

R303540455060

S97101112.515

TM45681014.5

TF6.57.39.310.31618.5

U51.2607178102117

V68748595125150

V1

44.54651567690

V2

19232527.53945

W303540454555

W1

303540454555

X365054556875

Y202525303545

ZM151720253545

ZF151720253545

CH131717191922

!0.2330.2620.3110.3440.4660.555

L0 = L+ 2·SL L1 = L2 + 2·SLSL = !°·!! = Linear displacement (mm) for each degree of rotation

! DETAIL OF FEMALE PINION

!

WITHOUTADJUSTMENT

WITHADJUSTMENT

(± 3°)

WITHOUTADJUSTMENT

WITHADJUSTMENT

(± 3°)

Ø3240506380100

A1517.519222121

A1

465.57.56.59

A2

44.53547

A3

7.51010.5131515

B4754627292107

CMh8141619242838

CF101214162530

DM6M6M8M10M12M14

D1

M6M6M8M8M10M10

EM5568810

EF345588

F303032384860

G303045527080

H1/81/41/43/83/81/2

I32.53846.556.57289

J34.539.546.552.558.567

J1

557.54.59.57.5

K333333

K1

162025253235

L176194209232273299

L2

146159171188231257

J2

-2----

Note: with the key slot in the position specified,the piston is in contact with head A.

13.2

2.7

18.5

M5

5.9

19.2

14

29.5 29.8

14.8 1.8

20.9

14

M5

20.4

1.6

26M5

20.6

1.7

7.5

14

25.9

47.8

1.3/08

KEY TO CODES

W 1 6 5

W165 cyl. with male pistonW166 cyl. with female pinion

0 5 0

032040050063080100

ANGLE OFROTATION*

0 9 0

090180270360

1

1 cyl. without adjustmentof rotation angle

2 with adjustmentof rotation angle

* expressed in sexagesimal degrees.

ACCESSORIES: MAGNETIC SENSORS

9.1

11.5

25.534

17

ORDERING CODESCodeW0950000201W0950000222W0950000232

DescriptionREED SENSOR ACC. DSM2-C525 HSE.HALL PNP SENSOR ACC. DSM3-N225E.HALL NPN SENSOR ACC. DSM3-M225

SENSOR SUPPORT BRACKETS

Code DescriptionW0950000711 BRACKET ACC. D.32 DST 80

Code DescriptionW0950000712 BRACKET ACC. D.50 DST 81

Code DescriptionW0950000713 BRACKET ACC. D.80-100-125 DST 82

Ø 32÷40 Ø 50÷63 Ø 80÷100

1.3/09

3

2 7 1191213 8 10

1

546 14

1

ROTARY ACTUATOR SERIES R2

Actuator with double rack and play take-up. Four sizes –12, 16, 20 and 25. Two angles of rotation – 90° and 180°.Stroke adjustment system for all sizes. Pneumatic cushioningfor all sizes except the smallest.There are slots in the body to house a magnetic proximitysensor.Air supply, stroke adjustment and cushioning adjustmentare all on the same side.

Pressure range barTemperature range °CAngle adjustment degreesFluidVersionsPortsSizesTheoretical torque (P=pressure in bar) NmMax. axial load NMax. radial load NWeight with 90° rotation KgWeight with 180° rotation KgRotation time without load• 90° angle s• 180° angle s

1.5 to 75 to 60

35° (about +10° -25°)10!m dried or lubricated filtered air. Lubrication, if used, must be continuous

90°/180° rotationBoth at the front

12 16 20 250.065 x P 0.14 x P 0.25 x P 0.48 x P

8 14 40 808 14 40 80

0.18 0.26 0.63 0.80.21 0.31 0.72 1

0.2 0.2 0.2 0.20.3 0.3 0.3 0.3

TECHNICAL FEATURES R2 - 12 R2 - 16 R2 - 20 R2 - 25

COMPONENTS

! ROTARY SHAFT / PINION: hardened and tempered steel" BALL BEARING# FLANGE: anodised aluminium$ PISTON / RACK: hardened and tempered steel% PISTON GASKET: NBR& GUIDE SHOE: PTFE' MAGNET: neodymium( CUSHIONING GASKET: NBR) CUSHIONING PIN: zinc-plated steel* HEAD: anodised aluminium+ PNEUMATIC CONNECTION / STROKE ADJUSTMENT: steel, JACKET: anodised aluminium- BASE: anodised aluminium. SEAL: NBR

We always suggest to use flow microregulators. Duringthe setup of the actuator, start with CLOSE flowmicroregulators, and open gradually till the achievmentof the required speed.

1.3/10

CodeW1620162090W1620162180

DescriptionROTARY ACTUATOR R2-16-90°ROTARY ACTUATOR R2-16-180°

ORDERING CODES

N°4 ø6 depth 3.3 + N°2 M3 ThruN°2 x M5

(Air port)M3

depth 8N°8 M3depth 6

3661(80.5)

46

15

ø80 -0

.02

38

8

20

201

22ø2

8

3+

0.02

0

ø9

2.5

8

37.5

1

17 17

ø28

29(38.5)

76(95.5)

2.5

ROTARY ACTUATOR R2 16 90°/180°

ROTARY ACTUATOR R2 12 90°/180°

M4depth 10

N°2 x M5(Air port)

+0

-0.0

2

+0.

02-0

N°4 ø9.5 depth 5.5 + N°2 M5 Thru

N°8 x M4depth 6

ø9

2.5

33(42)

4

45.5

46 6925

42

64(82)

86(104)

30

22 8

8

1

25 ø34

27.5

21.5

3

ø8

17

ø34

56

10

Dimensions for 180° rotation are given in brackets

CodeW1620122090W1620122180

DescriptionROTARY ACTUATOR R2-12-90°ROTARY ACTUATOR R2-12-180°

ORDERING CODES

Dimensions for 180° rotation are given in brackets

1.3/11

1

CodeW1620252090W1620252180

DescriptionROTARY ACTUATOR R2-25-90°ROTARY ACTUATOR R2-25-180°

ORDERING CODES

N°2 x M5(Air port)

N°8 x M4depth 6

M4depth 10

+0

-0

-0.0

2

+0.

02

N°4 ø11 depth 5.5 + N°2 M6 Thru

69(88)

91(110)

8

22

30

42

8

4

50

2810

1

25

4

ø34

ø9

ø10

ø34

34.5(44)

2.5

4

16

20

64 56 28 77

ROTARY ACTUATOR R2 25 90°/180°

ROTARY ACTUATOR R2 20 90°/180°

2 x M6througth

N°2 x G1/8(Air port)

M5depth 12

N°4 x M5depth 8

78

3.5

ø45

81 (112)

39ø25

89

41.5 (57)

1.5

1

32

45

1.5

1 43

17

5+

0.02

0

40

ø45

10

ø12

0 -0.0

2

ø15

ø15

ø25 66

107 (138)

50 12

26 15

32

42

39

Dimensions for 180° rotation are given in brackets

CodeW1620202090W1620202180

DescriptionROTARY ACTUATOR R2-20-90°ROTARY ACTUATOR R2-20-180°

ORDERING CODES

Dimensions for 180° rotation are given in brackets

1.3/12

ACCESSORIES

MAGNETIC SENSOR Ø 4, FOR R2-12÷25 Code

W0950044180W0950045390

Description

Sensor REED 2 wires 24 VDC 1mSensor HALL 3 wires 24 VDC 2m

black

HALL EFFECT+

+

brown

blue

PNP

blue

black

-

brown

34

1

M8

WIRING DIAGRAM FOR W0950045390 TECHNICAL DATA

SwitchTension in DC VTension in AC VCurrent at 25°C APower (ohmic load) WOn time µsOff time µsOn point GaussOff point GaussElectric life (pulses)On voltage drop VNominal operating point GaussOperating frequency HzPolarity reversal protectionShort-circuit protectionDegree of protection (EN 60529)Temperature range °CSensor capsule materialLED displayWiring NO.

Effetto HallPNP

6÷30---0,2

max 60,80,33025

109<1

30÷50max 200

YesNO

IP 67-10 ÷ +70

PA (+G)Yellow

3

NOTES

1.3/13

1Actuator with double rack and play take-up.Angle of rotation adjustable from 0 to 180°.The R3 rotary actuator can come with a mechanical stopor hydraulic end-of-stroke cushioning.There is a version with flange and one with shaft (for ø16-20-25-30).There are slots in the body for retracting magnetic proximitysensors, two on each side. There is hole in the flange forair pipes or wires.

COMPONENTS

! ROTARY FLANGE: anodised aluminium" PINION: hardened and tempered steel# BALL BEARING$ PISTON / RACK: hardened and tempered steel% CUSHIONING GASKET: NBR& GUIDE SHOE: PTFE' MAGNET: neodymium( HEAD: anodised aluminium) JACKET: anodised aluminium* SEAL: NBR

VERSIONS:! Stroke adjustment" Stroke adjustment with inside hydraulic shock absorbers

(available from ø25)

Pressure range barTemperature range °CAngle adjustment degreesFluidVersionsSizesBores mmTheoretical torque NmMax. axial load NMax. radial load NWeight KgRotation time without load s

Admissible kinetic energy JouleWITH MECANICAL STOP(with flange W1630__2180 and with shaft W1630__5180)WITH HYDRAULIC DECELERATOR(with flange W1630__2180 and with shaft W1630__5180)

TECHNICAL FEATURES

ROTARY ACTUATORS SERIES R3

R3 - 16 R3 - 20 R3 - 22 R3 - 25 R3 - 30 R3 - 40

3 to 75 to 600-180

20!m dried or lubricated filtered air. Lubrication, if used, must be continuousWith mechanical stop / hydraulic decelerator

16 20 22 25 30 402 x 16 2 x 20 2 x 22 2 x 25 2 x 30 2 x 40

0.9 1.8 2.7 4.6 9.3 2274 135 195 300 340 36078 137 360 450 490 560

0.53 0.99 1.29 2.08 3.9 6.70.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.3 0.3

0.007 0.025 0.049 0.082 0.090 0.150

- - - 0.29 1.10 1.60

We always suggest to use flow microregulators. Duringthe setup of the actuator, start with CLOSE flowmicroregulators, and open gradually till the achievmentof the required speed.

10

A

3

51

7

6

2 84 9

B

22°30'

depth 4

±0.05

N°8 x M6depth 10.5

+0-0.1N°2 x ø3.8

depth 6

N°4 x M6depth 6

N°2 x M5Air port

N°2 x M5Air port

1016

ø9

1

48

32

10

54

37

6 N° 2 x ø14

24.75

4+0.02

0

5.5

ø5+

0.01

2+

0

18

27.5

61 ±0.05

ø17

15

ø28 +0.050

21.5

34

43

117

2

76

8

N° 2 x M10

25 ±0.05

5+

0.01

2+

0

12

M6

30

ø12 +0-0.018

0.5 +0.10

74

M12

x1

34 MAX

17±

0.05

65

ø59.5

22°30'

N°2 x M5Air port

N°2 x ø2.8depth 5

N°8 x M5depth 10.5

+0-0.1

N°2 x M5Air port

N°4 x M5depth 8

depth 3.5

148

N° 2 x M8

N° 2 x ø11

ø10 +0-0.015

4

6.5

31

ø6

20 ±0.05

12±

0.05

47

35

12

23

61

9

19.75 ±0.05

36

4.5

ø20 +0.050

16

M432

60

2

48 ±0.05

3+0.02

0

15102

0.5 +0.10

4+

0.01

2+

0ø4 +0.012+0

M10

x1

20

ø45

ø46

50 27

24.5 max

1.3/14

DIMENSIONS

ROTARY ACTUATOR R3-16

CodeW1630162180

W1630165180

DescriptionROTARY ACTUATORWITH FLANGE R3-16ROTARY ACTUATORWITH SHAFT R3-16

ORDERING CODES

ROTARY ACTUATOR R3-20

CodeW1630202180

W1630205180

ORDERING CODES

DescriptionROTARY ACTUATORWITH FLANGE R3-20ROTARY ACTUATORWITH SHAFT R3-20

VERSION WITH SHAFT

VERSION WITH SHAFT

22° 30'

22° 30'

N°2 x G1/8Air port

N°2 x M5Air port

18

+0-0.1N°4 x ø3.8

depth 6N°8 x M8depth 12

depth 3

12

12

ø35 +0.05-0

N° 2 x ø18

2

18

38

ø77

ø75

2

61

46

35 ±0.05

N° 2 x M12

10

22

39

66

34.75 ±0.05

5

ø10

26

ø26

6+

0.01

-0

6.5

50±

0.05

100

55

84 ±0.05

80

6 +0.01-0

0.5 +0.10

152

5+

0.02

-0

M14

x1.5

15.5

25

41

M6

94

M14

x1.5

40 MAX

64 MAX

ø16 +0-0,020

1812

M14

x1.5

2564 MAX

22° 30'

+0-0.1ø3.8

6

80

41

M6

94

ø16 +0-0,020

1.3/15

1ROTARY ACTUATOR R3-22

CodeW1630222180

DescriptionROTARY ACTUATORWITH FLANGE R3-22

ORDERING CODES

ROTARY ACTUATOR R3-25

CodeW1630252180

W1630253180

W1630255180

W1630256180

DescriptionROTARY ACTUATORWITH FLANGE R3-25ROTARY ACTUATORWITH FLANGE + SHOCK ABS. R3-25ROTARY ACTUATORWITH SHAFT R3-25ROTARY ACTUATORWITH SHAFT + SHOCK ABS. R3-25

ORDERING CODES

VERSION WITHSHOCK ABSORBERS

VERSIONWITH SHAFT

22°3

0'

N°4 x M6depth 6

N°8 x M6depth 10

dept

h 4

N°2 x M5Air port

N°2 x G1/8Air port

N°2 x ø3.8depth 6

+0-0.1

1018

±0.

05

ø22

ø9

23 2

58.5

8.5

68 ±0.05

N° 2 x M10

N° 2 x ø14

15

4.5

5 +

0.01

2+

0

5.5

30 ±0.05 29.75 ±0.05

0.5 +0.10

ø32 +0.050

5 +

0.01

2+

0

10

40

ø65

32.5

20

49

84

48

24.5

4+

0.02

0

2

127

M12

x1

70

37

18.5

35.5 MAXø68

22°30'

+0-0.1N°4 x ø3.8

depth 6

depth 6

N°4 x M8depth 10

N°2 x M5Air port

18

N°2 x G 1/8Air port

18

N°8 x M8depth 18.5

24

24

0.5 +0.10

6+0.02

-0

40 ±0.0539.75 ±0.05

M20

x1.5

N°2 x M12

8.5

3.5

N°2 x ø17

48

22

ø46 +0.05-0

18

10

ø20

5

58 67

33

2

98

100 ±0.05

31

ø92ø90

75

8+

0.02

-0

ø30

206

8 +0.02-0

64

120

M20

x1.5

90±

0.05

114

16

25

57 MAX

66 MAX

22°30'

16

M6

ø20 +0-0.021

50

113

2

22° 30'

±0.05

N°4 x M8depth 6

±0.05

N°2 x M5Air port

N°2 x G1/8Air port

12

depth 6

12

N°8 x M8depth 15

N°4 x ø3.8depth 6

18

N° 2 x M12

0.5 +0.10

M14

x1.5

35 34.8

N° 2 x ø17.5

73

60

15

50 78

ø16

ø26 16

18

42 43

.5

25

5

ø40 +0.050

3

ø6

+0.

012

+0

6 +

0.01

2+

0

6.5

M6

ø20 +0-0.021

50

100

84 ±0.05

2

10

6 +0.02

0

M14

x1.

568

±

0.05

ø76

ø77

25

183

29

90

16

46.5 MAX

113

64.5 MAX

1812

M14

x1.5

2564 MAX

1.3/16

ROTARY ACTUATOR SERIES R3-30

CodeW1630302180

W1630303180

W1630305180

W1630306180

DescriptionROTARY ACTUATORWITH FLANGE R3-30ROTARY ACTUATORWITH FLANGE + SHOCK ABS. R3-30ROTARY ACTUATORWITH SHAFT R3-30ROTARY ACTUATORWITH SHAFT + SHOCK ABS. R3-30

ORDERING CODES

ROTARY ACTUATOR SERIES R3-40

CodeW1630402180

W1630403180

DescriptionROTARY ACTUATORWITH FLANGE R3-40ROTARY ACTUATORWITH FLANGE + SHOCK ABS. R3-40

ORDERING CODES

VERSION WITHSHOCK ABSORBERS

VERSION WITHSHOCK ABSORBERS

VERSIONWITH SHAFT

1.3/17

1

ACCESSORIES

RETRACTABLE SENSOR WITH INSERTION FROM ABOVE

DescriptionHALL N.O. SENSOR, VERTICAL INSERTION 2.5mHALL N.O. SENSOR, VERTICAL INSERTION 300 mm M8REED N.O. SENSOR, VERTICAL INSERTION 2.5mREED N.O. SENSOR, VERTICAL INSERTION 300 mm M8HALL N.O. SENSOR, VERTICAL INSERTION 2m ATEX

CodeW0952025390W0952029394W0952022180W0952028184W0952125556

This type of sensor can be inserted in the slot of the sensor from above. This means thecylinder heads do not require a through opening.

5.8 500

4.9

BAR FOR GROOVING

Note: the code corresponds to 1 piece

SHOCK ABSORBERS

Code

W0950000160

Description

BAR FOR GROOVING L=500 mm

Description

Shock absorbers SA 0410PD3 SB + nut M14x1.5Shock absorbers PR050 MC2 + nut M20x1.5

Code

09500040080950004005

Bore

ø25-30ø40

SPARES

black

HALL EFFECT+

+

brown

blue

PNP

blue

black

-

blue

brown

brown

34

1

REED EFFECT +

+-

brown

3blue 4

1

M8

M8

WIRING DIAGRAM TECHNICAL DATA

Type of contactSwitchSupply voltage (Ub) VPower WVoltage variationVoltage drop VInput current mAOutput current mASwitching frequency HzShort-circuit protectionOver-voltage suppressionPolarity inversion protectionEMCLED displayMagnetic sensitivityRepeatabilityDegree of protection (EN 60529)Vibration and shock resistanceTemperature range °CSensor capsule material2.5m/2m connecting cableConnecting cable with M8x1Wire NO.

Reed Effetto Hall Effetto HallN.O. N.O. N.O.

- PNP PNP10 ÷ 30 AC/DC 10 ÷ 30 DC 18 ÷ 30 DC3 (peak valve=6) 3 ! 1.7

- ! 10% di Ub ! 10% di Ub- ! 2 ! 2.2- ! 10 ! 10

! 100 ! 100 ! 70! 400 ! 5000 1000

- Yes Yes- Yes Yes- Yes Yes

EN 60 947-5-2 EN 60 947-5-2 EN 60 947-5-2Yellow Yellow Yellow

2,8 mT ±25% 2,8 mT ±25% 2.6! 0,1 mT ! 0,1 mT ! 0,1 (Ub and ta fixed)

IP 67 IP 67 IP 68, IP 69K30 g, 11 ms, 10÷55 Hz, 1mm 30 g, 11 ms, 10÷55 Hz, 1mm 30 g, 11 ms, 10÷55 Hz, 1mm -25 ÷+75 -25 ÷ +75 -20 ÷ +45

PA66 + PA6I/6T PA66 + PA6I/6T PAPVC; 2 x 0,12 mm2 PVC; 3 x 0,14 mm2 PVC; 3 x 0,12 mm2

Polyurethane; 2 x 0,14 mm2 Polyurethane; 3 x 0,14 mm2 -2 3 3

ATEX

1.3/18

Dual-rack actuator with automatic adjustment for wear.Hydraulic shock absorbers are arranged externally andoperate at a distance from the axis of rotation which isconsiderably higher than for internal ones. This means thatthe absorbable kinetic energy is 4 to 8 times higher.It is reduced in length as there are no adjusting screws.A 90° and a 180° versions are available.Grooves are provided in the body to fix retractable magneticproximity sensors, two on each side.A hole has been drilled in the flange for the passage ofair pipes or power cables.

COMPONENTS

! ROTARY FLANGE: anodised aluminium" PINION: hardened and tempered steel# BALL BEARING$ PISTON / RACK: hardened and tempered steel% CUSHIONING GASKET: NBR& GUIDE SHOE: PTFE' MAGNET: neodymium( HEAD: anodised aluminium) JACKET: anodised aluminium* STROKE REGULATOR WITH HYDRAULIC SHOCK ABSORBERS+ Block for 90° version

7 5

11 9

3 2 4 6

8

1

10

Pressure range barTemperature range °CAngle adjustment degreesFluidSizesBore mmTheoretical torque at a 6 bar NmMax. axial load NMax. radial load NMax overturning moment NmAdmissible kinetic energy JRotation time without load s

TECHNICAL FEATURES

ROTARY ACTUATOR SERIE R3WITH EXTERNALSHOCK ABSORBERS

R3 - 16 R3 - 20 R3 - 22 R3 - 25 R3 - 30 R3 - 40

da 3 a 7da 5° a 60°

90° o 180° ±3°20!m dried or lubricated filtered air. Lubrication, if used, must be continuous

16 20 22 25 30 402 x 16 2 x 20 2 x 22 2 x 25 2 x 30 2 x 40

0.9 1.8 2.7 4.6 9.3 2274 135 195 300 340 36078 137 360 450 490 5602,4 4 5,3 9,7 12 18

0,16 0,55 0,85 1,40 1,85 3,350.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.3 0.3

We always suggest to use flow microregulators. Duringthe setup of the actuator, start with CLOSE flowmicroregulators, and open gradually till the achievmentof the required speed.

1.3/19

1

84°

22.5°

96°90°

22.5°

180°174°

186°

ROTATION ANGLE

90° 180°

position of the holes lower pins position of the holes lower pins

DIMENSIONES - FORCES AND MOMENTS

Fr

Fa

TM

ADMISSIBLE KINETIC ENERGY Joule [J]

Ø162022253040

with flange, 90° rotation°: W1630__4090with flange, 180° rotation°: W1630__4180

0,160,550,851,401,853,35

T Theoretical torqueat 6 bar [Nm]

0.91.82.74.69.322

FAMax. axial load [N]

74135195300340360

FRMax. radial load [N]

78137360450490560

MAverturing momnet [Nm]

2.44

5.39.71218

Ø162022253040

1.3/20

Sez. A-A

N°2xM5

*

N°2xM5air port

R58.5

N°8xM6

22°3

0'

16

17

N°2xø14

117.0

16.5

8.5

20.5

9.5

M12x1

26

2565122

12

8.5

12

5+

0.01

0

1

18

0.5

15

1454

2

37

ø17

32

4

N°2xM10

6

48ø59.5

101

8

ø43

ø9 passante

ø28 +0.050

24.75 ±0.05

0.5 +0.1025 ±0.05

5 +0.010

57.5

76

Sez. A-A

*

N°2xM5

N°8xM5

22.5°

R50

N°2xM5air port

14

16

60

2.5

36

3

2

4.5

M10x1

N° 2 x M8

9

4

102

4 +0.012-0

20

7

ø18

0.5

ø6 passante

ø20 +0.05-0

6.5

88

N° 2 x ø11

9

ø4512

31

1224

50

6

0.5 +0.1-0

20

20 ±0.05 19.75 ±0.05

35

4+

0.01

2-0

11

47

ø32

105

ROTARY ACTUATOR SERIES R3-20 WITH EXTERNAL SHOCK ABSORBERS, 90/180°

CodeW1630204090

W1630204180

DescriptionROTARY ACTUATOR WITH FLANGE +SHOCK ABSORBERS R3-20-90ROTARY ACTUATOR WITH FLANGE +SHOCK ABSORBERS R3-20-180

ORDERING CODES

CodeW1630164090

W1630164180

DescriptionROTARY ACTUATOR WITH FLANGE +SHOCK ABSORBERS R3-16-90ROTARY ACTUATOR WITH FLANGE +SHOCK ABSORBERS R3-16-180

ORDERING CODES

* Block for 90° version

* Block for 90° version

ROTARY ACTUATOR SERIES R3-16 WITH EXTERNAL SHOCK ABSORBERS, 90/180°

1.3/21

1

A A

Sez. A-A

*

22°30'2

N°2xG1/8

N°2xM5air port

16

R63

N°8xM6

26

2770

17

0.5

6

14

2015

4

ø48

0.5

18.5

8

12

5+

0.01

0

12

4.5

8.5

N°2xM10

11.5

110

49

58

40

32.5

127

N°2xø14 ø65ø67

23

ø32 +0.050

ø9 passante

5 +0.010 29.75 ±0.05

0.5 +0.1030 ±0.05

M12X1

127

62

84

5

A A

Sez. A-A

N°2xG1/8

N°2xM5air port

*

N°8xM8

222°30'

18

R72.5

35 ±0.05

M14X1.5

0.5 +0.10

6 +0.010

ø35 +0.050

34.75 ±0.05

13

ø55

19.5

17

15.515.5

6+

0.01

0

10

ø77

ø75

130

3946

20

66

9

8031

172.

6

61

N°2xø18

10

2.5

33

ø10 passante

ø26

18

N°2xM12

22

5

152

26.5

71

100

ROTARY ACTUATOR SERIES R3-22 WITH EXTERNAL SHOCK ABSORBERS, 90/180°

CodeW1630224090

W1630224180

DescriptionROTARY ACTUATOR WITH FLANGE +SHOCK ABSORBERS R3-22-90ROTARY ACTUATOR WITH FLANGE +SHOCK ABSORBERS R3-22-180

ORDERING CODES

ROTARY ACTUATOR SERIES R3-25 WITH EXTERNAL SHOCK ABSORBERS, 90/180°

CodeW1630254090

W1630254180

DescriptionROTARY ACTUATOR WITH FLANGE +SHOCK ABSORBERS R3-25-90ROTARY ACTUATOR WITH FLANGE +SHOCK ABSORBERS R3-25-180

ORDERING CODES

* Block for 90° version

* Block for 90° version

1.3/22

6

Sez. A-A AA

*

2

22°3

0'

N°2xG1/8

N°2xM5air port

18

R73

N°8xM8

0.5 +0.10

90

8

72

27

6+

0.01

0

19.5

25

17

28

3

2114

ø60

34.75 ±0.05

ø16 passante

29

N°2xø17.5

N°2xM12

1810

33

5

ø76

50

ø77

43.5

78

73

16 16

ø26

35 ±0.05

6 +0.010

183

M14x1.5ø40 +0.05

0

159

130

100

A ASez. A-A

*

22°30'

24

N°2xG1/8

N°2xM5air port

R105

N°8xM8

28 31

15

5867

98

23

20

ø46 +0.05-0

103

206

16

175

39.75 ±0.05

53

113

46

ø20 passante

0.5

2

31

ø92

6

22

N°2xM12

10

ø90

16

N°2xø17

ø30

225

8

ø64

5

75

8 +0.010

40 ±0.05 0.5 +0.10

8+

0.01

0

M20X1.5120

ROTARY ACTUATOR SERIES R3-30 WITH EXTERNAL SHOCK ABSORBERS, 90/180°

CodeW1630304090

W1630304180

DescriptionROTARY ACTUATOR WITH FLANGE +SHOCK ABSORBERS R3-30-90ROTARY ACTUATOR WITH FLANGE +SHOCK ABSORBERS R3-30-180

ORDERING CODES

ROTARY ACTUATOR SERIES R3-40 WITH EXTERNAL SHOCK ABSORBERS, 90/180°

CodeW1630404090

W1630404180

DescriptionROTARY ACTUATOR WITH FLANGE +SHOCK ABSORBERS R3-40-90ROTARY ACTUATOR WITH FLANGE +SHOCK ABSORBERS R3-40-180

ORDERING CODES

* Block for 90° version

* Block for 90° version

1.3/23

1

SHOCK ABSORBERS

DescriptionShock absorbers PMX 10 MF3 + nut M10x1Shock absorbers PM 15 MF3 + nut M12x1Shock absorbers SPM 25 MC-C + nut M14x1.5Shock absorbers PR50 MC2 + nut M20x1.5

Code0950004009095000401009500040110950004005

Boreø16ø22ø25-ø30ø40

ACCESSORIES

RETRACTABLE SENSOR WITH INSERTION FROM ABOVE

DescriptionHALL N.O. SENSOR, VERTICAL INSERTION 2.5mHALL N.O. SENSOR, VERTICAL INSERTION 300 mm M8REED N.O. SENSOR, VERTICAL INSERTION 2.5mREED N.O. SENSOR, VERTICAL INSERTION 300 mm M8HALL N.O. SENSOR, VERTICAL INSERTION 2m ATEX

CodeW0952025390W0952029394W0952022180W0952028184W0952125556

This type of sensor can be inserted in the slot of the sensor from above. This means thecylinder heads do not require a through opening.

SPARES

5.8 500

4.9

BAR FOR GROOVING

Note: the code corresponds to 1 piece

Code

W0950000160

Description

BAR FOR GROOVING L=500 mm

black

HALL EFFECT+

+

brown

blue

PNP

blue

black

-

blue

brown

brown

34

1

REED EFFECT +

+-

brown

3blue 4

1

M8

M8

WIRING DIAGRAM TECHNICAL DATA

Type of contactSwitchSupply voltage (Ub) VPower WVoltage variationVoltage drop VInput current mAOutput current mASwitching frequency HzShort-circuit protectionOver-voltage suppressionPolarity inversion protectionEMCLED displayMagnetic sensitivityRepeatabilityDegree of protection (EN 60529)Vibration and shock resistanceTemperature range °CSensor capsule material2.5m/2m connecting cableConnecting cable with M8x1Wire NO.

Reed Effetto Hall Effetto HallN.O. N.O. N.O.

- PNP PNP10 ÷ 30 AC/DC 10 ÷ 30 DC 18 ÷ 30 DC3 (peak valve=6) 3 ! 1.7

- ! 10% di Ub ! 10% di Ub- ! 2 ! 2.2- ! 10 ! 10

! 100 ! 100 ! 70! 400 ! 5000 1000

- Yes Yes- Yes Yes- Yes Yes

EN 60 947-5-2 EN 60 947-5-2 EN 60 947-5-2Yellow Yellow Yellow

2,8 mT ±25% 2,8 mT ±25% 2.6! 0,1 mT ! 0,1 mT ! 0,1 (Ub and ta fixed)

IP 67 IP 67 IP 68, IP 69K30 g, 11 ms, 10÷55 Hz, 1mm 30 g, 11 ms, 10÷55 Hz, 1mm 30 g, 11 ms, 10÷55 Hz, 1mm -25 ÷+75 -25 ÷ +75 -20 ÷ +45

PA66 + PA6I/6T PA66 + PA6I/6T PAPVC; 2 x 0,12 mm2 PVC; 3 x 0,14 mm2 PVC; 3 x 0,12 mm2

Polyurethane; 2 x 0,14 mm2 Polyurethane; 3 x 0,14 mm2 -2 3 3

ATEX

INTRODUCTION

COMPACT PRECISION SLIDES SERIES S8

TWIN CYLINDERS SERIES S10

TWIN CYLNDERS SLIDE WITH FIXED BODY SERIES S11

TWIN CYLNDERS SLIDE WITH FIXED PLATES SERIES S12

PRECISION SLIDES SERIES S13

PAGE 1.4/02

PAGE 1.4/08

PAGE 1.4/16

PAGE 1.4/20

PAGE 1.4/26

PAGE 1.4/32

TABLE OF CONTENTSGUIDE UNITS AND SLIDES

1.4/01

1

CHAPTER 1.4

1.4/02

The range of guide units and slides is very extensive.Guides are grouped into families.

GUIDE UNITS AND SLIDESTYPES

Guide units to couple with standard cylindersThese are separate units to which an ISO 6432 or ISO 15552 cylinder is attached.

Pneumatic single piston cylinders with supports at the end of the piston rod.The common factor in all the various configurations is that, as well the calibrated holefor the piston in the cylinder body or front head, there are other slots housing bushesor guide bearings for additional piston rods.

Guides with pneumatic actuatorThe main part of this actuators is the guiding section which determines the shape,applications, loads, maximum strokes and cost. The pneumatic part is housed in oneof the bodies of the unit or it comes as a complete cylinder housed inside the guide.

Twin pneumatic cylinderThe jacket has two calibrated holes for housing two pistons and rods side by side. Thereare versions with a single piston rod, through piston rod and different power suppliesdepending on whether you wish to fix the jacket or the flanges to the ends of the pistonrod.

Rodless cylindersIn these cylinders the piston rod is integral with a carriage on the outside of the jacket,so there is no piston rod. We offer versions in which the jacket is open, with a C-shapedsection, and piston and carriage linked mechanically.

1.4/03

1GUIDE UNITS TO COUPLE WITH STANDARD CYLINDERS

• Series S1GDS, GDH and GDM for ISO 6432 minicylinders and ISO 15552 cylinders.The GDS series, which has a C-shaped body, is for lesser loads. Series GDH and GDMhave an H-shaped body. GDH guide units guide piston rod with ball re-circulationbushes and are more suitable for high speed.There guides for minicylinders with bores 12-25 mm (see catalogue page 1.1/16) andguides for cylinders with bore 32-100 mm (see catalogue page 1.1/85).

• Series S2Short-stroke anti-rotation cylinders.Bores available Ø 12 –100.See catalogue pages 1.1/28 - 1.1/29

• Series S3Twin-rod cylindersThese are cylinders with axial movement and ISO 15552 ports.Bores available Ø 32 –100.See catalogue page 1.1/110.

• Series S4Compact anti-rotation cylindersThese are similar in design to the short-stroke anti-rotation cylinders. They are slightlysturdier since the guide rod diameter is greater in some sizes and the top plate is fixedon better.There are bores Ø 12 –100 with dimensions to UNITOP NFE 49-004 1 and, and boresØ 32-100 with fixing dimensions as for ISO 15552 cylinders.See catalogue pages 1.1/39 - 1.1/40.

CYLINDERS WITH PISTON ROD SUPPORT SYSTEM

1.4/04

• Series S8Compact precision slideThe slide is guides by ball re-circulation shoes that run on steel guides fixed directlyonto the cylinder body. The slide runs along the side of the cylinder, which makes theassembly particularly compact and sturdy.A sensor magnet is provided.Slides with cylinder bores Ø 10-32.Optionals:• Adjustable mechanical stop• Pneumatic cushioning• Hydraulic shock absorber

GUIDES WITH PNEUMATIC ACTUATOR

• Series S6Compact guided cylindersThese cylinders have a high load capacity exceeding that of short-stroke anti-rotationcylinders and compact anti-rotation cylinders.All come complete with magnets for magnetic sensors.Bores available Ø 16-100.See catalogue page 1.1/143.

• Series S10Twin cylinderThe main feature of this cylinder is that it is extra flat.There are sensor slots and air ports in one side.Bores Ø 12-30.There are two models, with bronze bushes or with ball re-circulation bearings for highspeeds.

TWIN PNEUMATIC CYLINDER

• Serie S13Series S13 precision slides feature a dual-acting pneumatic cylinder that has the solepurpose of pushing and pulling the load, a ground steel guide that is integral with thebody, and a ball recirculation pad that is fixed onto the moving table and is designedto withstand all the loads and movements applied.The body can be secured on many sides. The load side can be fixed onto the table fromthe top or the front. The compressed air supply can be connected on three sides.

1.4/05

1• Series S11Twin cylinder guide unitThe main feature of this guide unit is that it is extra flat.It is similar to the twin cylinder, but has through rods and two flanges at the ends. BoresØ 12-30.Two hydraulic shock absorbers can be mounted optionally.There are two models, with bronze bushes or with ball re-circulation bearings for highspeeds.

• Series S12Twin cylinder slideThis is similar to the twin cylinder guide unit but here it is the central body that moveswhile the two end flanges are fixed. The air ports are at the ends of the piston rods.Two hydraulic shock absorbers can be mounted optionally.Bores Ø 16-30.There are two models, with bronze bushes or with ball re-circulation bearings for highspeeds.

• Series S15Standard rodless cylinderThis is the most compact guide unit available. In all the above models the axial lengthis equal to a basic value plus double the stroke, but here it is equal to the basic valueplus the stroke, so slightly less than half the length of the other models. The other twodimensions are also the basic values, comparable only with solutions adopting pistonrod supporting system. There are, however, limitations regarding radial loads andapplicable moments.Bores Ø 16-25-32-40-63.See catalogue page 1.1/117.

RODLESS CYLINDER

• Series S16Rodless twin cylindersThese have twice the axial force of the standard cylinder. The radial load capacity andtorque resistance are also much greater.Bores Ø 16-32.See catalogue page 1.1/125.

1.4/06

COMPARATIVE CHART – GUIDE UNITS AND SLIDES

• Series S18Rodless cylinder with V-guideTwo V-guides are built into the anodized aluminium liner. A cap with two wear-resistantacetal resin guiding plates run along the guides.Cylinder bores Ø25 and Ø63. Refer to page 1.1/135 of the catalogue.

• Series S17Rodless cylinder with ball recirculating guideFor improved load capacity with respect to standard rodless cylinders, this version hasa steel guide on one side of the jacket and the re-circulation shoes fixed onto the boresØ 16-63 carriage.See catalogue page 1.1/127.

The lines plotted on the graph below show the following for each series of guide or slide:• Maximum radial load F• Stroke SThis allows you to determine the most appropriate series to meet your requirements. For instance, if you want a slide able to withstandradial loads greater than 100 N and with a stroke greater than 100 mm, you can find it in series S15, S16, S17 and S18.

S (mm)40

3000

1000

100

10

500

50

F (N

)

10000

20 6010 50 80 3000100 200 400 600 8001000 5000

S4-S2

S3S8

S1

S10-S11S12

S6

S15S16

S17

5000

S18

S13

S

F

1.4/07

1

aL

F

La

F

a

Fb

a

b

a+stroke

F

F

a

F

3 3/2 a c2

2F(a/b+1)

F(2a/b+1)

LOAD CONDITIONS LOAD OR STROKE EQUIVALENCE

Admitted loads for each guide unit are shown in the catalogue.If the load is not aligned with the moving plate, it is possible to determine the equivalent load or stroke with a goodapproximation.

TO CHECKTHE ADMISSIBLELOAD

TO CHECKTHE ARROW

1.4/08

There are two sliding systems available:• Type SB-B with in-line ball bearings• Type S8-C with ball re-circulation bearingsThe guides fixed onto the slide body are made of hardenedand tempered steel. There are slots in the body of slide S8-C for mounting a retracting sensor. There are also a kitsfor mounting adjustable mechanical stops or hydraulicshock absorbers.All S8 slides come on request with permanent pneumaticcushioning.Slide made with Toss-System.

COMPONENTS FOR SERIES S8-B

! SLIDE BODY: aluminium" GUIDES: high Cr alloy steel# IN-LINE BALL CAGE: steel$ MOVING PART: aluminium% FRONT PLATE: aluminium& PISTON ROD: thick chromium plated steel' BASE: Hostaform®

( PISTON: NBR) AIR PORT PLATE: aluminium* STATIC O-RINGS: NBR+ CUSHIONING CONE: OT 58

10

3

9 68 111 2 5744

Pressure range barTemperature range °CFluidBores mmStrokes mmType of guide

Air portsVersions

End-of-stroke sensors

TECHNICAL DATA2-6

-10 to +6020! unlubricated filtered air. Lubrication, if used, must be continuous

10-16-20-25-32 20-25-3210; 25; 50; 80; 100; 125; 160; 200 25; 50; 80; 100; 125; 160; 200

In-line ball bearings Ball re-circulation(bars of hardened, tempered and ground steel) (bars of hardened, tempered and ground steel)

Both on front plateDouble-acting Double-acting

With permanent pneumatic cushioning With permanent pneumatic cushioningWith 5 mm adjustable mechanical stops

With hydraulic shock absorbersWith pneumatic cushioning and mechanical stops

Magnetic, only on request Magnetic, retracting type

COMPACT PRECISION SLIDESSERIES S8

S8-B S8-C

1.4/09

1

! Pneumatic port for slide opening" Pneumatic port for slide closing# Slot cover strip$ Retracting sensor% Hydraulic decelerator& Mechanical stop' Sensor slot( Lubrication point for ball re-circulation

system) Ball system guide* Magnet+ Hydraulic decelerator/mechanical stop

support, Counter block for hydraulic

decelerator/mechanical stop

COMPONENTS FOR SERIES S8-C

! SLIDE BODY: aluminium" GUIDES: high Cr alloy steel# BALL RE-CIRCULATION TRACKS: steel$ MOVING PART: aluminium% FRONT PLATE: aluminium& PISTON ROD: thick chromium plated steel' BASE: Hostaform®

( PISTON: NBR) AIR PORT PLATE: aluminium* STATIC O-RINGS: NBR+ CUSHIONING CONE: OT 58, MAGNET: Plastoferrite

101 2

3

4 5689 712 11

COMPACT PRECISION SLIDE SERIES S8-B

! Pneumatic port for slide opening" Pneumatic port for slide closing# Ball system guide

12

3

COMPACT PRECISION SLIDE SERIES S8-C

10

65

11

1

11

43

29

12

8

7

1.4/10

CALCULATIONS FOR COMPACT PRECISION SLIDES SERIES S8-B

F01

1M

AL1

02F

M 2

L2 AF03

M 3

L3 B

01F 1M

L1C

F01 (L1 + A) ! M 1 F02 (L2 + A) ! M 2 F03 (L3 + B) ! M 3

F01 (L1 + C) ! M 1 F02 (L2 + B) ! M 2 F03 (L3 + C) ! M 3

SERIES S8-B

EXAMPLE OF CALCULATION

F1

L1 A

Values: Ø25 corsa 80 mm Tipo S8-BDISTANCE L1 = 40 mm = 0.04 mLONG MOMENT M1 = 6.7 NmCORRECTION FACTOR A = 102.4 mm = 0.1024 m

CALCULATION: F1 ! –––––– = ––––––––––––– = 47 NM1

L1+A6.7 Nm

0.04 + 0.1024

STROKE 10 mm STROKE 25 mm STROKE 50 mm STROKE 80 mm

STROKE 100 mm STROKE 125 mm STROKE 160 mm STROKE 200 mm

F 03

M 3

CL3

02F

M 2

BL2

Ø10-B16-B20-B25-B32-B

M1/M2Nm1.371.521.673.324.6

M3Nm1.041.151.272.653.87

Amm40.640.640.649.249.7

Bmm17.2519.7519.7527.2532.25

Cmm10.411.513.61617.7

M1/M2Nm1.421.581.743.834.78

M3Nm1.041.151.272.654.56

Amm48.148.148.156.757.2

Bmm17.2519.7519.7527.2532.25

Cmm10.411.513.61617.7

M1/M2Nm2.122.352.584.866.36

M3Nm1.451.611.774.165.88

Amm66.966.966.97775.8

Bmm17.2519.7519.7527.2532.25

Cmm10.411.513.61617.7

M1/M2Nm2.62.883.176.79.31

M3Nm1.761.962.165.688.48

Amm86.186.186.1102.4103.2

Bmm17.2519.7519.7527.2532.25

Cmm10.411.513.61617.7

Ø10-B16-B20-B25-B32-B

M1/M2Nm3.233.593.958.0710.84

M3Nm2.182.422.676.829.75

Amm98.498.498.4120.2119.4

Bmm17.2519.7519.7527.2532.25

Cmm10.411.513.61617.7

M1/M2Nm3.934.374.81313.07

M3Nm2.182.422.676.829.75

Amm121.2121.2121.2140.5141.2

Bmm17.2519.7519.7527.2532.25

Cmm10.411.513.61617.7

M1/M2Nm5.225.86.3811.3814.78

M3Nm2.182.422.676.829.75

Amm151.3151.3151.3168.4164.9

Bmm17.2519.7519.7527.2532.25

Cmm10.411.513.61617.7

M1/M2Nm6.136.817.513.7118.48

M3Nm2.182.422.676.829.75

Amm178.1178.1178.1201.4200.4

Bmm17.2519.7519.7527.2532.25

Cmm10.411.513.61617.7

1.4/11

1

EXAMPLE OF CALCULATION

F1

L1 A

Values: Ø32 corsa 50 mmDISTANCE L1 = 20 mm = 0.02 mLONG MOMENT M1 = 7.8 NmCORRECTION FACTOR A = 84.5 mm = 0.0845 m

CALCULATION: F1 ! –––––– = ––––––––––––– = 74.6 NM1

L1+A7.8 Nm

0.02 + 0.0845

CALCULATIONS FOR COMPACT PRECISION SLIDES SERIES S8-C

F01 (L1 + A) ! M 1 F02 (L2 + A) ! M 2 F03 (L3 + B) ! M 3

F01 (L1 + C) ! M 1 F02 (L2 + B) ! M 2 F03 (L3 + C) ! M 3

F01

1M

AL1

02F

M 2

L2 AF03

M 3

L3 B

01F 1M

L1C

F 03

M 3

CL3

02F

M 2

BL2

SERIES S8-C

Ø20-B25-B32-B

M1/M2Nm3.24.47.8

M3Nm1.272.654.56

Amm59.56884.5

Bmm19.7527.2532.25

Cmm151821.8

M1/M2Nm3.56.57.8

M3Nm1.654.244.56

Amm66.584.584.5

Bmm19.7527.2532.25

Cmm151821.8

M1/M2Nm3.36.88.3

M3Nm1.514.775

Amm648787

Bmm19.7527.2532.25

Cmm151821.8

M1/M2Nm4.58.210.3

M3Nm2.266.16.83

Amm76.59797

Bmm19.7527.2532.25

Cmm151821.8

Ø20-B25-B32-B

M1/M2Nm61013.2

M3Nm2.535.39.57

Amm87101.5112

Bmm19.7527.2532.25

Cmm151821.8

M1/M2Nm6.912.315.8

M3Nm2.535.38.65

Amm97119116

Bmm19.7527.2532.25

Cmm151821.8

M1/M2Nm8.715.520.2

M3Nm2.535.38.65

Amm117144166

Bmm19.7527.2532.25

Cmm151821.8

STROKE 25 mm STROKE 50 mm STROKE 80 mm STROKE 100 mm

STROKE 125 mm STROKE 160 mm STROKE 200 mm

1.4/12

Out

In

L3

H1

H2

D2

L5 L5 L6

B2

D4

B1

L1

B3

L2 L4

D3

D1

H4

H3

B4

B5

Bore(mm)10/16

Weight [g]20

Weight [g]25/32

Weight [g]

L 3L 4L 5L 6

L 3L 4L 5L 6

L 3L 4L 5L 6

1080153124190/29080253124390101204527.5640/840

2595302 x 2324240/38095302 x 2324440121406527.5740/1000

50135702 x 4324340/530135702 x 4324580156752 x 5027.51000/1300

801752 x 553 x 4224440/6301752 x 553 x 42247302111302 x 78271340/1740

1002002 x 67.53 x 5024.5540/7302002 x 67.53 x 5024.58302462 x 82.52 x 9527.51540/2040

1252452 x 903 x 6524.5590/8802452 x 903 x 6524.510302862 x 102.53 x 77271840/2400

1603052 x 1203 x 8524.5780/10803052 x 1203 x 8524.512803412 x 1303 x 9527.52200/2840

2003602 x 147.54 x 7823.5890/12803602 x 147.54 x 7823.515304112 x 1653 x 11532.52600/3440

(mm) Stroke

DIMENSIONS OF COMPACT PRECISION SLIDES SERIES S8-B

BoreØ (mm)1016202532

Piston rodbore Ø (mm)5881012

B1(mm)2630303545

B2(mm)3540405565

B3(mm)2530303949

B4(mm)12.013.012.517.520.0

B5(mm)2125.524.534.7540.5

D1

M5M5M5G 1/8”G 1/8”

D2 Thread/Depth (mm)M6/5.5M6/5.5M6/8.0M8/7.5M8/7.5

D3 Thread/Depth (mm)M5/10M6/12M6/14M8/18M8/20

D4 Thread/Depth (mm)M6/11.5M6/11.5M6/11.5M8/10.5M8/10.5

H1(mm)263239.54550

H2(mm)10.512.015.519.020.0

H3(mm)5.07.58.012.010.8

H4(mm)14.015.520.023.028.3

L1(mm)1212121515

L2(mm)2727223535

1.4/13

1

Bore(mm)20

Weight [g]25/32

Weight [g]

L 3L 4L 5L 6

L 3L 4L 5L 6

25135702 x 4324780156/ 21175/1302 x 50/2 x 7827.5/271400/2100

501752 x 553 x 42248602111302 x 78271700/2420

802002 x 67.53 x 5024.59602462 x 82.52 x 9527.52060/2800

1002452 x 903 x 6524.512002862 x 102.53 x 77272440/3260

1253052 x 1203 x 8524.514603412 x 1303 x 9527.52920/3900

1603602 x 147.54 x 7823.517404112 x 1653 x 11532.53585/4760

2004403 x 1254 x 9823.521605013 x 1404 x 11030.04345/5640

(mm) Stroke

DIMENSIONS OF COMPACT PRECISION SLIDES SERIES S8-C

In

Out

B1

H3

H1

D4

H2

B2

B4

D1

H5

D3

L1

L6L5

D2

H6

H4

L3

B5

L5

B3L2 L4

BoreØ (mm)202532

Piston rodbore Ø (mm)81012

B1(mm)283545

B2(mm)405565

B3(mm)303949

B4(mm)12.517.520.0

B5(mm)24.534.7540.5

D1

M5G 1/8”G 1/8”

D2 Thread/Depth (mm)M6/8.0M8/7.5M8/7.5

D3 Thread/Depth (mm)M6/14M8/15M8/20

D4 Thread/Depth (mm)M6/11.5M8/10.5M8/10.5

H1(mm)486070

H2(mm)6.210.210.2

H3(mm)26.235.240.2

H4(mm)8.011.010.8

L1(mm)121515

L2(mm)273535

H5(mm)20.024.028.3

1.4/14

Bore(mm)20

Weight [g]25/32

Weight [g]

L 3L 4L 5L 6

L 3L 4L 5L 6

25135702 x 4324830156/21175/1302 x 50/2 x 7827.5/271500/2200

501752 x 553 x 42249102111302 x 78271800/2520

802002 x 67.53 x 5024.510102462 x 82.52 x 9527.52160/2900

1002452 x 903 x 6524.512502862 x 102.53 x 77272540/3360

1253052 x 1203 x 8524.515103412 x 1303 x 9527.53020/4000

1603602 x 147.54 x 7823.517404112 x 1653 x 11532.53685/4860

2004403 x 1254 x 9823.521605013 x 1404 x 11030.04445/5740

(mm) Stroke

In

Out

H5

B4

H4

D4

B5B2

H2

B1

H3

H1

B6

D1

H6

L5L5 L6

D3L4

B3

L1

L2

L3

D2

L8 max

L7 max

DIMENSIONS OF COMPACT PRECISION SLIDES SERIES S8-C, COMPLETE

BoreØ (mm)202532

Piston rodbore Ø (mm)81012

B1(mm)283545

B2(mm)405565

B3(mm)303949

B4(mm)12.517.520.0

B5(mm)24.534.7540.5

D1

M5G 1/8”G 1/8”

D2 Thread/Depth (mm)M6/8.0M8/7.5M8/7.5

D3 Thread/Depth (mm)M6/14M8/15M8/20

D4 Thread/Depth (mm)M6/11.5M8/10.5M8/10.5

H1(mm)486070

H2(mm)6.210.210.2

H3(mm)26.235.240.2

H4(mm)8.011.010.8

L1(mm)121515

L2(mm)273535

H5(mm)20.024.028.3

B6(mm)172222

L7(mm)555

L8(mm)161616

1.4/15

1

* starting from Ø20 and stroke 80

KEY TO CODES FOR S8-B PRECISION SLIDE

W 1 4 8 B

Precision slideseries S8 type B

TYPE

1 0

1016202532

DIAMETER

O

0 non-magnetic6* non-magnetic, cushioned

fixed, pneumatic

VARIANT

0 5 0

10 mm25 mm50 mm80 mm

100 mm125 mm160 mm200 mm

STROKE

KEY TO CODES FOR S8-C PRECISION SLIDE

W 1 4 8 C

Precision slideseries S8 type C

TYPE

2 0

202532

DIAMETER

O

0 magnetic6* magnetic with

fixed pneum. cushioning7 magnetic with

mechanical stop4 magnetic with

hydraulic shock absorber8* magnetic with mech.

stop and fixed pneum.cushioning

VARIANT

0 5 0

25 mm50 mm80 mm

100 mm125 mm160 mm200 mm

STROKE

* starting from stroke 50

RETRACTABLE SENSOR WITH INSERTION FROM ABOVE

DescriptionHALL N.O. SENSOR, VERTICAL INSERTION 2.5mHALL N.O. SENSOR, VERTICAL INSERTION 300 mm M8REED N.O. SENSOR, VERTICAL INSERTION 2.5mREED N.O. SENSOR, VERTICAL INSERTION 300 mm M8HALL N.O. SENSOR, VERTICAL INSERTION 2m ATEX

CodeW0952025390W0952029394W0952022180W0952028184W0952125556

This type of sensor can be inserted in the slot of the sensor from above. This means thecylinder heads do not require a through opening.

black

HALL EFFECT+

+

brown

blue

PNP

blue

black

-

blue

brown

brown

34

1

REED EFFECT +

+-

brown

3blue 4

1

M8

M8

WIRING DIAGRAM TECHNICAL DATA

Type of contactSwitchSupply voltage (Ub) VPower WVoltage variationVoltage drop VInput current mAOutput current mASwitching frequency HzShort-circuit protectionOver-voltage suppressionPolarity inversion protectionEMCLED displayMagnetic sensitivityRepeatabilityDegree of protection (EN 60529)Vibration and shock resistanceTemperature range °CSensor capsule material2.5m/2m connecting cableConnecting cable with M8x1Wire NO.

Reed Effetto Hall Effetto HallN.O. N.O. N.O.

- PNP PNP10 ÷ 30 AC/DC 10 ÷ 30 DC 18 ÷ 30 DC3 (peak valve=6) 3 ! 1.7

- ! 10% di Ub ! 10% di Ub- ! 2 ! 2.2- ! 10 ! 10

! 100 ! 100 ! 70! 400 ! 5000 1000

- Yes Yes- Yes Yes- Yes Yes

EN 60 947-5-2 EN 60 947-5-2 EN 60 947-5-2Yellow Yellow Yellow

2,8 mT ±25% 2,8 mT ±25% 2.6! 0,1 mT ! 0,1 mT ! 0,1 (Ub and ta fixed)

IP 67 IP 67 IP 68, IP 69K30 g, 11 ms, 10÷55 Hz, 1mm 30 g, 11 ms, 10÷55 Hz, 1mm 30 g, 11 ms, 10÷55 Hz, 1mm -25 ÷+75 -25 ÷ +75 -20 ÷ +45

PA66 + PA6I/6T PA66 + PA6I/6T PAPVC; 2 x 0,12 mm2 PVC; 3 x 0,14 mm2 PVC; 3 x 0,12 mm2

Polyurethane; 2 x 0,14 mm2 Polyurethane; 3 x 0,14 mm2 -2 3 3

ATEX

1.4/16

48 192

10

67 5A

B

34bis

There are two sliding systems available:- on bushes- on ball recirculating bearingsThe frame is made up of two paired cylinders with acommon anodized aluminium body containing slots forretracting sensors.There are 5 bores available:2 x Ø12, 2 x Ø16, 2 x Ø20, 2 x Ø25 and 2 x Ø30

COMPONENTS

! FLANGE: anodized aluminium" REAR BASE: anodized aluminium# BUFFER: rubber$ ADJUSTABLE STRIKER PLATE. Zinc-plated steel$ bis. HYDRAULIC DECELERATOR% FRONT BASE: brass& PISTON: brass' MAGNET: Plastoferrite( CYLINDER BODY: anodized aluminium) STATIC O-RING: NBR* BALL RE-CIRCULATION BUSH

VERSIONS:! With sliding bushes" With ball bushes

TWIN CYLINDER SERIES S10

Pressure range barTemperature range °CFluidPiston speed mm/sVersionsSizesBores mmPiston rod diameter mmStrokes mm

mmmmmm

Weight (C=stroke)Sliding version KgBall bearing version KgTheoretical thrustThrust force (!P = pressure in bar) da NPull force da NMax. loadsSliding version NBall bearing version N

TECHNICAL FEATURES S10-12 S10-16 S10-20 S10-25 S10-30

3 to 75 to +60

20!m dried or lubricated filtered air. Lubrication, if used, must be continuous.30 to 100 mm/s

System with sliding bushes / System with ball bushes available with stop screw or hydraulic decelerator12 16 20 25 30

2 x 12 2 x 16 2 x 20 2 x 25 2 x 306 8 10 12 1615 15 25 25 2525 25 50 50 5050 50 75 75 75– 75 100 100 100– – – 125 125

0.12 + (0.002 x C) 0.24 + (0.0025 x C) 0.51 + (0.005 x C) 0.76 + (0.006 x C) 1.3 + (0.009 x C)0.21 + (0.002 x C) 0.48 + (0.0025 x C) 0.77 + (0.005 x C) 0.18 + (0.006 x C) 1.92 + (0.009 x C)

Multiply the value shown by the pressure in bar2.26 x !P 4 x !P 6.28 x !P 9.8 x !P 14.1 x !P1.69 x !P 3 x !P 4.11 x !P 7.5 x !P 10.1 x !P

(The values shown refer to the min. and max. strokes)3 to 1.5 6 to 3 10 to 3.5 12 to 5.6 20 to 76 to 4 11 to 6 20 to 7 26 to 8 36 to 11

1.4/17

1DIMENSIONS OF TWIN CYLINDER SERIES S10

CodeW1440122...*W1440162...*W1440202...*W1440252...*W1440302...**Enter stroke in mm.

Ø1216202530

U2833404251

V3846566686

W33355

X2026303952

Y1012141719

Z11111

ABM5M6M8M10M12

AGM5M5M5M5G 1/8”

Strokes for bore 12 mmStrokes for bore 16 mmStrokes for bore 20 mmStrokes for bore 25 mmStrokes for bore 30 mm

15; 25; 50;15; 25; 50; 75;25; 50; 75; 100;25; 50; 75; 100; 125;25; 50; 75; 100; 125;

+ = ADD THE STROKE++ = ADD TWICE THE STROKE

Ø 12

for sensor

**=Ø 20,25,30Ø16

V1

VIEW FROM “K”

V1––546482

Ø1216202530

A1822263236

B4656667898

C1016101010

C15062687487

C222222

C360748290105

D45678

E20262932.537.5

F1.51.51.52.52.5

G911131618

H1012141719

L810121416

M4.34.35.56.58.5

N88910.514

P44568

QM3M4M4M5M6

R56778

S88101212

T910111113

E120202931.539.5

Q1H7

44446

R133335

K

**

for sensor

**=Ø 20,25,30Ø16

F

Q depth R(x4) Q1 depth R1(x2)

C3++

M th

ru(x

2)

T U

N d

epth

P(x

4)

A

Z

DAG(x2)

Y

A

B

Q d

epth

S(x

2)

W

V

E C+

C2+ L

Q th

ru(x

2)

V

GH

E1

C1+

X

VB

AB

V1

1.4/18

DIMENSIONS OF TWIN CYLINDER SERIES S10, ON BALL BEARINGS

CodeW1440123...*W1440163...*W1440203...*W1440253...*W1440303...**Enter stroke in mm.

Ø1216202530

U4757697288

V3846566686

W33355

X2026303952

Y1012141719

Z11111

ABM5M6M8M10M12

AGM5M5M5M5G 1/8”

Strokes for bore 12 mmStrokes for bore 16 mmStrokes for bore 20 mmStrokes for bore 25 mmStrokes for bore 30 mm

15; 25; 50;15; 25; 50; 75;25; 50; 75; 100;25; 50; 75; 100; 125;25; 50; 75; 100; 125;

+ = ADD THE STROKE++ = ADD TWICE THE STROKE

K

**

for sensor

**=Ø 20,25,30Ø16

E

LC2+C1+

E1 F

H G

V

Q th

ru(x

2)

T

A

AG(x2)

B

V

M th

ru(x

2)

C3++

N d

epth

P(x

4)

Y

D

A

Q d

epth

S(x

2)

W

U Z

Q1 depth R1(x2)Q depth R(x4)

X BV

C+

AB

V1

Ø 12

for sensor

**=Ø 20,25,30Ø16

V1

VIEW FROM “K”

V1––546482

Ø1216202530

A1822263236

B4656667898

C1010101010

C16990100108124

C222222

C37998111120142

D45678

E29.54246.551.556

F1.51.51.52.52.5

G911131618

H1012141719

L810121416

M4.34.35.56.58.5

N88910.514

P44568

QM3M4M4M5M6

R56778

S88101212

T910111113

E129.53843.546.558

Q1H7

44446

R133335

1.4/19

1

ACCESSORIES

MAGNETIC SENSOR Ø 4, FOR SLIDE S10 Ø12

5.8 500

4.9

BAR FOR GROOVING

DescriptionSensor REED 2 wires 24 VDC 1mSensor HALL 3 wires 24 VDC 2m

CodeW0950044180W0950045390*

* For tecnical data of sensor see page 1.1/24

DescriptionBAR FOR GROOVING L=500 mm

CodeW0950000160

Note: the code corresponds to 1 piece

RETRACTABLE SENSOR WITH INSERTION FROM ABOVE, FOR SLIDE S10 Ø16÷30

DescriptionHALL N.O. SENSOR, VERTICAL INSERTION 2.5mHALL N.O. SENSOR, VERTICAL INSERTION 300 mm M8REED N.O. SENSOR, VERTICAL INSERTION 2.5mREED N.O. SENSOR, VERTICAL INSERTION 300 mm M8HALL N.O. SENSOR, VERTICAL INSERTION 2m ATEX

CodiceW0952025390W0952029394W0952022180W0952028184W0952125556

This type of sensor can be inserted in the slot of the sensor from above. This means thecylinder heads do not require a through opening.

black

HALL EFFECT+

+

brown

blue

PNP

blue

black

-

blue

brown

brown

34

1

REED EFFECT +

+-

brown

3blue 4

1

M8

M8

WIRING DIAGRAM TECHNICAL DATA

Type of contactSwitchSupply voltage (Ub) VPower WVoltage variationVoltage drop VInput current mAOutput current mASwitching frequency HzShort-circuit protectionOver-voltage suppressionPolarity inversion protectionEMCLED displayMagnetic sensitivityRepeatabilityDegree of protection (EN 60529)Vibration and shock resistanceTemperature range °CSensor capsule material2.5m/2m connecting cableConnecting cable with M8x1Wire NO.

Reed Effetto Hall Effetto HallN.O. N.O. N.O.

- PNP PNP10 ÷ 30 AC/DC 10 ÷ 30 DC 18 ÷ 30 DC3 (peak valve=6) 3 ! 1.7

- ! 10% di Ub ! 10% di Ub- ! 2 ! 2.2- ! 10 ! 10

! 100 ! 100 ! 70! 400 ! 5000 1000

- Yes Yes- Yes Yes- Yes Yes

EN 60 947-5-2 EN 60 947-5-2 EN 60 947-5-2Yellow Yellow Yellow

2,8 mT ±25% 2,8 mT ±25% 2.6! 0,1 mT ! 0,1 mT ! 0,1 (Ub and ta fixed)

IP 67 IP 67 IP 68, IP 69K30 g, 11 ms, 10÷55 Hz, 1mm 30 g, 11 ms, 10÷55 Hz, 1mm 30 g, 11 ms, 10÷55 Hz, 1mm -25 ÷+75 -25 ÷ +75 -20 ÷ +45

PA66 + PA6I/6T PA66 + PA6I/6T PAPVC; 2 x 0,12 mm2 PVC; 3 x 0,14 mm2 PVC; 3 x 0,12 mm2

Polyurethane; 2 x 0,14 mm2 Polyurethane; 3 x 0,14 mm2 -2 3 3

ATEX

1.4/20

23489 167 5

10 B

A

Ft

Fp

There are two sliding systems available:• on bushes• on ball bearingsThe frame is made up of two paired through-rod cylinderswith a common anodized aluminium body containing slotsfor retracting sensors.There are 5 bores available:2 x Ø12, 2 x Ø16, 2 x Ø20, 2 x Ø25 and 2 x Ø30.The piston rods are united by means of a plate on whichmechanical stops or hydraulic shock absorbers can bemounted.

TWIN CYLINDER SLIDEWITH FIXED BODY SERIES S11

FluidPressure rangeTemperature range °CPiston speed mm/sVersionsBores mmPiston rod diameter mmStrokes mm

Weight = X + (Y · C) kgC= strokeSliding version

Ball bearing version

Theoretical thrust (P = relative pressure in bar)Max. loadsLoads with sliding version N

Loads with ball bearing version N

TECHNICAL FEATURES20! filtered air

1.5 to 7 bar (0.15 to 0.7 MPa)5 to +6030 to 200

With sliding bushes / With ball bearing bushes / With stop screw / With hydraulic shock absorbers12 16 20 25 306 8 10 12 16

25 25 25 25 2550 60 50 50 5075 75 75 75 75– 100 100 100 100– – 125 125 125– – – 150 150

X = 0.14 X = 0.25 X = 0.5 X = 0.7 X = 1.24Y = 0.002 Y = 0.0035 Y = 0.045 Y 0.007 Y = 0.01X = 0.25 X = 0.37 X = 0.78 X = 1.04 X = 1.98

Y = 0.002 Y = 0.0035 Y = 0.045 Y = 0.007 Y = 0.0116.9xP 30xP 47xP 75xP 101xP

Ft: 7÷3 Ft: 20÷4 Ft: 35÷4.5 Ft: 50÷5.4 Ft: 80÷12Fp: 4÷1.5 Fp: 4÷1.5 Fp: 12÷3 Fp: 15÷3.5 Fp: 20÷4.5Ft: 13÷5 Ft: 35÷6.5 Ft: 58÷7 Ft: 80÷8 Ft: 130÷18Fp: 6÷3 Fp: 11÷3 Fp: 18÷5 Fp: 23÷6 Fp: 50÷8

COMPONENTS

! FLANGE: anodized aluminium" WASHER: steel# BUFFER: rubber$ ADJUSTABEL STRIKER PLATE: Zinc-plated steel% BASE: brass& PISTON: brass' MAGNET: plastoferrite( CYLINDER BODY: anodized aluminium) STATIC O-RINGS: NBR* BUSH: ball bearing

A = Version with sliding bushes

B = Version with ball bearing bushes

1.4/21

1DIMENSIONS OF TWIN-CYLINDER GUIDE UNITS SERIES S11 Ø 12÷30

CodesW1450122...*W1450162...*W1450202...*W1450252...*W1450302...**Enter required stroke

Ø1216202530

U68899

V34455

W1415161921

XM4M5M5M6M6

Y68101212

Z3846566686

AB33355

AC2026303952

AD11111

AE1012141719

AF45566

AGM5M5M5M5G 1/8

AHM5M6M8M10M12

Strokes for bore 12 mmStrokes for bore 16 mmStrokes for bore 20 mmStrokes for bore 25 mmStrokes for bore 30 mm

25; 50; 7525; 50; 75; 10025; 50; 75; 100; 12525; 50; 75; 100; 125; 15025; 50; 75; 100; 125; 150

+ = ADD THE STROKE++ = ADD TWICE THE STROKE

**

K

fo

Ø 12R

thru

(x4)

T th

ru(x

4)N

thru

(x2)

P de

pth

Q(x

4)

A

AEAG(x

2)

A

WW

FM

L C1+ C2+ L

ED E D

AB

AC

U d

epth

V(x

4)

G HD

Z

C4++DAH

(x2)

C3++

AD

X de

pth

Y(x4

)

R depth S(x4) R1 depth S1(x2)

Z

Z B

C+

AM

AL

**=Ø 20,25,30

for sensor

Ø16Ø 12

Z1

VIEW FROM “K”

Z1––546482

Ø1216202530

A1822263236

B4656667898

C510101010

C14550556070

C222222

C365748392106

C45764717890

D45678

E202022.52530

F1.51.51.52.52.5

G911131618

H1012141719

L810121416

M22222

N4.34.35.56.58.5

P88910.514

Q44568

RM3M4M4M5M6

S56778

T3.34.34.35.25.2

R1H7

44446

S133335

AMM8 x 1M10 x 1M10 x 1M12 x 1M14 x 1.5

AL78.591012

1.4/22

DIMENSIONS OF TWIN-CYLINDER GUIDE UNITS SERIES S11 Ø 12÷30

CodesW1450123...*W1450163...*W1450203...*W1450253...*W1450303...**Enter required stroke

Ø1216202530

U68899

V34455

W2833404250

XM4M5M5M6M6

Y6810612

Z3846566686

AB33355

AC2026303952

AD11111

AE1012141719

AF45566

AGM5M5M5M5G 1/8

AHM5M6M8M10M12

Strokes for bore 12 mmStrokes for bore 16 mmStrokes for bore 20 mmStrokes for bore 25 mmStrokes for bore 30 mm

25; 50; 7525; 50; 75; 10025; 50; 75; 100; 12525; 50; 75; 100; 125; 15025; 50; 75; 100; 125; 150

+ = ADD THE STROKE++ = ADD TWICE THE STROKE

**=Ø 20,25,30

for sensor

Ø16Ø 12

Z1

VIEW FROM “K”

K

fo

ØØ 12

**

R depth S(x4) R1 depth S1(x2)

AM

AL

P de

pth

Q(x

4)

N th

ru(x

2)

U d

epth

V(x

4)

D

T th

ru(x

4)

A

D

L

W

AG(x

2)

E

M

C1+

C4++

C3++

HG

W

AH(x

2)

E

D

AB

D

LC2+

F

AE

A

AD

X de

pth

Y(x4

)

R th

ru(x

4)

BZ

ZZ

AC

C+

Z1––546482

Ø1216202530

A1822263236

B4656667898

C510101010

C1718599105128

C222222

C391109127137164

C48399115123148

D45678

E3337.544.547.559

F1.51.51.52.52.5

G911131618

H1012141719

L810121416

M22222

N4.34.35.56.58.5

P88910.514

Q44568

RM3M4M4M5M6

S56778

T3.34.34.35.25.2

R1H7

44446

S133335

AMM8 x 1M10 x 1M10 x 1M12 x 1M14 x 1.5

AL78.591012

1.4/23

1DIMENSIONS OF TWIN-CYLINDER GUIDE UNITS WITH SHOCK ABSORBERS SERIES S11 Ø 12÷30

CodesW1450124...*W1450164...*W1450204...*W1450254...*W1450304...**Enter required stroke

Ø1216202530

U68899

V34455

W1415161921

XM4M5M5M6M6

Y68101212

Z3846566686

AB33355

AC2026303952

AD11111

AE1012141719

AF45566

AGM5M5M5M5G 1/8

AH3035353660

Strokes for bore 12 mmStrokes for bore 16 mmStrokes for bore 20 mmStrokes for bore 25 mmStrokes for bore 30 mm

25; 50; 7525; 50; 75; 10025; 50; 75; 100; 12525; 50; 75; 100; 125; 15025; 50; 75; 100; 125; 150

AMM8 x 1M10 x 1M10 x 1M12 x 1M14 x 1.5

+ = ADD THE STROKE++ = ADD TWICE THE STROKE

K

**

for sensor

Ø16Ø 12

**

AG(x2)

R1 depth S1(x2)R depth S(x4)

HG

W W

A

X de

pth

Y(x4

)

D

P de

pth

Q(x

4)

N th

ru(x

2)

M

L C1+

ED E

T th

ru(x

4)

U d

epth

V(x

4)

C3++

AD

Z

C4++

AB

D

AH max AM

F

C2+ L

D

R th

ru(x

4)

Z

BZAC

C+

AE

AL

A

Z1––546982

Ø1216202530

A1822263236

B4656667898

C510101010

C14550556070

C222222

C365748392106

C45764717890

D45678

E202022.52530

F1.51.51.52.52.5

G911131618

H1012141719

L810121416

M22222

N4.34.35.56.58.5

P88910.514

Q44568

RM3M4M4M5M6

S56778

T3.34.34.35.25.2

S133335

R1H7

44446

AL78.591012

**=Ø 20,25,30

for sensor

Ø16Ø 12

Z1

VIEW FROM “K”

1.4/24

DIMENSIONS OF TWIN-CYLINDER GUIDE UNITS, BALL BEARING VERSIONWITH SHOCK ABSORBERS SERIES S11 Ø 12÷30

CodesW1450125...*W1450165...*W1450205...*W1450255...*W1450305...**Enter required stroke

Ø1216202530

U68899

V34455

W2833404250

XM4M5M5M6M6

Y6810612

Z3846566686

AB33355

AC2026303952

AD11111

AE1012141719

AF45566

AGM5M5M5M5G 1/8

AH3035353660

Strokes for bore 12 mmStrokes for bore 16 mmStrokes for bore 20 mmStrokes for bore 25 mmStrokes for bore 30 mm

25; 50; 7525; 50; 75; 10025; 50; 75; 100; 12525; 50; 75; 100; 125; 15025; 50; 75; 100; 125; 150

AMM8 x 1M10 x 1M10 x 1M12 x 1M14 x 1.5

+ = ADD THE STROKE++ = ADD TWICE THE STROKE

**=Ø 20,25,30

for sensor

Ø16Ø 12

Z1

AG(x2)

K

**=Ø 20,25,3

for sensor

Ø16Ø 12

**

R1 depth S1(x2)

AL

R depth S(x4)

R th

ru(x

4)

A

N th

ru(x

2)

E

C1+

W

BZ

G H

X de

pth

Y(x4

)

D

L

F

AMAH max

D

AB

C2+

AD

E

W

U d

epth

V(x

4)

T th

ru(x

4)

D

L

M

P de

pth

Q(x

4)

D C4++

Z

ZAC

C+

A

AE

C3++

Z1

VIEW FROM “K”

Z1––546482

Ø1216202530

A1822263236

B4656667898

C510101010

C1718599105128

C222222

C391109127137164

C48399115123148

D45678

E3337.544.547.559

F1.51.51.52.52.5

G911131618

H1012141719

L810121416

M22222

N4.34.35.56.58.5

P88910.514

Q44568

RM3M4M4M5M6

S56778

T3.34.34.35.25.2

R1H7

44446

S133335

AL78.591012

1.4/25

1

ACCESSORIES

SHOCK ABSORBERS Description

Shock absorbers PM8 MC2 + nut M8x1Shock absorbers PM10 MF2 + nut M10x1Shock absorbers PR015 MF1 + nut M12x1Shock absorbers PR025 MC2 + nut M14x1.5

Code

0950004001095000400209500040030950004004

Ø

ø12ø16-20ø25ø30

MAGNETIC SENSOR Ø 4, FOR SLIDE S11 Ø12

DescriptionSensor REED 2 wires 24 VDC 1mSensor HALL 3 wires 24 VDC 2m

CodeW0950044180W0950045390*

* For tecnical data of sensor, see page 1.1/24

5.8 500

4.9

BAR FOR GROOVING

Note: the code corresponds to 1 piece

CodeW0950000160

DescriptionBAR FOR GROOVING L=500 mm

Note: the code corresponds to 1 piece

RETRACTABLE SENSOR WITH INSERTION FROM ABOVE, FOR SLIDE S11 Ø16÷30

DescriptionHALL N.O. SENSOR, VERTICAL INSERTION 2.5mHALL N.O. SENSOR, VERTICAL INSERTION 300 mm M8REED N.O. SENSOR, VERTICAL INSERTION 2.5mREED N.O. SENSOR, VERTICAL INSERTION 300 mm M8HALL N.O. SENSOR, VERTICAL INSERTION 2m ATEX

CodeW0952025390W0952029394W0952022180W0952028184W0952125556

This type of sensor can be inserted in the slot of the sensor from above. This means thecylinder heads do not require a through opening.

black

HALL EFFECT+

+

brown

blue

PNP

blue

black

-

blue

brown

brown

34

1

REED EFFECT +

+-

brown

3blue 4

1

M8

M8

WIRING DIAGRAM TECHNICAL DATA

Type of contactSwitchSupply voltage (Ub) VPower WVoltage variationVoltage drop VInput current mAOutput current mASwitching frequency HzShort-circuit protectionOver-voltage suppressionPolarity inversion protectionEMCLED displayMagnetic sensitivityRepeatabilityDegree of protection (EN 60529)Vibration and shock resistanceTemperature range °CSensor capsule material2.5m/2m connecting cableConnecting cable with M8x1Wire NO.

Reed Effetto Hall Effetto HallN.O. N.O. N.O.

- PNP PNP10 ÷ 30 AC/DC 10 ÷ 30 DC 18 ÷ 30 DC3 (peak valve=6) 3 ! 1.7

- ! 10% di Ub ! 10% di Ub- ! 2 ! 2.2- ! 10 ! 10

! 100 ! 100 ! 70! 400 ! 5000 1000

- Yes Yes- Yes Yes- Yes Yes

EN 60 947-5-2 EN 60 947-5-2 EN 60 947-5-2Yellow Yellow Yellow

2,8 mT ±25% 2,8 mT ±25% 2.6! 0,1 mT ! 0,1 mT ! 0,1 (Ub and ta fixed)

IP 67 IP 67 IP 68, IP 69K30 g, 11 ms, 10÷55 Hz, 1mm 30 g, 11 ms, 10÷55 Hz, 1mm 30 g, 11 ms, 10÷55 Hz, 1mm -25 ÷+75 -25 ÷ +75 -20 ÷ +45

PA66 + PA6I/6T PA66 + PA6I/6T PAPVC; 2 x 0,12 mm2 PVC; 3 x 0,14 mm2 PVC; 3 x 0,12 mm2

Polyurethane; 2 x 0,14 mm2 Polyurethane; 3 x 0,14 mm2 -2 3 3

ATEX

1.4/26

23489 67 5

10

A

B

1 11

Ft

Fp

Two sliding systems are available:• on bushes• on ball bearingsThe structure is made up of two paired through-rod cylinderswith a common anodized aluminium body with grooves formounting the retractable sensor.Five bores available: 2xØ16; 2xØ20; 2xØ25; 2xØ30.The rods are joined together by means of a plate on whichthe mechanical limit switches or hydraulic shock absorberscan be mounted.The compressed air ports are at the end of the piston rods.

TWIN CYLINDER SLIDEWITH FIXED PLATES SERIES S12

FluidPressure rangeTemperature range °CPiston speed mm/sVersionsBores mmPiston rod diameter mmStrokes mm

Weight = X + (Y · C) kgC= strokeSliding version

Ball bearing version

Theoretical thrust NP = relative pressure in barLoads with sliding version N

Loads with ball bearing version N

TECHNICAL FEATURES20!m filtered air

1.5 to 7 bar (0.15 to 0.7 MPa)5 to +60

30 to 200 mm/sWith sliding bushes / With ball bearing bushes / With stop screw / With hydraulic shock absorbersi

16 20 25 308 10 12 16

25 25 25 2560 50 50 5075 75 75 75

100 100 100 100– 125 125 125– – 150 150

X = 0.25 X = 0.5 X = 0.7 X = 1.24Y = 0.0035 Y = 0.045 Y 0.007 Y = 0.01

X = 0.37 X = 0.78 X = 1.04 X = 1.98Y = 0.0035 Y = 0.045 Y = 0.007 Y = 0.01

30xP 47xP 75xP 101xP(The values shown refer to the min. and max. strokes)

Fr: 20÷4 Fr: 35÷4.5 Fr: 50÷5.4 Fr: 80÷12Fp: 4÷1.5 Fp: 12÷3 Fp: 15÷3.5 Fp: 20÷4.5Fr: 35÷6.5 Fr: 58÷7 Fr: 80÷8 Fr: 130÷18Fp: 11÷3 Fp: 18÷5 Fp: 23÷6 Fp: 50÷8

COMPONENTS

! FLANGE: anodized aluminium" WASHER: steel# BUFFER: rubber$ ADJUSTABLE STRIKER PLATE: Zinc-plated steel% BASE: brass& PISTON: brass' MAGNET: Plastoferrite( CYLINDER BODY: anodized aluminium) STATIC O-RINGS: NBR* BUSH: ball bearing+ VITE: con alimentazione pneumatica

A = Version with sliding bush

B = Version with ball bearing bush

1.4/27

1DIMENSIONS OF TWIN-CYLINDER SLIDE SERIES S12 Ø 16÷30

CodesW1460162...*W1460202...*W1460252...*W1460302...*

*Enter required stroke

Ø16202530

U8899

V4455

W15161921

XM5M5M6M6

Y8101212

Z46566686

AB3355

AC26303952

AD1111

AE12141719

AF5566

AGM5M5M5G 1/8

AHM6M8M10M12

Strokes for bore 16 mmStrokes for bore 20 mmStrokes for bore 25 mmStrokes for bore 30 mm

25; 50; 75; 10025; 50; 75; 100; 12525; 50; 75; 125; 15025; 50; 75; 125; 150

+ = ADD THE STROKE++ = ADD TWICE THE STROKE

VIEW FROM “K”

Z1–546482

R1H7

4446

S13335

Ø16202530

A22263236

B56667898

C10101010

C150556070

C22222

C3748392106

C464717890

D5678

E2022.52530

F1.51.52.52.5

G11131618

H12141719

L10121416

M2222

N4.35.56.58.5

P8910.514

Q4568

RM4M4M5M6

S6778

T4.34.35.25.2

AMM10 x 1M10 x 1M12 x 1M14 x 1.5

AL8.591012

**=Ø 20,25,30Ø16

for sensor

Z1

K*

Ø16

for se

R depth S(x4) R1 depth S1(x2)

AM

AL

R th

ru(x

4)A

G(x

2)

FM

L C1+ C2+ L

ED C+ E D

AB

BAC Z

AE

C3++

W ADW

AG

(x2)

A A

C4++D D

AH

(x2)

U d

epth

V(x

4)P

dept

h Q

(x4)

N th

ru(x

2)T

thru

(x4)

Z

G H

ZACX

dept

h Y(

x4)

1.4/28

DIMENSIONS OF TWIN-CYLINDER SLIDE SERIES S12 Ø 16÷30

CodesW1460163...*W1460203...*W1460253...*W1460303...*

*Enter required stroke

Ø16202530

U8899

V4455

W33404250

XM5M5M6M6

Y810612

Z46566686

AB3355

AC26303952

AD1111

AE12141719

AF5566

AGM5M5M5G 1/8

AHM6M8M10M12

Strokes for bore 12 mmStrokes for bore 16 mmStrokes for bore 20 mmStrokes for bore 25 mm

25; 50; 75; 10025; 50; 75; 100; 12525; 50; 75; 125; 15025; 50; 75; 125; 150

+ = ADD THE STROKE++ = ADD TWICE THE STROKE

VIEW FROM “K”

Z1–546482

Ø16202530

A22263236

B56667898

C10101010

C18599105128

C22222

C3109127137164

C499115123148

D5678

E37.544.547.559

F1.51.52.52.5

G11131618

H12141719

L10121416

M2222

N4.35.56.58.5

P8910.514

Q4568

RM4M4M5M6

S6778

T4.34.35.25.2

R1H7

4446

S13335

AMM10 x 1M10 x 1M12 x 1M14 x 1.5

AL8.591012

*K

Ø16

for se

R depth S(x4) R1 depth S1(x2)

X de

pth

Y(x4

)

E

AH

(x2)

WC3++

C4++

C1+

C+

M

E

Z

D

BAC

AB

D

LC2+

F

Z

AE

A

AG

(x2)

W AD

L

D

A

T th

ru(x

4)

D

U d

epth

V(x

4)

N th

ru(x

2)

P de

pth

Q(x

4)

ZAC

HG

AG

(x2)

R th

ru(x

4)

AM

AL

**=Ø 20,25,30Ø16

for sensor

Z1

1.4/29

1DIMENSIONS OF TWIN-CYLINDER SLIDE WITH SHOCK ABSORBERS SERIES S12 Ø 16÷30

CodesW1460164...*W1460204...*W1460254...*W1460304...*

*Enter required stroke

Ø16202530

U8899

V4455

W15161921

XM5M5M6M6

Y8101212

Z46566686

AB3355

AC26303952

AD1111

AE12141719

AF5566

AGM5M5M5G 1/8

AH35353660

Strokes for bore 16 mmStrokes for bore 20 mmStrokes for bore 25 mmStrokes for bore 30 mm

25; 50; 75; 10025; 50; 75; 100; 12525; 50; 75; 125; 15025; 50; 75; 125; 150

AMM10 x 1M10 x 1M12 x 1M14 x 1.5

+ = ADD THE STROKE++ = ADD TWICE THE STROKE

Z1–546482

VIEW FROM “K”

Ø16202530

A22263236

B56667898

C10101010

C150556070

C22222

C3748392106

C464717890

D5678

E2022.52530

F1.51.52.52.5

G11131618

H12141719

L10121416

M2222

N4.35.56.58.5

P8910.514

Q4568

RM4M4M5M6

S6778

T4.34.35.25.2

R1H7

4446

S13335

AL8.591012

AG(x2)

K*

**=Ø 20,25Ø16

for sensor

AL

AA

E

U d

epth

V(x

4)

R th

ru(x

4)

G H

ZAC

AG

(x2)

D

LC2+

F

AMAH max

D

AB

C4++

Z

AD

C3++

T th

ru(x

4)

EC+D E

C1+L

M

N th

ru(x

2)

P de

pth

Q(x

4)

D

A

WW

BAC Z

X de

pth

Y(x4

)

R depth S(x4) R1 depth S1(x2)

Z1

**=Ø 20,25,30Ø16

for sensor

Z1

1.4/30

DIMENSIONS OF TWIN-CYLINDER SLIDE WITH SHOCK ABSORBERS SERIES S12 Ø 16÷30

CodesW1460165...*W1460205...*W1460255...*W1460305...*

*Enter required stroke

Ø16202530

U8899

V4455

W33404250

XM5M5M6M6

Y810612

Z46566686

AB3355

AC26303952

AD1111

AE12141719

AF5566

AGM5M5M5G 1/8

AH35353660

Strokes for bore 16 mmStrokes for bore 20 mmStrokes for bore 25 mmStrokes for bore 30 mm

25; 50; 75; 10025; 50; 75; 100; 12525; 50; 75; 125; 15025; 50; 75; 125; 150

AMM10 x 1M10 x 1M12 x 1M14 x 1.5

+ = ADD THE STROKE++ = ADD TWICE THE STROKE

VIEW FROM “K”

Z1–546482

Ø16202530

A22263236

B56667898

C10101010

C18599105128

C22222

C3109127137164

C499115123148

D5678

E37.544.547.559

F1.51.52.52.5

G11131618

H12141719

L10121416

M2222

N4.35.56.58.5

P8910.514

Q4568

RM4M4M5M6

S6778

T4.34.35.25.2

R1H7

4446

S13335

AL8.591012

K

**=Ø 20,25,3Ø16

AG(x2)

for sensor

X de

pth

Y(x4

)

C4++D

P de

pth

Q(x

4)

M

L

D

T th

ru(x

4)

U d

epth

V(x

4)

W

E

AD

C2+

ZAC

AB

D

AH max AM

F

L

D

Z B

C3++

AE

W

C1+

E

N th

ru(x

2)

A

C+

HG

AG

(x2)

R th

ru(x

4)

AC Z

R depth S(x4) R1 depth S1(x2)

A

Z1

**=Ø 20,25,30Ø16

for sensor

Z1

1.4/31

1

ACCESSORIES

RETRACTABLE SENSOR WITH INSERTION FROM ABOVE, FOR SLIDE S12 Ø16÷30

DescriptionHALL N.O. SENSOR, VERTICAL INSERTION 2.5mHALL N.O. SENSOR, VERTICAL INSERTION 300 mm M8REED N.O. SENSOR, VERTICAL INSERTION 2.5mREED N.O. SENSOR, VERTICAL INSERTION 300 mm M8HALL N.O. SENSOR, VERTICAL INSERTION 2m ATEX

CodeW0952025390W0952029394W0952022180W0952028184W0952125556

This type of sensor can be inserted in the slot of the sensor from above. This means thecylinder heads do not require a through opening.

black

HALL EFFECT+

+

brown

blue

PNP

blue

black

-

blue

brown

brown

34

1

REED EFFECT +

+-

brown

3blue 4

1

M8

M8

WIRING DIAGRAM TECHNICAL DATA

Type of contactSwitchSupply voltage (Ub) VPower WVoltage variationVoltage drop VInput current mAOutput current mASwitching frequency HzShort-circuit protectionOver-voltage suppressionPolarity inversion protectionEMCLED displayMagnetic sensitivityRepeatabilityDegree of protection (EN 60529)Vibration and shock resistanceTemperature range °CSensor capsule material2.5m/2m connecting cableConnecting cable with M8x1Wire NO.

Reed Effetto Hall Effetto HallN.O. N.O. N.O.

- PNP PNP10 ÷ 30 AC/DC 10 ÷ 30 DC 18 ÷ 30 DC3 (peak valve=6) 3 ! 1.7

- ! 10% di Ub ! 10% di Ub- ! 2 ! 2.2- ! 10 ! 10

! 100 ! 100 ! 70! 400 ! 5000 1000

- Yes Yes- Yes Yes- Yes Yes

EN 60 947-5-2 EN 60 947-5-2 EN 60 947-5-2Yellow Yellow Yellow

2,8 mT ±25% 2,8 mT ±25% 2.6! 0,1 mT ! 0,1 mT ! 0,1 (Ub and ta fixed)

IP 67 IP 67 IP 68, IP 69K30 g, 11 ms, 10÷55 Hz, 1mm 30 g, 11 ms, 10÷55 Hz, 1mm 30 g, 11 ms, 10÷55 Hz, 1mm -25 ÷+75 -25 ÷ +75 -20 ÷ +45

PA66 + PA6I/6T PA66 + PA6I/6T PAPVC; 2 x 0,12 mm2 PVC; 3 x 0,14 mm2 PVC; 3 x 0,12 mm2

Polyurethane; 2 x 0,14 mm2 Polyurethane; 3 x 0,14 mm2 -2 3 3

ATEX

SHOCK ABSORBERS Description

Shock absorbers PM10 MF2 + nut M10x1Shock absorbers PR015 MF1 + nut M12x1Shock absorbers PR025 MC2 + nut M14x1.5

Code

095000400209500040030950004004

Ø

ø16-20ø25ø30

BAR FOR GROOVING

Note: the code corresponds to 1 piece

Code

W0950000160

Description

BAR FOR GROOVING L=500 mm

Note: the code corresponds to 1 piece5.8 500

4.9

1.4/32

PRECISION SLIDES SERIES S13

1 92 3 4 765 8

211 8 141310 12 15 12

Series S13 precision slides feature a dual-acting pneumaticcylinder that has the sole purpose of pushing and pullingthe load, a ground steel guide that is integral with the body,and a ball recirculation pad that is fixed onto the movingtable and is designed to withstand all the loads andmovements applied. This ensures accurate movement withvirtually no play, and the piston rods do not suffer wear asthere are no lateral loads. All the slides are equipped withsensor magnets.The body can be secured on many sides. The load sidecan be fixed onto the table from the top or the front. Thecompressed air supply can be connected on three sides.The retractable sensors can be fitted on the right or on theleft. All these possibilities make the application extremelyflexible. The width is extremely reduced to allow installationin small spaces and the combination of several reduced-pitch slides.

Pressure range barOperating temperature °CFluidMinimum and maximum speed mm/sPneumatic fittingsType of guideVersionsBore mmStrokes mm

Theoretical thrust force, at 6 bar NTheoretical pull force, at 6 bar NAdmitted loadsAdmitted kinetic energy JouleStroke tolerance mmAssembly positionWeight Kg

TECHNICAL DATA2 ÷ 8 (0,2 ÷ 0,8 MPa)

- 10 to +70Lubricated and unlubricated compressed air at 20 µm, must be uninterrupted when lubricated

30 and 500M5

Ball recirculationMagnetic dual-acting with rubber buffer

Ø 6 Ø10 Ø16 Ø 2010 10 10 1025 25 25 25--- --- 50 5017 47 120 18813 40 104 158

See diagrams0,012 0,025 0,050 0,100

0 / +1,0any (horizontal and vertical)

See table

COMPONENTS

! NUT: stainless steel" SNAP RING: galvanised steel# FRONT BASE: bronze$ BODY: anodized aluminium% GUIDE: tempered stainless steel& PISTON: aluminium' BALL RECIRCULATION PAD: stainless

steel( BUFFER: NBR) REAR BASE: anodized aluminium* PLATE: anodized aluminium+ PISTON ROD GASKET: type EM, NBR, O-RING: NBR- PISTON ROD: stainless steel. PISTON GASKET: type PZ, NBR/ MAGNET: neodymium (Ø6 and Ø10) plastoferrite (Ø16 and Ø20)

1.4/33

1

102550

WEIGHT (gr)bore

6890---

125160---

230280350

455550660

6stroke

10 16 20102550

WEIGHT OF MOVING PART(gr)bore

3040---

5068---

100125167

180220290

6stroke

10 16 20

V

M

L

M (kg) = Mass appliedL (mm) = Distance between the axis of the piston rod

and the barycentre of the massv (mm/s) = Velocity of the slidevert = Limit with vertical movement

MASS/VELOCITY DIAGRAM

ADMITTED LOADS DIAGRAM

500

0.2 0.50.40.350

0.10.05

L<=100

200

M [kg]

v[mm/s]

100

400

300

L<=40

L<=200

S13-6

0.85 0.3 0.4

500

S13-10

50

vert200

v[mm/s]

100

400

300

2.51 2 M [kg]0.50.1 0.2

L<=100

L<=40

L<=200

L<=100

L<=40

L<=200

vert

v[mm/s]

500

50

200

100

400

300

60.3 0.40.5 2 3 74 510.2 M [kg]

S13-16

6 7 M [kg]

L<=300

10

S13-20

vert

L<=40

L<=100

L<=200

0.3 0.4

500

50

200

v[mm/s]

100

400

300

1 20.50.2 3 4 50.1

S13-6

S13-16

S13-10

S13-20

1.4/34

FIXING OPTIONS

IN

OUT

OUT

IN

IN

OUT

IN

OUTThe compressed air supply can be from the back, fromthe left or from the right. The slide comes with holes onthe left and right that are plugged with screws and O-ring seals. If you wish to use the holes, remove the screwsand O-rings and fix them in the holes in the back,applying a drop of adhesive to the screw thread.

COMPRESSED-AIR SUPPLY

E

C

A B

D

F

FIXING THE BODY:Lateral, via the through holes.Lateral, on the hole threads.Rear, on the threaded holes.Vertical, on the threaded holes.

FIXING THE MOVING TABLE:Front, on the threaded holes.Top, on the threaded holes.

N.B. Since the table is supported by a ball guide/pad, avoid applying excessive torques or forces.When securing the screws, hold the table, not the body, so that the torque discharges through the ball pad.

C

A

B

D

EF

1.4/35

1

N°3+3 x Ø

L

M5 (IN)M5 (OUT)

M5 (IN)

M5 (OUT)

INOUT

M5 (IN)

M5 (OUT)

R VN°2 x ØA H7

depth "ps"

N°4 x MAthrough

N° 2 x M5 air port (OUT)

N° 2 x M5 air port (IN)

M5 air port(OUT)

N°3 x MLthrough

N°2 x ØA H7depth "ps"

N°4 x MAdepth "pf "

N°4 x MAdepth "pf "

N°(Nfx2) x MAthrough

N°2 x ØA H7depth "ps"

depth "pn"

M5 air port(IN)

J

U

CD

G

A

I

H

Q

P N

O

E F

B

S

XY

W

K

M

L

DL

T+

LT+

DIMENSIONS

CodeW1471063...*W1471103...*

*W1471163...*W1471203...*

*Enter the stroke in mm (e.g. Ø6 stroke 10=W1471063010)

T551010

U9131720

V16202532

W10.5131720

X18202532

Y19232734

pn3.54.54.57.5

MLM4M5M5M6

DL4556

Standard strokes:Bore Ø6 ->Bore Ø10 ->Bore Ø16 ->Bore Ø20 ->

10; 25 mm10; 25 mm10; 25; 50 mm10; 25; 50 mm

+ = ADD THE STROKE

ØL67.57.59.5

P8111414

R15192431

Ø6101620

LT31354252.5

B19232734

C18202532

D1012.512.515

E394753.564.5

F384652.563.5

G5.57.51011

I2.943.754.5

J7.591010.5

K15182634

MAM3M4M4M5

pf5679

ØA2233

ps4.54.57.57.5

L9111620

M14.515.51923

ON/2N/2N/2N/2

Q9111620

S10121215

Ø

6

10

16

20

Stroke10251025102550102550

A14301430204060204070

N10301030103025103025

H426249695878986484104

NF2222223223

1.4/36

Ø4 MAGNETIC SENSOR

CODEW0950044180W0950045390

DESCRIPTION2-wire reed magnetic sensor 24 VDC 1m3 wire electronic magnetic sensor

ACCESSORIES

NOTES

black

HALL EFFECT+

+

brown

blue

PNP

blue

black

-

brown

34

1

M8

WIRING DIAGRAM FOR W0950045390 TECHNICAL DATA

SwitchTension in DC VTension in AC VCurrent at 25°C APower (ohmic load) WOn time µsOff time µsOn point GaussOff point GaussElectric life (pulses)On voltage drop VNominal operating point GaussOperating frequency HzPolarity reversal protectionShort-circuit protectionDegree of protection (EN 60529)Temperature range °CSensor capsule materialLED displayWiring NO.

Effetto HallPNP

6÷30---0,2

max 60,80,33025

109<1

30÷50max 200

YesNO

IP 67-10 ÷ +70

PA (+G)Yellow

3